VOL. 111, 29 MAY, 1 Contents PARTS | & 2 987 Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Incorporated Tester, M., Paton, D. C, Reid, N. & Lange, R. T. Seed dispersal by birds and densities of shrubs under trees in arid South Australia - - Beecroft, A. S., Cann, J. H. & Stocksiek, C. A proposed reference section for the Tortachilla Limestone - McKenzie, K. G. & Guha, D. K. A comparative analysis of Hoceue/Obaotene Sounslary Ostracoda from southeastern Australia and India with respect to their usefulness as indicators of petroleum potential - - - ~ - Southcott, R. V. The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae and related groups, with the description of a new larva (Acarina: Trombellidae: Nothrotrombidium) from North America - - - Southcott, R. V. A new larval mite (Acarina: Trombidioidea) ectoparasitic on an Australian centipede, and the Trombidiidae reclassified - - = - - Thomas, D. P. New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia - - Arumugam, P. T. & Geddes, M. C. Feeding and growth of golden perch larvae and iy (Macquaria ambigua Richardson) - - - . - Birks, P. R. & Olsen, A. M. Pesticide concentrations in some South Australian birds ae other fauna - - - Beveridge, I. Echinocephalus overstreeti Deardorf f & Ko, 1983 (Nemnstone: Gnathostomatoidea) from elasmobranchs and molluscs in South Australia - ~ - - - - - - - - Houston, T. F. Fossil brood cells of stenotridid bees baer eben: Apoidea) from the Pleistocene of South Australia - - - > - - - Lee, D. C. & Pajak, G. A. Anoplozetes, a new genus of Zetomotrichidae ee as Cryptostigmata) from South Australia - - Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with a redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864) (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) - - - - Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. & Zeidler, W. A new species of Reahthoehitena (Mollusca: Polyplacephora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia - - Brief Communications: Peterson, M. & Shea, G. M. Reidentification of Ctenotus schomburgkii (Peters, 1864) (Lacertilia: Scincidae) - - - - - - - - - Storr, G. M. On the identification of Clenotus schomburgkii (Peters) - Angel, L. M. & Mutze, G. J. On the occurrence of Brachylaima sp. Cirematoday in he feral house mouse, Mus musculus, in South Australia - - - - Johnston, G. R. Reproduction and growth in captive death adders et tel antarcticus (Squamata: Elapidae) - ~ - - - Pring, A., Snow, M. R. & Tiekink, E. R. T. Bavdlacwmnite fon South ‘Anetealis - - Smales, L, Parasites of the wombat Vombatus ursinus from the Gippsland region, Victoria Southcott, R. V. & Glover, C. J. M. The occurrence of Desmonema gaudichaudi (Lesson) (Scyphozoa, Semaeostomeae) in South Australian waters with records of fish-jellyfish symbioses ~ - - - - - - - 105 115 119 121 123 129 PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, $.A. 5000 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA ING CONTENTS, VOL, 111, 1987 PARTS | & 2, 29 May Tester, M., Paton, D, C, Reid, N. & Lange, R. T. Seed dispersal by birds and densities of shrubs under trees in arid South Australia - - Beecrolt, A. §., Cann, J. H. & Stocksiek, C A proposed reference section for the Tortachilla Limestone - McKenzie, K. G. & Guha, D, K. A comparative analysis of Enceosioligecené Rourdare Ostracoda from southeastern Australia and India with respect to their usefulness as indicators of petroleum potential - - - - - Southcott, R. Y, The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae and related groups, With the description of a new larva (Acarina: Trombellidae: Nothrotrombidium) from North America - - - Southeott, R, V. A new larval mite (Acarina: Trombidividea) ectoparasitic on an Australian centipede, and the Trombidiidae reclassified - - - - - Thomas, D, P, New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia - - - Arumugam, P. T, & Geddes, M. C. Feeding and growth of golden pen larvae and Iry (Macquaria ambigua Richardson) - - - - Rirks, P. R, & Olsen, A. M. Pesticide concentrations in same South Ausialion birds ris other fauna - - - - - - - - - - - Beveridge, 1. Echinocephalus overstreeti Deardorff & Ko, 1983 (Nematoda: Gnathostomatoidea) from elasmobranchs and molluscs in South Australia = - - - - - - - - Houston, T. F. Fossil brood cells of stenotridid bees (Hymenoptera Paoieny trom the Pleistocene of South Australia = - - - Lee, D. C. & Pajak, G. A, Anop/ozetes, a new genus of Zeromntrichtdne (Acarida Cryptostigmata) from South Australia - - ~ Gowlett-Holmes, K, L, The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with a redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, #864), (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) - - - . Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. & Zeidler, W. A new species of Avmiitochizona: (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia - - Brief Communications: Peterson, M, & Shea, G. M. Reidentification of Crenotus ithe PeseEs, 1864) (Lacertilia: Scincidae) - - - - - - . Storr, G. M. On the identification of Crenotus schomburgkti (Peters) - - Angel, L. M. & Mutze, G, J, On the occurrence of Brachylaima sp, (Trematoda) in ihe feral house mouse, Mis niuscu/us, in South Australia - - - - Johnston, G, RB, Reproduction and growth in captive death adders EAM EES antarcticus (Squamata;: Elapidae) - - - - Pring, A., Snow, M, R. & Tiekink, E. R. T. Paratacarilte from South “aniealia - . Smatles, L Parasites of the wombat Voribatus ursinus from the Gippsland region, Victoria Southeoit, R. ¥. & Glover, CJ, M, The occurrence of Desrnonema gaudichaudi (Lesson) (Seyphozoa, Semaeostomeae) in South Australian waters with records of fish-jellyfish symbioses = - - - - - - - - 105 115 119 12) 123 127 129 131 PARTS 3 & 4, 30 November Barker, S. Eighteen new species of Stigmiodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) - Beveridge, I. & Sakanari, J. A. Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) in elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North American coastal waters - - - - - - - - - Christophel, D. C & Greenwood, D. R. A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden Grove, South Australia - - - - - - - - - Beveridge, I, & Campbell, R. A. Trimracracanthus gen. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha: Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of 7. aetobatidis (Robinson, 1959) comb. nov. and 7: binuncus (Linton, 1909) comb. nov. - - Geddes, M, C. Changes in salinity and in the distribution of macrophytes, macrobenthos and fish in the Coorong Lagoons, South Australia, following a period of River Murray flow - - - - - - = re = Dulhunty, J. A. Salina bed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia - Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Floriceps minacanthus sp. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyacha) from Australian fishes - - - - - Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, l. Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) from Australian elasmobranch fishes and a re-assessment of the family Hornelliellidae - - - - Brief Communications: Davies, M., Watson, G. F. & Miller, C A. New records of Uperoleia (Anura: Lepto- dactylidae) from Western Australia with supplementary osteological data on Uperoleia micromeles - - - - - - ~ - Reay, F. Australian plant nematodes: Longidorus Micoletzky, 1922 and Paralongidorus Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, 1963 (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) — - - Sokol, A. Yabbies at Dalhousie Springs, northern South Australia: morphological evidence for long term isolation - 5 - : - - - - - Alley, N. F, Middle Eocene age of the megafossil flora at Golden Grove, South Australia: preliminary report, and comparison with the Maslin Bay flora - - Errata: Smales, L. Parasites of the Wombat Vombatus ursinus from The Gippsland Region, Victoria - - - - - = - . - - - taserr te TRinsucrinns af the Royal Sociery of South Avstratia, Val il, Parts ¢ & 4, 28 November, 1987 133 147 155 163 173 183 189 195 201 203 207 SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND DENSITIES OF SHRUBS UNDER TREES IN ARID SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY MARK TESTER*, D. C. PATON?, NICK REID® & R. T. LANGE*® Summary The frequencies of nine species of shrub under Acacia papyrocarpa trees, under Myoporurn platycarpum trees and in the spaces between trees were measured in a South Australian arid zone woodland. All nine species were at least as common under the trees as they were in the open, and five species had significantly higher frequencies under the trees. Three species with higher frequencies under trees, Chenopodiurn gaudichaudianum, Enchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia spinescens, produce fleshy fruits that are consumed by birds. Their seeds would tend to be disseminated under trees in which the birds perch. Enchylaena tomentosa was equally abundant under both three species, but R. spinescens and C. gaudichaudianum were more abundant under A. papyrocarpa than under M. platycarpurn. Traps set under the canopies of the two tree species collected similar though highly variable numbers of seeds. This suggests that rates of seed germination or seedling survival for R. spinescens and C. gaudichaudianum are higher under A. papyrocarpa than M. platycarpum. The distribution of these two shrubs cannot be explained solely by the pattern of seed dispersal by birds. For Enchylaena tomentosa, seed dispersal by birds may provide an adequate explanation for its distribution. KEY WORDS: Chenopodiaceae, seed dispersal, plant distribution, birds, fleshy fruits. SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND DENSITIES OF SHRUBS UNDER TREES IN ARID SQUTH AUSTRALIA by MARK TESTER*!, D, C, Paton], Nick REID? & R, T. LANGE* Summary Tester, M., Paton, &.C., Reo N. & Lanor, RT. (1987) Seed dispeesal hy birds nnd densitics at shrubs under trees in afid South Australia. Trams. &. Sac. 8. Aust. 114(1},1-5, 29 May, 1987, The frequencies of nine species af shrub under Acacia papyrocarpa trees, under Myoporam plutycurpam trees and in the spaces between trees wete measured in 4 South Australian arid zone woodland, All nine species were at least as common under the Lrees as they were in the open, wrd five species had significantly higher frequencies utider the trees. Three species with higher frequencies under trees, Chenopodium gondichaudianum, Euchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia spinescens, produce fleshy fruits that are consumed by birds. Their seeds would tend to be disseminated under trees in-which the birds perch. Enckv/aena tomentosa was equally abundant under both three species, hut R_ spiriescens and C. gaudichaudianure were more abundant under 4. papyrocarpa than under M, plutycarpum. Traps set under the canopies of the two tree species collected similar though highly variable numbers of seeds. This suggests that rates of seed germination or seedling survival for XR. spinescens and C. gaydichaudianum are higher under A, papyrocarpa than M. piatycarpum. The distribution of these two shrubs cannot be explained solely by the pattern of seed dispersal by birds, For Enchwaena tomentasa, seed dispersal by birds may provide an adequate cxplanation tor its distribution. Koy Worps: Chenopodiaceae, seed dispersal, plane distribution, birds, fleshy frnits. Introduction In the Australian arid zone, a variety of shrubs ("berry chenopods") and small trees (Acacic, Exocarpus, Heterodendrum) produce brightly- coloured fleshy fruits or arils that are consumed by binds (Davidson & Morton 1984; Forde 1986), Many of the shrubs (e.g. RAagodlia spinescens, Enchylaena (tomentosa and Chenopodium gaudichaudianurn) are found at higher frequencies underneath trees and large shrubs than in the open (c.g. Barker 19723), Two hypotheses have been proposed to account for this. First, the clumped distribution reflects the pattern of dissemination by birds, the hirds defaecating seeds while perched in trees (e.g. Osborn et al. 1935; Leigh & Mulham 1965; Forde 1986). Alternatively, or in addition, Barkei (1973)? suggested that the clumping was due to mote favourable growing conditions beneath {ree canopies, To distinguish between these rwo hypotheses requires measuring the seed rain bencath * Department of Botany, University of Adelaide, ¢9.P43. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001. Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, O.P:0. Box 498, Adelaide, 8, Aust, 5001, ~ Present address; Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge, CB2 JEA, England, Present address: Facultad de Silviculiura y Manejo de Recursos Renovables, Universidad Autonoma de Nuevo Leon, Apdo. Postal 104, 67700 Linares V.L,, Mexico. Barker, 8. (1972) “Effects of Sheep Stacking on the Population Structure bf Arid Shrublands in South Abstralia™, Ph.D. thesis. University of Adelaide, Adelaide, Unpubl wd and between Gee canopies, and determining rares of germination and seedling establishment in the different microenvironments. In this paper, we (1) document the distribution of several species of shrubs in relation to: tree canopies on Middleback Station, 27 km north-west ol’ Whyalla; and (2) report the use of a “seed trap” to measure the sedd rain. beneath trees due to birds and discuss the data so derived. Materials and Methods Study site The study site was in the south-western corner of Overland Paddock, Middleback Sration (32°57'S, 137°24'E) in an arca of open woodland which is moderately grazed by sheep. Two tree species predominated: Myoporum platycarpun R.Br. which grows to 10 m and has a thin elevated canopy: and Acaciu pupyrocarpa Benth, which bas a dense low spreading canopy. The two Irees. were infected by mistletoes: Af, plaiycarpum by Lysiene exocurpi (Behr) Tiegh, and A. papyrocarpa by Amyena quandang (Lindl). Teigh. The understorey was dominated by the chenopods, Maireana sedifolia (F Muell.) P. G. Wilson, Atriplex vesicaria Heward ex Benth., Malreana prramidata (Benth.) P. G. Wilson and Rhagodia ulicina (Gand,) P. G. Wilson, Four species of small shrubs (Rhageadia Spinescens var, spinescens F.Muell., Chenopodium gaudichuudienum (Mog.) BP. G. Wilson, Enevimerne tomentosa R,Br., Lycium australe F.Muell.), the nwa 2 M_ TESTER £&T AL. Tistletaes and two small trees of large shrubs, Exocarpus aphyllus R.Br, and Meterodendrum vleaejolium Desf, produced fruits that were consumed by birds in the area (Reid 19844; Forde LYR6). Distribution of stitubs Distribution of shrubs in three zones; under the canopies of M, platycarpum, under the canopies of A. papyrecerpa, and in the spaces between the trees and large shrubs was measured, Interspaces were at least 2m from the canopy of any tree or large Shrub. Two hundred 0.5 m0.5 m quadrars were placed haphazardly in cach zone, and the presence of a shrub species in each quadrat was seored if any part of its canopy occurred in the quadrat, The diameters of the canopies of 30 individuals of each shrub spevics in each zone was Measured by measuring the width across the plant along two axes (north-south and cust-west). Since the mean canopy diameter of a particular shrub Species was the same under the two tree Species as well as in interspaces, Incidence in quadrats provides 2 measuee of the relative density of a plant species in €ach of the three zones. However, the canopies of ihe different shrub species were not the same diameter (Table 1), so the relative densities of the different species cannot be deterniined from the quadrat frequencies, + Reid, N. (1984) “The Role of Birds in the Reproduction of an Arid Zone Popiilation ofGrey Mistletae 4 myena quandang (Loranthaceae),” Ph.D. thesis. University of Adelaide, Adelaide. Unpubt, Trapping for bird droppings Twenty-two traps to collect bird droppings were deployed in March 1984. Traps were made by tying 1.2145 m sheets of terylene voile (mesh 0.8x ().3 mm) Lo steel stakes to form a catching area of 1.0%1.5 m that stood 90 cm above the ground (e.g. see Sorensen 1981). This was the largest size of trap that could be conveniently erected under the canopies of the trees. A stone was placéd ti the centre of the catching arca tu prevent spillage of seeds by strong winds, liqual numbers of traps were Placed beneath canopies of mature M. platycarpunt and mature 4. papyrocarpa. All of these trees were infected with varjable amounts of mistletoes. Traps were inspected and cmptied of seeds at Iwo 4-monthly intervals. The seeds were identified using a4 reference collection of seeds compiled in the area. Many of the traps were damaged 4 to § months after deployment and observations ceased after 8 months. Results Distribution of shrubyspecies in Overland Paddock Nine species of shrubs were detected in the six hundred 0.5.0.5 m quadrats. OF these, five species occurred significantly more frequently under ihe canopies of either Acacia papyrocarpa ar Myo- porum platyearpum than in the interspaces between the trees and large shrubs (Table 1). Of these, three species produced fleshy fruits that were dispersed by birds (Chenopodium gaudichaudianum, Enchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia spinescens), while the other two species (C. desertorum and Tanve L. Frequency of accurrence of shrubs in 200 eae (0.5 *0.5 m) in each of three zones in Overlunad Paddoce, Mareh 1984. —_ i Frequency in 200 quadrats Meun canopy" heneath beneath in x Shrub species area (m>) A, pupyrocarpa = M. plalycarpnim interspace valine Atriplex vesicaria 40 38 74 44 14.3 *4* Chenopadium desertor yim os 12 10 2 6.0 * C. paudiéhaudianum OAT Sl 15 () 60.9 Enehylagna tomentosa’ ad 32 34 7 18. *** Lycium australe’ 49 7 a 13 2,2 NS Maireana pyranudata — i i 1] Q.0 NS M. sedifolte 42 42 4 LIONS Rhegodia spinescens* — 4] 22 0 40.) 44 R. ulicinea — 23 2 18 4.1 NS A ee * Canopy areas calculated from diameters of 60 or 90 individuals dependiag on sumber of zones in which plant species occurred, Standard errors were Jess than 30% of the mean and there were no significant differences in the canupy area OF it shcub species in different zones (ANOVAs, P=0,05), so dali for the different zones were pooled, he oo tia (2 ef) tests the null hypothesis that shrub species were evenly distributed across Ure three zones: "(1,05 F* P< ete P(N NS not significant “Shrubs that produce flashy fraits consumed by birds, SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND PLANT DENSITY 1 Airiplex vesicaria) had wind or ant-dispersed seeds. Enchylaena tomentosa and C. deserrorum were equally frequent under both canopies, but 4, yesicarid was encountered most frequently under Mf. platycarpum, and C, gaudichaudianuen and R. spinescens were encountered most frequently under Acacia papyrocarpa. Four species of shrub showed no significant clumping under the canopies cf trees (x7 tests, p>0.05). Of these, the Malreana species and R. witcina have wind or ant-dispersed seeds but Lrefuen rustrale produces fleshy fruits that are dispersed by birds and perhaps reptiles. Seed rain detected by traps Table 2 lists the quantity of seeds collected in the traps'set under the canopies of Acacta papyrocurpa and M. platycarpum during two time periods, The numbers of seeds deposited per tap was highly varlable, with variances often exceeding the means, There was no significant difference in the tatal numbers of sceds deposited under A. papyrocarpa and M, platycarpum (rank-sum tests, p>0,05), More seeds were caught during the period July- November than between March-July (rank-sum test, p<0,002), In general, the number and species of seeds being deposited during each period reflected the fruiting seasons of the plants, Chenopodium gavdichaudianum, Enchylaena tomentosa and Exocarpus aphyllus tryited mainly during winter and early spring, while Heterodendrum olesefoline and Lyciven australe fruited mainly in aeumn, Rhegodia spinescens fruited mainly during summer, but like Enchylaena tormentosa and Exocarpus aphyllus, produced small quantities of fruit thronghout most of the year: Many of the traps also collected seeds of misthe toes, These data are not presented since mistletoe seeds must be deposited on the branches of host (recs fo be effectively disseminated, The seeds collected in the traps therefore represented ineffective dispersal. Discussion The purpose of this study was to measure the distribution of shrubs, particularly the fleshy-fruited chenopods, in telation to tree cover, and to delermine the usefulness of traps in measuring seed rains, Prior to this study, staremenrs. that fleshy- fruited shrubs were clumped under trees were based largely on qualitative observations (e.g, Osborn et al. 1935; Leigh & Mulhaim 1965; Forde 1986). Our quadrat data show that three feshy-fruited shrubs were found mainly under trees, and that the extent of this clumping varied from species to species. Rhagodia spinescens and Chenopodium gaudichaudianum were almost exclusively found under tree canopies, but more frequently under Acacia papyrocarpa than under Myoporurn Platvearpum, Enchyluena tomentosa was foulid with equal frequency under both tree species and occasionally in interspaces, while Lyeium australe was cqually abundant under trees and in interspaces (Table. 1). However, clumping beneath trees. was n0t restricted (© bird-dispersed ‘species. Among the shrubs dispersed by wind or ants, A/riplex vesicoria was more Common beneath M. plalycarpurn than Acacia papyrocarpa or in interspaces, and C. deseriorum was significantly more common under both trees than in the interspaces. Higher densities of shrubs under trees could occur because (1) more seeds are dispersed beneath trees and/or (2) germination rates and seedling establishment are Tani e 2, Nuenbers of seeds deposited by birds in traps set under Myoporum platycarpum and wider Acacia papyro- carpa in Overland Paddock under two time periods in !984- Species of shrub raps set under M, platvcarpuni Chenopodium gaudichaudianum Envhyluena lomentose Exacarpos aphyltus Heterodendrum oleaefolium “Lbevaen australe Rhugodia spinescens Total Traps set under 4, papyrocurpu Chenopodium goudichaudianum Eachyluena tomentosa Exocarpus aphyllus Mererodendrum oledefalijint Lycium australe Rhagudta spigesceny Total Mean number of séeds per trap+S.E- March-Jily Jyly-November n=11 t+ 0.5 40.2 48+ 33 2.34 2.0 (O84 3.5 3.7 +31 23.5+10.9 3.271.4 ad: a0 D.4+0,2 101 0.0 1bL0,7 02+ OO 12.99 7,2 39,04 7.) i-4l n=8 &.040.0 a+ 04 14+60.7 §R+ 97 5.84138 2aAt 92 L.740.8 06+ 0.5 0,2=02 O04 0,0 0.4404 blz i 9.5444 36.2+14.2 4 M_ TESTER £7 AL. higher under (revs than in the open (c.g. Barker 19723) Forde 1986). These Iwo eaplanations are sequential and wot mutually exclusive, Both are prubably important in determining the distribudions of various fleshy-fruited planre in Overland Paddock. The first thing ro demonstrate, however, is Whether birds disperse seeds mainly to sites under Irets. On Middieback Station, Meshy-lruited shrubs have their seeds dispersed largely hy birds anil most bf the seeds appear to land under trees. Although our [raps Were not deployed ta denionsirate thal more seeds were deposiced underteees than in the open, other observations enable such a conclusion. Ju Overland Paddock, two species.al honeveater are largely responsible for the dispersal of seeds by bitds, the Spiny-cheeked (Acunthugenys rufo- gutoris) and Singing (/ichenoastamns virescens) Honeycaters (Reid unpubl.). These honeyeaters oiainly feed on the nevtar and fruit of mistletoes, supplementing these foods with insects and fruits of other shrubs (Reid 1984}. More than 90% ol their facces are discharged while the birds are perched more than a metre above the ground in trees or tall shrubs (Reid unpubl.). Consequently bird-disseminaled seeds should be concentrated under the canopies of trees. ‘The traps that we deployed under the trees were successful in collecting seeds, and the quantities collected {10-30 seeds/m*/4 months; Table 2) are consasient with eslimates of the mimbers of seeds (hal should have been voided by birds. Assuming that chere were 1.2 hotecyeaters/ha, that these joneyeaters consumed 8O-L6C seeds from fleshy- fruited shrubs per day, that the birds largely disseminatet these seeds under (he canopies of trees und that the tree cover was 10%, then in 4 manths approximately 10-20 sceds/m* should have been voided by birds under trees (Reid 1984", in prep.), The numbers of seeds collected by individual taps were highly variable. ‘Two potential sources of variation probably account for this; variation in the ise oF trees or parts of trees by birds, and variation in faceal composition, Certain irees or paris ol trees may be used more extensively by hirds because of their location, architecture or the amount of food associated with them, Trees centrally-locwted in a bird's territory or near the bird's nest may be used more [requently (e.g. Qrians & Pearson 1979), The densily of the foliage or height of a lree may provide birds with better pPrifection Fram exposure or predators, or better varrtage points for detecting predators or intruders, and so trees with these attributes may be used mare Irequemily, The trees in the study area also differed 1 The NUMbers af Mistleines (hey supported (Rei 19849) and probably also in the quantities of fleshy (fruits provided by the shrubs heneath them, Birds should spend more time in trees where the food supply is greatest (e.g. Charnoy L976; Pyke e/ af. L977). The second major source of variatien concerns the fagces of the birds, A single faecal dropping may contain 0 to 20 seeds, and much of the variation belween traps may be due to varia- tions in the numbers of seeds in a faecal dropping rather than variations in the use of trees by birds. We counted the total number of seeds in the traps, not the number of Facces. Future studies may wish to control for these variations, or at least accent for them by recording the architectural features, the locations, arid associated food supplies of the trees under which the traps were placed, Use of several traps under the same tree also would allow within-tree Variation in bird use to be measured, The size and design of the traps seems appro- priate for measuring seed rains under trees in the arid zone. Traps, however, would need to be set closer to Lhe ground and under shrubs if seed rains were to be measured in the interspaces becween trees, because the honcycaters only defaecate while perched (Reid 19844), The size of the traps (1.5 x 1.0 m) also seems appropriate since larger traps would have been tuo awkward to erect under trees and the size was such that there was a reasonable chance thal a trap would collect at least some seeds, Traps failed to collect sceds on only SIX Occasions out of 34 four-month exposures. Based on our experience, we wauld recommend clearing traps of their seeds every two months, and using @ stronger mesh for ihe catching material. This would reduce the loss of farcul material duc to the cutching material deteriovating with (inie. We found that terylene voile deteriorated after about four months, particularly under Mlyoporum plarvearpum where Lhe raps were exposed tn mare sunlip tit Given (hal most of the seeds are dispersed to sites uncer trees we would expect bird-dispersed plants to be most abundant under trees in the arid vone. [it gesteral this is die case, bul lhere ate exceptions. Lyeiunt ausirafe was equally abundant under trees and in interspaces, and the low clonal tree, Hevero- dendrum olewefuliam, often occurs away from other trees. These species reproduce extensively by rool suckers and are apparently Iong-lived relative io the trees (Purdie 19695; DB. E, Symon pers. comm.). Lith: is known about their seedling recrulfment (cf. suckering), since seedlings are tarely Seen: no seedlings of A; vleaefolium have 3 Purdie, R. (1969) “The Population Steucture of Seleered Arid Zone Tree Species”. B.S. (Mutts) (hesis. Univ, of Adelaide. Unpubl. SEED DISPERSAL DY BIRDS AND PLANT DENSITY $ been detected on Middleback Station over the last 20 years (Lange unpubl.). Seedlings of these spocies may only establish under trees, but once esta- blished, may produce suckers to exploit interspaces between trees where competitive interactions with the established trees presumably are reduced, The present distribulicn of these plants, then, may oot reflect the sites where scedlings established, and the relatively high densities of these plants away from trees is not. necessarily inconsistent with most of the seeds being deposited under trees. In addition, Lyeivm australe produces fruit close to the ground and lizards may therefore consume and disperse some Lyeium secds to interspaces. The best evidence thal factors other than seed dissemination by birds are also involved in the eventual pattern of distribuuon in these Fleshy- ruited plants comes from comparing the distri- butions of the three berry chenopods, Rhagedia spinescens, Chenopodium eaudichaudianum and Enchylaena tomenresa. These three species are almost exclusively bird-dispersed, and similar quantities of seeds were deposited under 4. papyro- carpe and M. platyearpunt (Table 2), The density of Enchylaena tomentosa under thetwo tree species was similar, and so the pattern of seed dispersal by birds may provide an adequate explanation for its distribution. However, both RX. spinescens and C. gaudichaudianur had higher densities under A. papyrocarpa than M, platyearpum. Factors besides dispersal by birds are needed to explain ukis. The most likely explanations involve the climatic or edaphic differences encountered beneath trees, coupled with differences in the regeneration niche of the shrubs. Acecia papyrocarpa and M_ platy- cerpunt differ in architecture (branching patiern ef.) and hence in the amount of shade they provide a germinating seed or scedling. The canopy of A. pepyrocarpu is relatively dense and provides shade and w thick cover of litter. Myoporam Platyearpum has a tigh thin canopy, so plants beneath il are subject to conditions of more severe water stress (Barker 1972+). Other factors such as increased ‘nutrient cycling under A. papyrocarpa (Correll 19675} of increased grazing pressure under M. platycarpum could also be involved. Similar sorts of factors wauld account for the fact. that Afriplex vesicaria and possibly Rhagodia ulieina were more abundant under Mf. platyearpum than A, pap procarpa, Careful field experiments will be required to determine the factors (edaphic, climatic, biotic) that are important for the germination and seedling establishment of each species. These experiments should involve transplanting seeds or seedlings between the canopies of differcnt tree species as well as info the interspaces. Only after these experiments have been performed will we have Ihe necessary evidertee to state the relative vontributions of bird dissemination of seeds and environmental factors in devermining the distri- bution of Fleshy-Pruited shrubs in the arid zone. Acknowledgments We would like to thank Tim Croft and Christina Morris for assistance jn the lleld, and Andrew, Lesley, Don and Penan Nicolson for their generous hospitality at Middleback Station, Hugh Ford and an anonynious reviewer provided helpful comments on an earlier draft, This work was based at the Middleback Field Centre which is supported by Broken Hill Propriety Co, and Mitsubishi Motors (Australia) Ltd. © Correll, R. L. (1967) “Studies on the Nitrogen Economy of Semi-Arid Vegetation at Yudnapiona Station, South Australia.” M.Se, thesis. University af Adelaide, Unpubl, References Cratwoyv, E. L. (1976) Optimal foraging: de marginal value theotem. Theor, Pop, Biol, 9, 129-446. Davinson, O. W., & Morton, S_. RK. (1984) Dispersal adaplations of some Acecia-ypecies in Une Australian urid zone. Lenlogy 65, 1038-1051. Forpr, N. £1986) Relationships between birds and trnits in tomperate Australia, pp, 42-58, fr 1. A. Ford & D.C, Paton (Eds) “The Dynamic Partnership: Birds and Plants in Southern Australia.” (Govt Printer, Adelaide), Hakeenk, J. L. 11977) “Population Biology of Plants.” (Academie Press, London), Letch, J. A, & MULHAM, W. E. (1965) “Pastoral Plants of the Riverine Plain,” (Jacaranda Press, Melbourne). Ornians, G. FL, & Peansas, N. E. (1979) On the theory of cencral place foraging. pp. 155-177, In D. J, Horn, R, Mitchell & G, R, Stair (Eds) “Analysis of Ecological Systents." (Ohio State Univ. Press, Columbus, Ohio). Osporn, T. G. B., Woon, J, G., & PALTRIDGE, T. B. (1935) On the climate and vegetation of the Koonamore Vegetation Reserve ta 1931. Prac. Linn, Sac. NWSW. Gl), 992-427, Pyat, G. H., Puroiam, H-R., & Cnannoy, EL. (1977) Optinial foraging @ selective review Of theory and lests, O. Rev. Bini. 32, 137-154. SORENSEN, A. EB. (1981) Interactions between birds and fruit in a temperate woodland. Oecofogia 50, 242-249, A PROPOSED REFERENCE SECTION FOR THE TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE BY A. S. BEECROST*, J. H. CANN? & C. STOCKSIEKE Summary Roadside outcrops of sedimentary rocks near Port Noarlunga, South Australia, are identified as Late Eocene stratigraphic units of the Noarlunga Embayment within St Vincent Basin. Fossil planktonic and benthic foraminifera from these rocks compare favourably with stratotype Tortachilla Limestone and the Tuketja Member of Blanche Point Formation. An exposure of highly fossiliferous, glauconitic calcarenite, bounded below by the South Maslin Sand Member of Maslin Sands, and above by the Tuketja Member of Blanche Point Formation, is proposed as a reference section for Tortachilla Limestone. KEY WORDS: Eocene, foraminifera, Noarlunga Embayment, St Vincent Basin, Tortachilla Limestone. A PROPOSED REFERENCE SECTION FOR THE TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE by A. S. Bernesoery J. AH. CANN] & C, STOCKSIEKT Summary Beeckarr, 4.5, Cann, dH. & Srocksirk, © (1987) A proposed reference section for the Torlachitta Limestone, Jrans, R, Sac, 5. Aust, W1(1), 7-15, 29 May, 1987, Rowdsidle outcrops of sedinientary tocks near Port Noarlunga, South Austratia, are identifiod as Late Cocene stratigraphic units of the Noarlunga Embuyrnent within St Vincent Basin. Fossil planktonic and bentine foraminiena fron these racks compare favourahly with siratorype Tortachilla Limestone anit (he Tuketia Member of Blanche Poin! Formation, Anesposure of hizhly lossiliferous, glauconitic calearenite, bounded below by the South Maslin Sand Member of Maslin Sands, and above by the luketsa Member of Blanche Poin Formation, is propased as a veterence section for Tortachilla Limestone, Key Worbs: Eocene. foraminifera, Noarlunga Embayrment, St Viruent Basin, Torrachitla | amestone. Introduction The ‘fortachilla Limestone is a Late Eocene stratigraphic Member of St Vincent Basi (Reynolds 1953; Stuart 1970; Buonaiuto 1977; Cooper 1979; Beecroft 1980): Jenkins er al 1982). Within the Willunga Embayment, at the type locality, Maslin Bay, the Tortachilla Limestone bas a maximum thickness of about two metres. Mt overlies the poorly fassiliferous. South Maslin Sand Member of the Maslin Sands (Cooper 1979) and is in turn overlain by (he younger Tuketja Member of the Blanche Point Formation (Jenkins ef.a/. 1982), Buonaiuto (1977) confined the Tortachilla Limestone to the lower Polyzoal Limestone Member of Reynolds (1953) and this was follawed by Cooper (1979), though not by Jenkins er i (1982), whase nomenclature is used in this paper. Fig. 1 summarizes this stratigraphy, About (en years ago the beach at Muslin Bay was proclaimed available for nude bathing and this factor has deterred some study groups [rom visiting the stratotype area. Also, an equivalent section at Whitton. Bluff, Christies Beach, is no longer accessible for study due to coastal protection works. There is therefore a need for nominution of other ourcrops as reference sections of the Tertiary units. * Peparrmeni of Geology, University of Adelaide, G,P.O, Box 498, Advlaide, 5, Ausr. 5001. PAshool of Pure und Applied Sciences, SALCLALE. (Salisbury Campus), Smith Road, Salisbury Fast, 5. Aust. S109, +Cenve lor Environmental Studies, Universin of Adelaide. G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide. 5. Ausr, SOO, ' Beewoltt, A. S. (1980) boraminiferal bioficies of the Tortachilla Limestoue and the Blanche Point bormation, Late Locene, Willunga Sub-basin, South Australia, HOA.(Hoas.) thesis, Univ. of Adeliido, Outcrop descriptions Daily (1952)? soted outcrops of Tertiary sediments of the Noarlunga Embaymient in ctiffs and road cuttings adjacent te the lower Onkaparinga River. More recently, additional road works have exposed these strata in greater detail (Stocksiek 19834). Aq exposure on River Road (Fig. 2, Site 1) presents more Can HX) metres of easily accessible and continuaus outcrop. Part of this exposure is shown in Fig, 3. From road level, ycllow. brown clays give way to coarse, limonitic, crossbudded sandstone, apparently non-fossiliferous, These sediments have a thickness of about 2.5 metres and are characteristic of the South Mastin Sand Member, Overlying, Tortachilla Limestone, typically glauconitic green, sandy arid richly fossiliferous, is ) 2 metres thick. Glauconitic tharls of the Tuketia Member form the upperinest beds of the outcrop. These three outcropping units are essentially similar in lithological detail (o descriptions of stratutype material given in Cooper (1979), Beeguse of ease of access and clarity of stratigraphic boundaries, this exposure 14 here proposed as a reference section for the Tortavhilla Limestone. Fossil foraminifera trom the section are discussed later below, In roadside ooterop west of the Reference Sectivn (Fig, 2, Site 2) only 0.5 metreol South Maslin Sand Member appears wbove toad level. Tortachilla Limestone is bleached and its upper boundary is indistinct. Tuketja Memiber constitutes most of the outcrop, though the higher, harder, more prominent beds may represent the Gull Kock Member of the * Daily, H. (1952) Stratigraphy and geology of the Noarlunga basin. B-Su(Hons.) thesis, Univ. of Adelaide, + Stocksiek, C. (1963) Some observations of (he Tertiary stritta Oulcropping adjacent to the Onkaparinga estuary, South Australia, Geology project report, 8. Aust. Coll. Adv Edue, Salisbury § A. S. BEECROFT, J. H. CANN & C, STOCKSIEK SUMMARY OF TERTIARY STRATIGRAPHIC NOMENCLATURE TATE 8 BURR | oENNaNT | REYNOLDS | CRESPIN | COOPER [JENKINS etal 1846 1896 1953 1954 1979 PORT ALDINGA WILLUNGA ( LIMESTONE BEDS AvoINGa | > MEMBER CHINAMAN GULLY BEGS CHINAMAN GULLY FOR! INAMAN GULLY FORM SOFT MARLS PERKANA MEMBER MEMBER GULL ROCK MEM&ER PORT WILLUNGA FORMATION PIRRAMIMMA SAND MEMBER OLIGOCENE BLANCHE BANDED POINT MARLS LIMESTONE MEMBER (NOARLUNGA TRANSITIONAL LIMESTONE) MARLS MEMBER GLAUCONITIC LIMESTONE MEMBER GULL ROCK MEMBER BLANCHE POINT FORMATION TUKETJA MEMBER BLANCHE POINT FORMATION LATE EOCENE TORTACHILLA oD ® c am wm w o w w ™& 3 co) 2 = Se wo a] ce) Cc POLYZOAL TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE LIMESTONE | LIMESTONE MEMBER EOCENE TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE | BLANCHE POINT MARLS TERTIARY SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH MASLIN MASLIN MASLIN SAND SAND SANDS MEMBER MEMBER MASLIN SANDSTONE NORTH NORTH MASLIN MASLIN SAND SANDS MEMBER MIDDLE EOCENE Fig. 1. Summary of stratigraphic nomenclature for St Vincent Basin, South Australia. No scale implied. REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE 9 Oval PORT NOARLUNGA ~ i D S s N 4 S S O 500 pe METRES COMMERCIAL CHRISTIE ADELAIDE I — 1 Gulf St Vincent Fig. 2. Location map showing sites of outcrop of Tertiary sediments referred to in text. the Blanche Point Formation. The sequence apparently dips gently westwards. At the intersection of Morton and River Roads (Fig. 2, Site 3) Tortachilla Limestone outcrops prominently. It is conspicuously fossiliferous (Fig. 4) and overlain by both Tuketja and Gull Rock Members of the Blanche Point Formation. Foraminifera Microscopic examination of washed material from the identified Tortachilla Limestone at Site 1 revealed a rich micro-fauna dominated by benthic foraminifera, with occasional ostracods. Scanning electron photomicrographs of some species of the foraminifera are shown in Fig. 5. A similar OS 10 A. 8. BEECROFT, J. H, CANN & C -, STOCKSIEK * a Nig. 3, Composite photography of part of the proposed reference section for the Tortachilla Limestone. foraminiferal assemblage occurs at Maslin Bay in stratotype Tortachilla Limestone and has been referred to Zone PIS (Lindsay 1981.4 and refs, therein), Significant planktonic foraminifera present include; Subbotina linaperta, 8. angiporoides, Tenuitella aculeata, T. gemma, T. inselita, Turborotalia nana, T, centralis, T) cerrouzulensis, Chiloguembelina cubensis, Pseudohastigerina micra and Globigerinatheka index. The lower disjunct top lo Tenuitella aculeata occurs within this unit, while Turboratalia cerroazulensis has only recently been found in the type section (Lindsay 1981) and is not known With any certainty to occur locally above the fortachilla Limestone. Among the benthic foraminifera, the presence of Pseudopolymorphina carteri, Linderina glaessneri and Maslinella chapmani is significant. Pseudopolymorphina carteri is restricted in occurrence tO the Tortachilla Limestone and basal Blanche Point Formation (Tuketja Member) at Maslin Bay, while the presence of Linelerina &laessneri at this level represents an extra-tropical excursion (Lindsay 1967, 1969; McGowran 1978), The presence of Muslinella chapmani appears to be lemperature controlled, being found in the Tortachilla Limestone and Tuketja Member, and then not again until the basal part of the Aldinga Meinber of the Port Willunga Formation (P14) where L. g/aessneri also reappears bnetly, ‘Lindsay, J. M. (1981) tertiary stratigraphy and foraminifera, Adelaide, South Australia. M.Sc. thesis, Univ. of Adelaide. The remainder of the assemblage are specics which cover a wider stratigraphic range, but as an assemblage, the unit contains both planktonic and benthic elements which are consistent with stratotype Tortachilla Limestone. The overlying unit contains rare, small, broken, but nonetheless unambiguous Hanikenina primitiva, which unequivocally confirms that this unil is the Tuketja Member of the Blanche Point Formation, and hence supports the identification of the Tortachilla Limestone unit. The Tuketja Member here does not contain 7! weuleata nor L. glaessneri, consistent with the type section at Maslin Bay, although P carleri and M. chapmani are present in reduced numbers. Conclusions The presence of key species, in particular Tenuitella aculeata, Turborotalia cerroazulensis, T. centralis, Pseudopolymorphina carteri, Maslinella chapmuni and Linderina glaessneri enable this unit to be recognized stratigraphically as Tortachilla Limestone, Identification is further emphasised by the presence of Hantkenina primitiva in the overlying unit, which is thus confirmed as being the Tuketja Member of the Blanche Point Formation, The foraminiferal fauna of the Tortachilla Limestone enables correlation with the equivalent level in the Browns Creek section of south-western Victoria and the Nanarup Limestone of the Bremer Basin, Western Australia (McGowran & Beecroft in prep.), REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE Il my A Fig. 4, Selected fossils, photographed at outcrop of the Tortachilla Limestone at site 3. A and D, bivalves; B, brachiopod; C, gastropod; E and F, bryozoa. all x 1.5 approx. (diameter of Aust. 20 cents coin is 28 mm). Me I n 4 U F 6) os] Zz Z < O x = = the oO w OU ira a) wi < REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE 13 Acknowledgments Sharon Proferes drafted figures 1 and 2; Richard Barrett provided photographic assistance; Brent Bowman picked the Hantkenina primitiva; Chris Moore typed the final manuscript. We thank Dr Richard Jenkins and Mr Murray Lindsay for critically reading the manuscript. References BuonaluTo, M. F. (1977) Revision of the Australian ‘Tertiary species ascribed to Limatula (Wood) (Mollusca, Bivalvia). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 11, 21-33. Coorer, B. J. (1979) Eocene to Miocene stratigraphy of the Willunga Embayment. Rept. of Investigations 50, Geol, Surv. S. Aust. JENKINS, J. B., McGowran, B., BEECROFT, A. 5, & FitzceraLp, M. J. (1982) Lithostratigraphic subdivision of the Blanche Point Formation, Late Eocene, Willunga Sub-basin. Quart. Geol, Notes, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. 84, 2-7. Linosay, J. M. (1967) Foraminifera and stratigraphy of the type section of Port Willunga Beds, Aldinga Bay, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 91, 93-109. __ (1969) Cainozaic foraminifera and stratigraphy of the Adelaide Plains Sub-basin, South Australia. Bull. Geol. Surv. S. Aust. 42. McGowran, B. (1978) Early Tertiary foraminiferal biostratigraphy in Southern Australia: a progress report. BMR Bull. 192, 83-95, ReyNotps, M. A. (1953) The Cainozoic succession of Maslin and Aldinga Bays, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 76, 114-140, Stuart, W. J. (1970) The Cainozoic stratigraphy of the eastern coastal area of Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. Ibid. 94, 151-178. Fig. 5. Selected foraminifera from the Tortachilla 1.imestone at the proposed reference section. A, B Turborotulia verroazulensis (Cole) x 75; C, D Tenuitella aculeata (Jenkins) x 220; E, F Hantkenina primitiva Cushman and Jarvis x 120; G Globigerinatheka index (Finlay) x 145; H Subbotina angiporoides (Hornibrook) x 220; 1, J Chiloguemtbelina cubensis (Palmer) x 220; K, L, M Pseudohastigerina micra (Cole) « 145, N, O T. insolita Jenkins) x 220, P Pseudopolymorphina carteri Quilty x 27; Q Stomatorbina concentrica (Cushman and Bermudez) x 65; R, S Eponides repandus Fichell and Moll) x 45; T Linderina glaessneri Quilty x 27. A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF EOCENE/OLIGOCENE BOUNDARY OSTRACODA FROM SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA AND INDIA WITH RESPECT TO THEIR USEFULNESS AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL BY K. G. MCKENZIE* $ D. K. GUHAT Summary Eocene/Oligocene boundary Ostracoda were analysed from selected wells in the Adelaide Plains Sub-Basin, South Australia and Cambay Basin, India. Source-rock characteristics of the sequences were determined - based mainly on ostracode parameters, with some additional information coming from their glauconite and gypsum content. Numerically similar ostracode counts were made for both sets of samples. The parameters studied were: carapace/valves ratio; adults/juveniles ratio; percentage of fragments; percentage of crushed and worn specimens; Krithe type; percentage of pyritised specimens. Results (which concur with exploration results to date) indicate that the Eocene/Oligocene boundary zone sediments have little petroleum potential in South Australia, but high potential in India. This conclusion was largely reinforced when the South Australian borehole Ostracoda were analysed in more detail. Consistent results were also obtained when the same parameters were determined for Ostracoda in outcrop samples collected from Aldinga Bay, South Australia. KEY WORDS: Ostracoda, petroleum indices, Eocene/Oligocene boundary, South Australia, India. A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF EOQCENE/OLIGOCENE BOUNDARY OSTRACODA FROM SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA AND INDIA WITH RESPECT 10 THEIK USEFULNESS AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL by K. G. McKen/ie*t & D, K, GuHAt Summary MeRenzin, Keo & Gata, De oR, (L987) AN vonipacdhive analysis Of Locene/Oligocene boundary Osrracoda from southeastern Australis aod India with respect to their usefulness as indicaters of petrotcum porenual, Tray. R. Soe. S. Aus 1110), 15-23, 29 May, 1987, Eocene/Oligocene boundary Ostracoda were analysed from selected wells in the Adelaide Plains Sub- Basin, South Australia and Cambay Basin, India. Source-rock characteristics of the sequenves were determined — based mainly on ostracdde parameters, with some aitditional mformation coming from their glauconite and gypsun) content, Numerically similar oxtracode counts were made for both sets of samples. The parameters studied were: curapace/ valves ratio; adults/(uveniles ratios percentage of fragments: percentage of crished and work specunjens; Arithe type; percentaye of pyrizised specimens. Results (which concur with exploration results to date) indicate thar the Baceney Oligocene boundary vong sediments have litle petroleum potential in South Australia, but high potential in India. Vhrs canelusian was largely reinforced when the Saurh Australian borehole Ostracoda were analysed in mare detail, Consistent fesults were also ohianed when the same parameters were determined for Ostracoda in outcrop samples collected from Aldinga Bay, South Ausoratia. Ky Words: Ostracoda, petrolcun indices, Eovene/Oligocene boundary, South Australia, India. Introduction examination ol numerous During September-October 1983, one of us (U.K.45.) visited Austraha under the aegis of the Australia-India Science and Technalocy Agreement to study the Tertiary ostracode microfaunas of southeastern Australia for comparison with ostracodes in Indian Tertiary segucnees. Lhe senior suihor (&.G.M.) acred as host for the visit und a ty-operative project was. initiated, We soon decided on the EocenesOligocene boundary zone because it was well understood bath in India and Australia and was known to be important for petroleum exploration in many parts of the world (Potmerol & Premoli-Silva 1986), including India (Guha & Pandey L980), Australia (Douglas & Merguson 1976) and China (Hou 1982). Our objective in the comparative study was to determine the respective petroleum potentials of selected hoceue/Olpocene sequences from Australia and India by using ostracode-based parameters developed by Pokorny (1965) and Oertili (1971) and tested recently by Giuhs (1983), plus some other ostracode (Peypouquer 1979) and sedimentary characteristics regarded by us as pertinent. it seemed to us that the most pragmatic test of the relevanee of the study parameters would be to determine them for wellsite samples. Nevertheless, 7 Riverina-Miunray Institiate of Higher Education, Wagna Wagga, NSW 2650, |) OW and Natural Gus Coomission, Bombay, 400078, India, outcrop samples, including several collecred by us both on a brief field excursion during October 1983 to Aldinga Bay, South Australia, made il clear that outcrop material would also yield consistent results, Of the pluneering studies in this methodology that by Pokorny (1965) was based mainly on outerap samples but included specimens from two boreholes, whereas Oertli (1971) worked exclusively with wellsite samples. Im our study, Guha determined the selected parameters for mne samples from the Cambay Well, Cambay Basin, India, while MeKengic deierniined them for the South Australian Department of Mines and Knerpy (SADMEB) Light | Well, in the Adelaide Plains Sub- Basin, South Austrafias and also for the outcrop samples. ‘Stratigraphic Summary and Material South Australia Ihe Adelaide Plains Sub-Basin is part of the St Vincent Basin (Fig. 1, locality 1), MT hits been extensively drilled to develop the groundwater resources of the Adelaide region for which it contains Iwo of the pritcipal wguilers. Consequently, the subsurface stratigraphy is well understood (Lindsay 1969, 1985). The Pulaeogene sediments include both marine and continentil sands, marine limestones and marls. They indicate alternating shallow marine (inshore to outer shell), transitional and fluvio-lacustrineg Palaeogene palacoenvironments (Lindsay 1969, Cooper 1985: Harris 1985}. Wh kG. MeKENZID ADR. GUHA Gul St Vincent Fig. 1. Locality map of South Australia indicating the lucatbons of: 1, the SADME Light No. 1 Well (about 138" 26'F, Long, 34° 26'S. Lat.); and 2, the Maslin Cay/Aldinga Ray coastal section of the Willunga Embayment (hachured) of the St Vincent Gulf Basia (dashed ourliney, Seale bar = 20 km. The general Incation js arrowed on (he inset map of Australia, The SADME. Light } Weil (reference bored, core | of Lindsay 1969), is particularly noteworthy heeause if contains, in a cored interval, the Eocene/Oligocene boundary as estimated by Lindsay (1969, 1985) near the base of dark grey, cherty caleareous siltstones forming the "siliceous unit” of Port Willunga Formation — the Ruwarune Member of Cooper (1977, 1979), Below this He equivalents of the latest Eocene, basal Aldinga Member of Port Willunga Formation, comprising ouleareous mudstone, greensand and siltstones grey- brown speckled green, glauconilic, pyritic, carbonaceuus, shelly; in part with very fine quartz sand. Beneath a regressive pebbly sand correlated with Chinaman Cully Formation (Lindsay 1985), Fig, 2), an abbreviated interval equivalent to basal Blatiche Point Formation (Lindsay 1968!, 1969) resis.on, and fills. fractures jn probably Proterozoic quartzite (Cornish 1964), Our material includes seven samples supplied by J, M Lindsay (SADME) ' Lindsay, J. M. (1968) Palacontology and stratigraphy. Appendix C, Vol. 1, /m Northern Adelaide Plains groundwater study to May [968.2 vols, Depe of Mines und Energy Repoet 67/123 (unpubl } from the Eocene/Oligocene boundary zone i i his well, i.e. From basal Ruwarung Member and uppermost Aldinga Member of Port Willutiga Formation. Tetal depth of the SADME Tight | Well was 171.9 mi. The seven samples provided iit is froin core 1 came from the following deprhs: 139.7 - 139.8 m; 139.8-140.) my; 14).1-141.2 ms 142.2-142,3 m; 142.3 -142.4 my 142.75-142.85 my and (43.2-143,3 m. The Bocene/ Oligocene boundary as determined by Lindsay. (1969) lies between I4].2 and [42,2 m in this borehole, Aspects of tte regional stratigraphy were described in detail by Cooper (1979) in lis study of the Willunga Eimbayment based en bores and the classi coastal section [Fig. 1, locality 2), Cooper (1979) concludes thar the Willunga Embayment was a structurally contralled palneo- bay for much of the Cainozoic. Sedimentation in this embayment of the eastern St Vincent Basin began in the Middle Eocene With {luvial sands and intermittent carbonaceous swampy sediments (North Maslin Sands), In the Adelaide Plains Sub- Basin, where SADME Light | is located, lignitiv Clinton Formation sediments were deposited next, followed by the onset of marine transgression (South Maslin Sands) involving reworking of rhe earlier (inviatile sands as well as deposition af inter- digitating marine and fluvio-lacustrine sandy sediments. Further trimsgression was miarked by high energy bioclastic limestones tich mm goethite pellets (Tortachilla Limestane) overlain by glauconitic, spicular and marly clays and silrs (Blanche Point Formation) as the transgression attained its maximum level during the Late Eovene, Scasonal upwellings probably characterised this interval. There followed a brief regression (Chinaman Gully Formation) but then marine conditions returned (Port Willunga Formations. The sediments indicate inland to: coastal lateral facies variations tram non-marine and marginal sands ty richly fossiliferaus marine carbonates. Such facies persisted from latest Eocene throughout the Oligocene atid into the Miocene (Lindsay 1967, 1969, 1985; Cooper 1979), Qur material includes four outcrop samples from the Eocene/Olivocene boundary vone (Lindsay 1967; Lindsay & McGowran 1986) in the coastal section at Aldings Bay (Fig, |, locality 2). India The Cambay Basin (Fig. 2) has India’s largest onshore oilfields and is ranked second alter the ? Goriish, B. E, (1964) Light No, | Well completion report, Dept. uf Mines repare 39/007 (unpubl OSTRACODA AS INBICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL 7 CHING ~ Fined PARISTAN 74 f ~ ~. ™ NEPAL ~~? ~_S ambuy Well Bomhay Ny, 2. Locality map of India indicaring the Cambhay Basin (hachured) and the lncution of the Cambay Well (72° 4o°b Long., 22° 22'N. Uat.), Seale bar - 400 ka, Rombay offshore region in terms of reserves of hydrocarbons (Guha 1983). Not surprisingly, tt has been studied in considerable detail and lhe Palaeoxene sequence is confidently correlated and biozoned, based mainly on furaminifers. Halaeoecological ssulyses indicale alternating shallow marine (inner to outer shelf) and transitional depositional environments for the Basil during the Palaeogene (Guha & Singh 1980). The Cambay Well is one of several thar were drilled 16 about 2000-3000 m depth with the primary objective of determining the basinal lithostratigraphy.. lt bottomed in Late Cretaceous basalts of the Deccan Trap. The Kocene/Oligocene boundary in the Cambay area occurs in the larapur Shale (Late Bovene-Oligocene) which in this well overlies Cambay Shale (ltarly-Middle Bovene), The intervening Vaso Formation (Middle-Late Eocene) which is usually unfossiliferous was not identitied in the Cambay Well (Guha 1 unpubl,), The Tarapur Shale is variegated, grey-greenish to fight brown, soft to fairly hard and poorly fissile. I is characterised by thick intercalations of quartzose,. fine-medium but occasionally coarse- erained sandstone; and, in the Cambay area, by thin intercafations of limestune near its base, The underlying Cambay Shale is dark-colouree- bituminous, moderately hard to fissile, with occasional siltstone beds (Guha & Singh 1980), Guha examined six samples from the Tarapur Shale and three from the Cambay Shale, Total depth of the Cambay Well was about 2500 m. The 9 samples available to us came from the following deprhs: 1520 m; 1530 m; 1835 m; 1548: m; $580 m; 1555 m (Tarapur Shale); and 1870 m; L585 m; 1605 m (Cambay Shale). The focene/Oligocene boundary ligs at about 1540 m in this well, Vhere is considerable support for an Oligocene prospect (rom the offshore Cambay Basin, Guha & Pandey (1980) in a study based mainly on the Tarapur Ollshore Welland incorporating micro- faunal, palynological, lithologic and electric log analyses interpreted the wuerval wbuove the uis- appearance of Hantkenina (Late Eocene foram- iniferal datum) as beginning in deeper marine basinal facies and proceeding upwards (above an unconformity/disconformity) into two alternating repressive — esiuarine and terrestnal — une Transgressive — shallow marine — cycles befure the uppearance of a characteristic Lower Miocene assemblage. Except for the final (younger) shallow Marine transgression there is good evidence for abundant organic matter in euxinic deeper facies and in shallow deltaic and paludal facies also characterised by rapid sedimentation and burial (Guha & Pandey 1980), Methodology: Ostracode and Other Parameters Carapaces/ Vuives ration Use of this ratio to yield palacoccalogical information was pioneered by Pokorny (1965) in a wide-ranging paper which also dealt with the implications of changing sex ratios and variations in shell ornament. The changing sex ratio parameter has not yet been turned to account for petroleum exploration. On the other hand, many variations in shell ornament are now interpreted in terms of the rhopic factor (Peypouquet, ef.a/. 1982) and can be used in suitable Facies Lo suggest presence or ubsence of upwelling (McKenzie & Peypouquct 1984) which, in turn, is linked to the abundance of organic matter. Oertli (1971) reviewed Pokorny’s work and telated the carapaces/valves ratio to potential lor the formatien of hydrocarbons. Insummury, when the ratio is high, rapid sedimentation — which Minimises disarticulation of carapaces |Hto separate valves — 1s indicated; and with sulficiently rapid burial organi¢ matter is not absorbed by mincral particles and so retains the potential for conversion incu lydeovarbuns. \8 Ki Adults/ Juveniles ratio Ii any inilerprelation of a palaeoenvironment which is based on ovulispecies assemblaves it is esserioal to separate the autochthonous fron. the ullochthotious [anal elements. Ostracoda are one of the groups in which Unis separation is achieved rapidly because they molt trequently in progressing lo adulthood and hecause juvenile shells, being alsa calcareous, are usually preserved. Reyment {1971} Uiscusses in derail ihe preparation of a life table in order to understand the population dynamics of species, We note that juvenile mortality is always high in his examples based on gutochthonous. Ostracoda, Therefare, the adults/juveniles ratio should incicate a dominant percentage of juveniles in autochthonous lossil populations, but be heavily biassed towards either adults only ar juveniles only for allochthonous taxa. Such biases are interpreted mast reasonably as post moriem sorting efferts, OF course, In some environments, <2. shorelines, post mortem sorting Is charavteristic for all fossils, autochthovons as well as allochthonous, Thus, to be usefu) as a positive indicator of petroleum potential, a relatively low adults/juveniles catio feeds to be linked with a high carapaces/ valves ratio, This is hecause the lovter indicates rapid sedimentauon, which cends 10 minimise sorting, Percentage of fragcmens This useful parameter 8 usually ignored by workers making up assemblages slides who tend to pick whole spevimiens. The percentage of fragments is simple ta obtain: two or three Counts of 106 specimens, inclusive of all fragmentary ones, bein sullicient to estimate it reasonably for any washed sample, Obviously, care must be exercised to avoid damaging specimens during preparation al’ washings; and the parameter cannot be used conveniently, with indurated sediments, When there t} a Significant percentage of fragments. it implies a high energy enyireninenr. Low pervenriges inclicate law energy environments or else rapid sedimenation, Crushed or warn specimens Commonsense sligrests that, where autochthonous tava are concerned, worn or abraded specimens aré indicatlve of hieh energy environments and slow sedimenation, Far allochihorns, abrasion is another paramerer by which their allochthonous pravenance can be interpreted — in the case where autochthonous species are well preserved (nol abraded). On the other Ward, crushed specimens are assoeiated typically with line grained muddy and marty offshore sediments. When abundant they ate interpreted as indicating considerable compaction MeoRENZTE & 1. KR. OUTTA pressure, as might be caused, for example, by rapid olfshore sedimentation, Krithe and Purukrithe The podocopid ostracode genera Arie and Parakrithe are used as palaeoecologie Indives by Peypouquer (1977, 1979) and others to interpret (he palacohydrology of marine sediments, in particular palaeodepths but alsa dissolved oxygen (O.} content, lool supply tnutrient) and upwellings. Peypouget’s hypothesis is that the size of the vestibule in the non-calcilied inner laniclla in Arise and Parekrisie is more or less inversely proportional to the dissolved 5 content of the ambient seawater. Peypouquet (1977) proposed a physiological explanation based on the known inverse relationship in crustaceans between external dissolved O and organism haemozlobin (HB}, In uw eurrent review, McKetiele (1986) considered the effects upon MB of several ather enviranmental actors and found that those which were significant — PH. food supply and subscrate lerrows iron — would all affect HB synthesis in the same direction as dissolved O., This result reinforces the hypothesis, Reeenly Aladin (1983, 1984) used microcryoscopical techniques ita show dio- chemically that HE regulation in puducopid Ostracoda oceurs probubly via salt sequestration in the noncalcified membraneous part of rhe inner lamella. This is precisely the site which Peypouguel (1977, 1979) hypothesised would reflect HB respunse by Avithe and Parakrithe to dissolved Os variations, The hypothesis has been upplicd frutt Cully in interpreting several palacoenvironments ranging in age from Manstrichtian to Miocene (Donze et al. 1982; Peypouquet er af 1982; Mckenzie & Peypouquet 19844, Pyrite wind Gypsum In Oceatic sediments, sulphur is about cqually divided between salphare and sulphide species. The lractionation from sulphate cto sulphide (pyrilisation) is due ro desulfobacterial sulphate reduvtion, The oecurrence of pyritisation in a palacocnyironment i§ readily interpreted by reference to its microfauna. Vor Ostravoda. pyritisalion is indivated by a signifient percentage of brownish to blackish valves and carapaces Oceasional spevimens alisten with pyrite whieh ts the diagenetic oxidised sity of the pnmary reduced ferrous sulpfide that stains/permeates shells to produce the chagnostic coloration Cypsurn is the predominant form of sulphate in marine sediments where it is a component in a ulohal carhon/sulphur redox system that incorporutes carbonates, sulphates, sulphides amd OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PEI ROLEUM POTENTIAL, i9 organ carbon (Carrels & Lerman 1984). In weathered Gutcrops, its presence is signalled by chimps of relatively large and often Fragile evpsum erystals; fut in unweathered sediments it can occur 4S (presumably diagenetic) microspherulites. ‘The laller were recorded, for cxample, in the Mioecne Fyansford Formation, collected ar Balcombe Bay, near Mornington, Wietovia ([McKenaie & Peypouquet 1984); pypsuin crystals are common ia Weathered oulcrops at the same localiry. When mirine sedimentary sequences carry abundant sulphate/sulphide. their pdlaco- citvironment 4s imterpreted as having been Ucoxygenated and strongly reducing in the presence of ubundant decaying organic matter and imlerstitial plus seawater sulphate. This interpretation derives from their sulphide content, Even when diagenesis and weathering have led tainly to Yormation by oxidative processes af the sulphate pypauni, the slammed shells of the microfauna are palimpsests of a depasicional reducing palaeoenvironment. A reducing cuvitonment, churdacrerised also by rapid sedimentiuton/ burial, inhibits oxidation ol urganic matter hydrocarbons and, under appropriate depth ef Pdnal and temperature conditions, yields petroleum, Cilaucontte Glauconite is an easily pecounisable green iron- bearing Silicate which 1 associared wilh stable ourer shel! environments, slow sedimentation, moderately anaerobic conditians on the bottom, and 4 large amount of deeaying organic matter. Ollen, it decurs together with pyrite. Its significance in source rock ierpretanan siems from the association with slow, even negative, secimentation because under such conditions organic matter hecomes oxidised and is no longer available to generate hydrocaibons. Glauconite praing are readily transported and sorted commonly forming greensands, Such deposits, with the inpligation of bollom current action jn addition to slow sédimenation, alo are cuunlerandicators in petroleum source Tork interpretation, Results ables ) und 2 provide results of determinations of several of the parameters discussed ubove for samples from the SADME Light | Well, Adelaide Plains Sub-basin. Sourh Australia, and the Cambay Well, Cambay Basin, India, respectively. "There were no significant occurrences of erushed or abrailed Specimens in the counts we made, and eypseous tnicrospherulites were only searched for in the South Australian samples, in which they were uniformly rare. The results indicate: that similar numbers of specimens were counted for both sets of samples: that the carapace/Valves ratin is constantly higher in the Cambay Well as is pyritisation; that che percentave of fragments’ is much grearer and that elaucanite is only abundant in SADME Light |; that the percentage of adalts is similar in both sections — varying trom 14.5-45% (mean 265%) in SADME Light 1, and from 15-44% (mean 33.4%) in the Cambay Well. The Jast statistics suggest that we are dealing with assemblages which have approximately similar population dynamics. and are predominantly autochthonous (both average about 70% juveniles). Thus, allhough the two wells are widely separated geovraphically, {hey may fairly be compared using ostracodes as indices for source rock characteristics. The combination of high percentages of curapages and pyritisation in the Cambay Well section especially in the lower Tarapur Shale and in the Cambay Shule (Table 2) suggests rapid sedimentation offshore combined with a reducing environment in the presence of abundant decaying Orgame mutter. As organic matter decays it uses up available oxygen. This is confirmed by the resulis [ram {he occasional valves of Krithe and Perakrithe in the Cambay Well assemblages. In ihe upper Tarapur Shale samples, whove the Eucene/Oligecene boundary, the Kritke have small TAM 1. Some parameters of Ostracoda in SADME Light 1 Well, Adelyide Plains Sub-basin, South Australia; recoded in percent excel for tand & a — abundanize = common, | = carapaces; 2 = 4 whauconite; 5 = pyritisarian, 6 adults; 3 -— fragments; turnbers of specimens ((he figures i parentheses are the numbers af specimens excluding fragments}, he Fovene/Olizacene boundary is indicated ar the base of the Ruwaruny Member, Port Willunga Formation (PW), t 2 Kuwarung Member, PWF 4.6 M1 Rirwarung Member, PWE 5.4 14,35 busal Ruwaruny U6 22.4 yop Aldina Member, PWEF 3.6 26.2 lop Aldinga Member, PWF 21 241 lop Aldinga Member. PWE 7 m4 tup Aldinga Member, PWR 250 45) . 4 4 5 fi 45.1 a 12.0 217: (118) 30.0 a a5 410217) WI a 15 271 (169) 55.7 4 4.0 305 (135) 53.4 a 15 285 (133) 19.8 a 10 244 (147) 20.0 © nA 40 (42) —_—_—— Oe OO ees mt) K.G. McKENZIE & D. kK. GUHA TABLE 2. Some parantvters af Ostravoda th the Cambay Well, Cumbay Basin, [ndia, recorded im percent except for 4und 6» — rare, SLR. — noi recorded. | = carapaces; 2 = adulis, 3 = fragmeénisy 4 = glauconites 3 - pyritisarion; 6 nombers of specimens (inetoding Irizments). The Bocene/Oligocene boundary 14 ingticuted in the Turupur Shale. | 2 3 4 5 h Tarapur Sluale 52. 30 7 v 32. (156 Tavapur Shale 49° 38 13 t 37 s«78 Tarapur Shale Ss} 43 #11 c 230 ON Tarapur Shale 72 37 #612 f 6& 24 farapur Shale 9 26 1 NLR 5 196 Tarapur Shale = $2, 1S SCNT 276 Cambay Shale 100 4t 42 NLR. O82 115 Cambay Shale 100 44 28 WLR 87 132 Cambay Shale 100 29 7 NLR 9S RS vestibules indicative of a well oxygenated milieu: in the Jower Tarapur Shale sampies the Arirfe have very large vestibules which indigales an oxygen poor tur reducing) environment. Untortunalely, no Krithe or Parakrithe were identified in the three Carbay Shale samples, On the other hand, inihe SADME Light 1 Well avction (Table 1) rhe percentage of carapaces is low in all samples (2.1-9.6%)) except the oldese (254%) ald the percentage of fragments is seniticuntly high (30,0-55.7%) except in the oldest sample (20%), Further, glauconite is abundant in all samples {it is tare OF not. recorded in the Camhay Well} except the oldest sample, where it is common; and pyritisation is abyays rare except in the uppermost sample. These dala suggest thal marine sedimentation in the SADME Light | Well area during Egeene/Oligocene boundary Lime twuk place ora well oxygenated outer shell characterised by slow sedimentation; and relatively constant bottom traction — Which produced the large numbers of shell fragments. The occasional Arithe which occur in these assemblages confirm the well oxygenated orlicu since they fave small yestibules. We conclude that, in lerms of the ustracude and other parameters we have siudied, the Loone/(Nigocene boundary vone sedinjents lave good petroleum potential in India but lil!le potential in South Australia. This conclusion js consistent with che drilling resiulis. The Adelaide Plains Sub- basin has been extensively drilled as part of a thorough aquifer explorauon programme without Providing any satistactary indications of petroleum hydrocarbons Jo [ndia, the Cambay Basin is second ody to the Bombay Of shore Basin in hydrocarbon reserves itl hits Enclia’s largest onshore oilfields. The source racks are located in offshore facies immediately below the bocene/Oligocune boundary and extending downwards into the Middle-Rarly Facene sediments, Detailed Analysis — South Ausrralia Table 3 provides. the results ol a nare detailed analysis of the SADME Light 1 Well samples, This analysis intioduces another paranicter, Ihe number of ostracodes per gram of washings pickeal, as well as breaking down the assemblages imto lamilies and analysing these both compositionally and in terms of the patametets alreudy studied lor the assemblages as a Whole. The prime objective is to enable a more precise palaedecological interpretation, All the washings were weighed and then picked for their ostracodes. In some cases, the entire fraction had to be picked to yield a satisfactory count fabeut 100-200 specimens) but in ome instance (Ihe stratizraphically lowest sample) even this method yielded only 40 specimens, including fragments. In most samples, however, Ostracoda were sO abundant that only a fraction of the washings teeded to be picked, This was (he case especially with the two lowest samples from the Ruwarung Member of the Porte Willunga Formation. ‘The richest sample was the middle sample of this Ruwarung Member series and the poores! was the lowest Aldinga Member sample, Ti terms oF ostracude diversity, most of ihe samples seem very similar, having 19-20 species; but the two lowest {Aldinga Member) samples are Less diverse carrying 15 and 1 species respectively, Since diversity can inctease significantly with higher counts (Cronin 1984; Whatley & Dowoing 1483) these diversity results do tot warrant more derailed comment. Tatlt 3. Anelysiy of oxtrocode relative abundances in selected faninles for the SA DME Light | Well frenresentiag 93, 7-99.2% wf Jotal ustracodes in the samples examined) Duta reverted in percent. Also recorded ure the astracodes‘em data. AG samples examined (a5 lar ‘lable 1). with A | uppermost Rowarung Member saraple ta G = lowest Aldings Member sample, respectively. Ortracode Family A BR «€. TR Ber F Bythocytheridae 1.8 OO 4,1 9S 10.2 OF 5.0 Cytheruridae 14.8 97 TO UR Th 9.0 12S Xestoleberididae = =4.2 12.5 100 3,3 3.2 45 10.0 Travhyleberididae 46.1 3L.9 $5 4 43.9 $1.9 58.6 15.0 Krithidae On 2.3 3.0 0.3 0.0 O4 CO Pontocyprididae 83 23.9 92 11,5 105 6.2 %hO Paracypodidae 00 $5 85 00 00 OO Oa Macrocyprididae 0.0 0.0 1.7 Of) WO O4F oo Bythoxyididae 0.5 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.40 Cytherellidae Ib 9.7 LLL 17-4 10.9 19.7 S.0 % of total ostracndes YT YT YU) 94 84 992 47S Qther Parveietery Osiracsodes/om (less fragments) 14.9 15 52.6 15 169 186 20 Ostragndes“am finvhidiny Cravens) 25.6 LSS) $4.7 43.6 36.5 298 15 OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL, 2l Wherr lhe assemblages are broke: down into their component families it seems clear that the two Vichese saniples (Ruwarung Member) represent an offshore, even Outer shelf environment. Both carry several specimens (7-8) of the genus Arie which i chagnaste lor uuler shelf and deeper waters. Additionally, the middle Ruwarung Member saniple (8B, in Table 3) has the family Bythocyprididae (genus Bythocypris) which also is typical of deep water facies. This fauna occurs a little higher than the Eovene/Oligocenc boundary as determined on foraminifera (Lindsay 1969) thus its palagoecological interpretation is consistent stratignaphically with what we know of ostravode trends worldwide (Benson 1975) and with the data from Ostracoda of the Willunga Embaymenr (McKenzie, in Cooper [979t. The dominant familes are the Trachyleberididae. Cythecuridae Xestuleberididwe, Pontucyprididae and Cyiherellidae. Several other familiees are represented by so few specimens that they have not been included tn Table 3, which lists only the Tu inust abundant families — representing 93,70 to 949.2%) of total ostracode assemblages. These poorly represented taniilies include J oxevenchidlae, Cytheridae (genus Loxocythere), Eucytheridae (yenus Rotundracythere), Leplocytheridac, Schizovytheridae (genus Patjenborchella). Surprisingly, no specimens of Bairdiidae were identilied although this family as virtually ubiquitous in marine facies. The absence of Kairdlidac seems ta be a local variation because the family cerlainiy occurs in coeval sediments [mom the Willunga Embayment (McKenzie 1979). Clearly, the mov abundant family is the Traclvleberididae (Table 3); although 1 is Jess abundant (31.9%) in the richest sample (B) than in the arher sainples (45-58.6%). On thiy ground, we decided i study trachyleheridid data for the Tsniv 4, Sune perameters ef Trachyleberididae in [he S4ADME Light 1 Well, Deta recorded in perveni except column 5S which gives actuel numbers of specimens analysed, \ = carapaces; 2 = adults; 3 = tragments; 4 - pyrilisation. Thus, for the Ruwarung Member. PWEF there are: 2% carapaces, (98% valves}; 30% adults (70% juveniles); 57%) fragments: and a quarter of the specimens are pyriused. L 2 3 4 4 Ruwarung Mewber, PWE 27 W i7 25 100 Ruwarung Member, PWF 5 68 40 10 99 basal Ruwarung Member 10 30 40 5 150 top Aldinga Member, PWF 3 30 63 7 134 Aldinga Member, PWF a 22 63,5 6 148 Aldinga Member [WEF 7 25 40 25 \43 Aldinga Member PWT 2 33 O33 0 18 parameters which we used in the preceding more penenal enalveis (‘fable 4). We infer, plausibly, that ia the uppernsosi Ruwarung Member sample bottom conditions were reducing for at least part of the time. Vhis suggests that elsewhere in the Becene/Oligacene of Suuth Australia the Early Oligocene might be a prospecove petrolilerous zone if the sediments are thicker and also contain high numbers of carapaces, fewer Traginents and much less glauconite, ‘The Encene/Oligocene boundary zonets already a drilling target off Gippsland, Victoria (Douglas & Ferguson 1976) but with respeet to much thicker sections than occur in the St Vincent Basin. Unfortunately, our results from SADMF. Light 1 offer only slight encouragement for a more intensive exploration of this interval in South Australia Compurisor with Oulerops During October 1983, we sampled the classic coastal Eocene/Oligocene sections at Maslin Bay and Aldinga Bay, South Australia. Table 5 provides a resume of the data on ostracode parameters and glauconite for samples from this collection. Although the SADME Light | Well (Table 1) was much more closcly sampled (over only 1.4 m in the basal Ruwarung Member and only 22 m in the upper Aldingu Member), the ostracode data [rom outcrops correspond rather well. Ln particular, the Percentages of carapaces for the two lawest Aldinga Member samples of SADME Ligh | {located abuul 1.6-2.0 m below the basal Ruwarung Member sample) are sinwilar in tle two outcrop samples trom the Aldinga Member (Table §), Generally, the outcrop samples are less pyeitised. Conclusians Ostracode parameters, reinforced with evidence from pyrite, gypsum and glauconite can be used tu indicate petroleum source rock potential in the enclosing sediments, lL. A high percentage of carapaces indicates rapid burial, 2. Large percentages of adults and juveniles (with juveniles. dominant) indicates a mostly aittachthorimus community, _ A low percentage of fragments indicates low cnerey and minimal bottom cucrents/traction, +. A high percentage of pyrilisation of ustracode earapaces and valves indicates a reducing environment; as do diageneti¢ pyrite and gypsum in the enclosing sediments, These several characteristics all inlieate oud petroleum source rock potential as our extended discussion has made clears. ' Le 22 &G. McKENZIE & DK, GUILA LAME 5, Some purunielers of Ostracoda, plus alaucanife in ogtcreps uf Aldinga Bay, Sauth Australla, recorded jn percent except far 5. t — trace; | = carapaces; 2 = adults; 3 fragmenta; + ghuuyanites 3 = pyritisations 6 — number of specimens ((he figures in parentheses are the mumbers of specimens excluding fragments). The Eovene Oligocene boundary is indicated. 1 3m above hase of Ruwatung Member 1.4 MY om below top of Aldinga Member a9 4 nt above base of Aldingau Member 25.4) 2m below top of Gull Rack Member 124 2 3 4 5 6 AW.2 52.8 1 nil 237 (112) 25.8 50,9 12.5 l 236 (1161 25.0 Us t mil 164 (96) is. 24.6 MW) fit 225 (168) Inthe exemplar series, astracode parameters and high pyritisation all confirm the high petroleum source rock potential of the Eucene/Oligocene houndary zone in the Cambay Well, India. On the other hand, in the SADME Ligtt ¢ Well, South Australia, and. in outcrop samples from South Australis the only positive correlations are with the dominantly autochthonous community characteristic (2, above), Im other respeets, the Australian samples of the Eucene/Olizecene boundary zone correlate negatively with indications of good petraleum source rock potential, Likewise, elyuconite, which fs counter-indicative of petroleum source ruck potential, i5 generally common to abundant in the Austrahban exemplar samples but is not recorded or rare i the Cambay Well. IL is not Surprising, therefore, that the Catmbay Basin is India’s major onshore oilfield in bocene/Olipoceneé strata whereas South Australia is non-praductive for this interval in the section concerned. Gur present methodology appears to be ay CHective for the Eocenc/Oligocene of Iidia and Australia in the areas tested as similur bul less detailed methods have proved previously in the Turonian-Coniacian of Bohemia (Pokorny 1965), the Neucomian-Aptian of southwestern Fraice (Oerth 1971), the Maastrichtian-Palaeovene oF Mozambique (Qertl 1971) aud Bathonian-Tertiary uf India (Guha 1983), Finally, when these parameters ate reassessed Por samples iu which the Ostracoda huve been divided imo their component families as done (K.G.M.) for she SADME Light | Well, the results alluw an opportunity to achieve a consisient but more detailed palaeoecological interpretation than could result from the gross data alone. Acknowledgments D. K. Guha acknowledges with gratitude support Hon the Australia/ India Scienve and Technology Agreement enabling his visit to Riverina-Murray Institute of Higher Kducationd{R.M.H.B.) where the joint project was carried out, Both authors are grateful to Mr J. M. Linday and Dy B. I. Cooper, South Australian Department ef Mines and Energy (SADME), and to Dr B. MeGowran, Depactrrent of Geology and Geophysics, the University of Adelaide for guiding them throurh the classic Tertiary sectians at Maslin Bay and Aldinga Bay, neat Port Wilhinga, South Ausiralia, Mr J, M. Lindsay is also thanked for loaning the samples from SADME Light 1 Well, and lor his con- structive comments on the paper. Professor 1, P Peypouquet, Université de Bordeaux, ig thanked for a pertinent review. K, G. McKenzie acknowledges ARGS Grant No, E80 15387, DR. Guha publishes with permisston from the General Manager, Oil and Natural Gas Commission, India. Some Tables and the tWo Figures for this paper were ¢xhibited at the 8th Australian Geological Congress, held at Flinders University, Bedford Park, South Australia, during February 1986. Kk. G. Mckenzie acknowledges support from the R.M.NHLE. Staff Develapment Prograuuie enabling his attendanee at the Congress. Mrs Jan Scaman um! Ms Colleen Seberry typed the Manuscript, References ALADING N,V. (1983) On the displicemenr of the evitical sulinity barrier in the Caspian ond Aral Seas, tle Rrinchiopoda and Ostracoda taken as caamples, Zool. A, 62, G89-694) (In Russian), — (1984) Salinity adaptations und oymoreenhuion anilinies of Ostracoda trom the Blick und Avov Seas. fool. J. 63, 185-190, (In Russian). Busse. R.H. (1975) The origin of the psychrasphere as recorded in changes of deep-sea ostracode vesemblanes, Letlata 8, ORT, Coorrk, Bot, (977) New ind revined stratigraphic nomenclature forthe Willunga tanbaymment Q. veo, Notes, peal, Serv 3. Aust. 64. 2-5, (1979) Fovene lo Miocene stratigraphy of the Willunga Embayment. Rep, fuvest, veal Surv. 8, clust. St. ~ (1985) ‘The Calfarnie St Vincent Busin — tectonics, Sttucture, sinuligraphy., fa Dindsay, J, M4 (Ed,) “Stratigraphy, palasontology, malacology, papers in honour of Dr Nell Ludbraok,” Spee, Pubt, 8 daw Dept Mines nil Energy 5, 35-4 OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL 23 Cronin, T. M_ (1983) Hathyal ostracodes from the Florida-Hatteras slope, the Siruits of Mlorida, and the Hlake Plateau. Mar. Micropaleont, 8, 89-119, Doze, P.. Corin, J. P., DAMoTTE, R,, Gert, H. J., Pryrououet, J.-P. & Saip, R, (1982) Les Ostracodes du Campanien terminal a \Rocene Intérieur de ta Coupe du Ket, Tunisie Nord-Occidentale. Bull. Cént. Réch. Explor. Prod. Elf Aquitanine 6, 273335, Dauctas, J. C. & Ferauson, J. A. (Eds) (1976) ‘“Gvology al Victoria”. Spec. Publ. Geol, Soc. Aust. 5. Gakktrs, R, M. & Lrewan, A. (F984) Coupling of the sedimentary sultur and carbon cycles — an improved model, Anter, J, Sci, 284, 989-1007, Cita, Wd. K. (1984) Use of Mesozoic and Tertiary Indian Ostracoda in oil exploration. pp. 437-441. In Maddocks, R, F. (Ed_) “Applications of Ostracoda’ (Univ, Houston Cicoscience, Houston), & Panory. J. (1980) Palseontology, sedimentation and palacoenvironment of Oligocene sedhinents it Southwest Gujarat, J. Palgeonr, Soc, Ind, 23/24, 156-165, & SincH, No PL (1980) Biostratigraphy and milacoenvironments of the subsurface Paleogene sediments of Cambay-Katharia-Sisva arca. Gujarat. Proc, 3rd. Ind. Geol. Cong, Poona, 1980, 221-234. Harris, W. K, (1985) Middle to Late Eacene depositional cycles and dinoflagellate zones in southern Australia, Spec. Pabl, S. Aust. Dept. Mines and Enerey 3, 134-144, How, Y. T, (1982) Cretaceous-Lertiary biostratigraphy and petroleum prespecting of eastern China, Proc. Svimp. Petrol. Geosci. Acad. Sin., Div. Earth Sci, Aud. Sin, 97-105, Linpsay, J.M. (1967) Foraminifera and stratigraphy of the type secHon of Port Willunga Beds, Aldinga Bay, South Australia. Trans, R. Soc, S, lust, 91, 93-110. —- (1969) Cainozme toraminifers and stratigraphy of the Adelaide Plains Sub-Basin, South Austratia. Sull Geol Surv. 5 chusr, 42, (1985) Aspeors af South Australian Tertiary foraminiferal biostrarigeaphy, with emphasis on stdics ot Massilina and Subbotina. Spec. Publ, S, Aust. Dept. Mines and Energy 5, 187-232. & McGowran, B (1986) Locene/Oligocene houndary, Adelaide region, South Austraha. Jn Pomerol, C, and Premoli-Silva, [, (Eds) “Terminal Eocene events", pp. 165-173. (Elsevier, Amsterdam). McKENZIE, K. G. (1974) Cainezoic Ostracoda of southeastern Australia, with the description of Alanaiceratina n. gen, Geosci, & Mun 6, 153-182- (1979) Appendix 2, Notes on Ostracoda from Willunga Embayment borcholes WIG 3%, WLG 40 and WLG 42. in Cooper. B. J. (Ed.) Hoven: to Mincene stratigraphy of the Willunga Emabayment, Rep. Invest., Geol. Surv. S. Aust, 50, 90-101. (1986) Ostracoda: new aspects of their biogeography, Jn Heck, K.L., Jr. & Gore, RH. (Eds) “Crustacean Issues 4, Crustacean Biogeouraphy” (Balkema, Rorterdam), & Pevyrouver, J-P. (1984) Oceanic palacoenvironment ef the Miocene Hyansford Formation from Fossil Beach, near Morningtat. Victoria, on the basis of Ostracoda. lcheringa ®, 291-303. Orrtyet, H. J. (1971) The aspect of Ostracoda faunas — a possible new tool in petroleum prospecting, Jn Oertli, H, J. (Ed) *Palévévologie des Ostravades” Aull, Cene. Rech. Pau-SNPA 5 (suppl.), 137-147, Peypouourty.-P. (1977) Les Oxtracodes et la connalssanec des paléomilieux profonds. Application ay Cénozoique de Atlantique nord-oriental, These docrorat d’Ftar des Sciences, Univ. Bordeaux. 443 pp. (1979) Ostracodes et palégenvironments. Methodolgie et application aux domaines profonds du Cénozoique., Bull, BLR.G.M, (2nd Ser.) Seet. TV 1, -79, , Ducasse, O,, Gaver, J, & PRATVIFT, L. (1980) “Agradation el dégradation” des (ests d'Ostracodes. Intérét pour la connaissance de J'évolution paléohiydrolovique des domainey margino-liltorauy carbonates, (7 “Cristallisation, Déformation, Dissolution des Carbonales” reunion orgainisée par le Groupe d'krude des Systems. Carhonates, Limi. Bordleanx, 357-369, —~., Devasse, O. & Gaver, J. (1982) Les Ostracades et la paléohydrologte, paléogéographie et Ja paléochimatologie lors de la crise Rockne-Oligocene dans Atlantique Nord-Oriental. /7) Gallitelli, E. M. (Fd- ‘Palaeontolagy, essential of Historical Geology”. Bre//. Soe. Paleons., Taf. 20, 97-120. Powero., C, & PREMoL-Sivva, (Eds) (1986) “Terniinal Eocene events”, (Elsevier, Amsterdam). Pokorny, V. (1985) Some palacoecological problems in marine ostracode faunas, demonstrated on the Upper Cretaceous ostracodes of Bohemia, Czechoslovakia. Jr Puri, H, S. (Ed) “Ostracads as Ecological and Palaevecological Indicators", Pubb/. Staz. Zool. Napoli 23 suppl,, 462-479, Reyment, R.A, (1974) “Introduction to Quantitalive Paleoecology”. (Elsevier, Lundon), WHATLEY, R-C. & Downing, S. (1983) Middle Miovene Ostracoda from Vivtoria, Austratia Rev. esp. Micronaleont, 5(3), 347-407, THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MITE FAMILIES TROMBELLIDAE AND JOHNSTONIANIDAE AND RELATED GROUPS, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LARVA (ACARINA: TROMBELLIDAE: NOTHROTROMBIDIUM) FROM NORTH AMERICA BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT* Summary Amongst the Trombidioidea an unnamed family group containing Trombellidae, Chyzeriidae and Audyanidae Fam. nov. is recognized; these families are defined and keys provided for the larvae of the families, subfamilies and genera. The Johnstonianidae is examined, and three new subfamilies, Tetrathrombiinae, Pteridopodinae and Ralphaudyninae are established, with Ralphaudyna Vercammen-Grandjean ef al., 1974 being transferred to the Johnstonianidae. Ralphaudyna amamiensis Vercammen-Grandjean, Kumada, Newell, Robaux & Suzuki is recorded from a second Japanese location, as an ectoparasite on the gryllacridoid Tachycines robustus Ander (Orthoptera, Rhaphidophoridae). Further metric and descriptive data are given for this larval mite. Nothrotrombidium treati sp. nov., larva (Acarina: Trombellidae) is described from a single specimen found dead on a noctuid moth Spaelotis clandestina (Harris) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) at Tyringham, Mass., U.S.A. This is the first record of this genus in North America, previously recorded from Europe and South America, as well as Madeira, in the Atlantic Ocean, and Asia. KEY WORDS: Taxonomy, Nothrotrombidium, Ralphaudyna, larva, North America, Japan, Acarina, Trombidioidea. TITE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MITE FAMILIES TROMBELLIDAE AND JOHNSTONIANIDAE AND RELATED GROUPS, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LARVA (ACARINA: TROMBELLIDAE: NOTHROTROMBIDIUM) FROM NORTH AMERICA by R, V. SOUTHCOTT* Summary SouTHeart, R. V, (1987) The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae and related groups, with (he description of 4 tlew farva (Avarima: Trombellidaes Vothratrambidiin) trom Norrh America. frams. A. Soe. 8. Aust. WAL), 25-42, 29 May. 1987. Amongst the Thombidioidea an unnamed family group containing Trombellidae, Chyveriidae and Andyanidae fam, mov. 1§ recognized: these families are defined and keys provided for the larvae of the lamiilies, sublanntics and genera, The Johnsionianidae is-examined, and three new sublamilies, Terrarhrombiinie, Pleridopodinae and Ralphaudyninae are established, with Ra/phaudyad Vercummen-Grandjean eral, 1974 being transferred (o the Johnstonianidae. Ralpheudyne amamiensis Vercammen-Grandjean, Kumada, Newell, Rabaux & Suzuki iw recorded from asecond Japanese location, as an ectoparasite on the gryNacridoid Jachyeines robustas Ander (Orthoptera, Khaphidophoridae), Vurther metric and descriptive data are given for this larval mute, Nathrarrombidtiar treatt sp. nov,, larva (Acarina: Trombellidae) ig deseribed from a single specimen found dead on a Noctuid moth Spaélotisclandestina (Harris) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) at Tyringham, Mass, USA, This is the first record of this genus in North America, previously recorded from Furope and South America, as well.as Madeira, in the Atlantic Ocean, and Asia. Kry Worns: Taxonomy, Nethrotrombidium, Relphandyna, larvae, North America, dapam Acatrina, Trombidiaidtea, Introduction The Johnstonianidae and the Trombellidae are acvepted by some workers a5 the most primitive families of the Trombidioidew. In the case of the Johnstonianidac this opinion is based on che presence of a number of supposedly primitive morphological, hehaviqural and ecological characters (Newell L957) Thus there are two pairs of sensilla on the seutum, crista or equivalent areas in most species, resembling the situation im the ierythracvidea, but with loss or modification of the anterior pair in some genera. Other supposedly primitive characters are the simplicity of body setae, the presence of larger than usual numbers of sensory setae on various leg segments, and the eeneral lack of reduction of leg segmentation, as well as the presence of vaTious specialized setae on ute gnathosoma, Some larvae are apparently predatory, while others are, as in the majority of the trombidioids, ectopurasitic upon arthropods, Newell (1957) has also stressed (he “self{-detaching" character of the larvae in response to stimuli, for example when the host with its larval ccroparasites is immersed in preserving fluids. There is also, among the adult as wel as the larval jobnstonianids, a sensitivity to heat and desiccation (Newell 1957, 196()). © 2 Taylors Road, Miletwm, 5, Aust, 5062. The Trombellidae (which have only one pair of prodorsal sensilla) possess a number of simula characters. The adult leg segmentation is not reduced, and in the Jarvae the legs usually carry more sensory setac than other trombidioids. The larval coxue (end to he separated, and the urstigma may not be strangly associated with coxa 1. The concept of the Trombellidac as primitive may he based more un a general resemblance to the Johnstonianidae than on more specific indieatinns Variant views are expressed by other workers Thus Feider (1959b) eave an illustration hypothesizing that the “Tanaupuslidae” and “Calothrombiidae” ure che two most primitive families of the Trombidioidea, originating [ron a commen branch, while the next branch, ata slightly higher level, gave rise to. the Johnstonisnidae and “Notothrombiidae”™, On che other hand, Vercamren-Grandjean ef a/. (1973) considered thie the families Trombiculidse and Leenwentioekiidae are more primitive than other “close families, such us (he Johostonianidae ._ "4, Thus the phylogeny of these mites remains a matter of contention (an equivalent situation occurs in the Drythraeoidea — see Southcott 196]a). Thor (1935) divided the family Trombidiidae Leach, 1815 (Trombidioidea of this paper) into 10 subfamilies, many of which have later heen accorded family status Among such were [he Johustomianinac and the Trambellinac, the latter 26 R. 8 SOUTHCOTT delined a5 follows: Body clongale. Abdomen rectangulat, Skin hardstitm ("hart"), rough-‘uneven (“hockengz"), hairs short, pointed, Crista lacking: the two sensory hairs sit close together in the mid- dle of the horas in two thick tubercles between the uwo scsuile eye pairs. The fourth palpal segment with dilfering spines or hairs; fifth seament long, Only the type genus Prompbella Betlese, 187, is included {Iransfation RNS), There was no referenve to the Jarvae. as then unknown. The adulr cenus CéApzeru Canestnni, 1897 was omitted Feider (1958b) deseribed the larva of the trombythu mite Netkrotrombidium otiorvue (Berlese, 1902), stating that this was the firsi genius in the tamily for which there was correlation between larva and adult. However, two genera, Chyzeria sce Womersley. 934) and Avdvane (see Wamenley [9$da,b), had previously been correlated between the larva and the adult or deuronyinph. These rearings allowed sunie attempts to define the characters of the larval Trombellida¢ (Vercamimen- Cirandjean ey af. 1974; Southcoart 1982). Following avorrelation of an Apstalian Tanbelle larva with its deulonvuiph, the classification of the Trombellidae has been developed further (Southcott [9B6u). Nathrotrombidiiumn was fourded by Womersley. (L9S4b), with type species Tramthella atorven Rerlese, 1902 from Europe. In the genus he placed alo 7) nothroides Berlese, 1888 from Sauth America, and 7 lundhladi Willmann, £939, from Madeira. A further species, No irevirersien Andre, 1960, hus been described [rom Nha Trang, Indochina. All of these were adults, In this pauper a secand larval species of Nothrotrambidium, N. treari sp. noy., is described from a nectuid moth in North America. This disovery promprs a further examination of ihe characters of the Trombellidac and related trombidioid mites. TASOQNOMIC DECISIONS AND ACCOUNTS In the most recent reviews of the Trantbellidie. Suurheott (1982, 19864) included the follawing genera: Trombella, Chyzeria Canestrini, 897. Bonierslevia Radlord, 1946, Nothomombicula Dumbleton, 1947, Anvdvana Womerslev, 1954, Nathrotrombidiunt Womersley, 1954, Durenia Vercammen-CGirandjean, 1955, Parathrampbello Andrée, 1958, Neanofhrothrombidium Robaux. L968, Kalphaudyna Vercammen-Grandjean et a/,, 1974 aml Maiputrombella Southcott, LRG. OF these Trembella, Chvzeria, Durenia, Axdvana and Nathrothrembidiam ate knowir both as larvae and adults or deutonymphs; MWorrersferia, Nalhotronbicula and Ralnhaudvny are Kiown only as larvae. and Puruthrombeltta, Nearwhruthromivaiun and Malpotrombela ave known only as adults, Southcot (96a) excluded Paruchvseria Hitst, 1926, from the Tromibellidae, and plaved ti in the Johnstoqiinicdac, Vervaminen-Grandjean (1973) placed six subfamilies to the Trombellidae: Trombellinac, Tanaupodinac, Caluihrombiinae, Spelaeothrom- bilnae, Noto! hrombiinae and Moyanellinac, He gave no reasons for these decisions, which may have stemmed largely fram the difficulties of placing groups with which he was relatively unfamiliar. A well-marked crista is present in the adults of the Tanaupodinae, Calothrombiinae and Spelaeo- thrombiinac, so there appears no reason to associate them with the ‘Trombetlidac, Chyceriidae and Audyanidae. In Nerothrombiunt Storkan, 934 (ihe sole genus of the Notothrambiinae) and In Movanella Boshell & Kerr, 1942 (the sole genus of the Moyanellinae} the crisia of the adults is poorly defined or absenl; both have two pairs of prodorsal sensilla (see Thor & Willman 1947; Rabais 1967); thus it appears that their affinities le more with the Johnstonianidae rather than the Trombellidae, and they are here considered as being part al the johnstonianld family group, possibly deserving Tamily status. As the larva of neither of these two families Js known, however, they will not be comsidered further here A difficulty in the classification af the Trombidioidea (and other Parasilengona) is caused by (he extreme heteromoarphy which exiscs beoween the larvac and the adults (or deutauvinphsy), causing dual generic und specific names for the hexapod and octoped instars, as Well.as difficulties [a laaonomic placements, failing accurate correlations, One such instance is as follows, Ralphaudyne Vereammen-Grandjean ef al, 174 was placed by its authors in the tribe Chyzeriini of the Trambellinae |=lrombellidae of this paper). The genus Was ereyied lor a single specimen of &, ananienss Vercommen-Grandican ef al, 1974, obtained in “soil under an-olden tree eave on the middle slope of Mt Yawarn-dake Amant). oshimea istind", Japan, and henee fren an unknown host, or pocential host, arthropod. They laid stress upon the “presensillac” Of the dorsul idiasomal scutum, and therefore considered it a link herween “the Iwo groups Chyzeria and Parachyzeria”. However. the larva of Purdehyerta has not been described. The placing of Ralphaudyna in the Trombellinae was accepted by Southicon (1982, [aséa). Further specimens of Ratyhavedvna annuinien sis have been Joutid al a sceond locality in Japan, taken parusile ona eryllacrdoid (Opthoplera} see pr. 38), MUTE CLASSIFICATION WW Examination of these specimens stows that the “nresensillae” or “presensilla” are close to typical seutal (richobothria, placed more posteriorly an the seituin, although smaller, The only passibly Wuportant dilference between the anterior and posterior trichobothria lies in the antetor ones having & semewhul thickened shalt for the whole of the sensillury seta, Ralphaudyna was placed in the Chyzenini of the Trombellinae by tr authors father than an the Johnstonianidae principally on this character, and because it is “provided with w very wide nasus. Several nude genualac on euch low." As fir as the preschee of “prosensilla” is eoucerned, Newell (1958) used rhis term as “prosensillar setav” but withour definitions in 1960 he defined aienn “prosensilliim” to apply to paired ameromedian scutal setae of Trombiculidac, Johnstonianidac and Trombidiidae, The presence of such Setue, if ane accepts Newell's concept, is not a detinilive character for any particular member of the three tamilics nominated. Newell in fact stated (YAO) (thar the term “prosensillum™” could be applied in many Trombiculidae to the wapaired allrerornedian scural set, A prominent, even wide, nasus had been described in various larvae of the Johnstonianidae, eg. in Diplothrombiurn Berlese, 10 by Newell (1957), Veider (19894), in Cearrorrombidium Krumer, 1896 by Newell (1957), and in other genera, Accepting the term “genuala” as applying to any nude sensory sete on the leg genu (and excluding the vestigiogenualie) such setae are absent in Chyzerig and Nothotrombicula, but are present in Trombella and Nothrotrombidium (Vercammen- Cirandjean 1972; Southcort 1982, |9R6u) as well as in dhe johnstonianid genera Lassenia Newell, 1957. Oiplothrambium and others (see Newell 1957). None of the criteria advanved by Vercammen- Grandjean ef af (1974) for the exclusion of Ralphaudyna trom the Johnstonianidae and. its placement in the Trombellinae (Trambellidae) is sustained, Thus, Relghuudyne is temoved from the Trombellidae, and placed in the lohristoniunida, in Ralphiudyninag, subfam, mov, Kranz (1978), following advice [i Wh.) from VYercummen-Grandjvan, Has used the family term Chyzeriidue (as Chyzeridac), separating it by key characters’ from Trombellidae. Here | define the Chyzeridac and a restricied family Trombellidue Seta and seutal terminology follows Southoot| (196)a,b, 1963, 1986a,h), Superfamily Trombidioides tench Monn! sereanwiny lrombidides Leach J61S, pp. 387, 395. Trombidiidae Michael 1884, pp. 4, 38 tad p.)s Thor & Wilimann 1947, pr 187, Trombidiinae Michael 1884, p, SJ, Trombidioidea Banks 1894, p, 209; Southcort (957s, p. 173; L982, p. 285; tinier card 1973, p. 109; Welbourn 1983, p. #3; 1084, p, 135 Trombidia beider 1Y54b, pp. 539; 1979, p. 420, Definition: Prostigmatic mites of generally owpid or elongate form in post-lurval deutonymphal and adult toctopod) stages. Wath one or Lwo puirs ol dorsal propoedasomal sensillary setae in all mobile sluges, eenerally in association with a crista or shield if Octopod stages. bul erista and shield may be rudimentary, vbsolete ar absent, Larva generally rounded, heaapod, with ane or more dorsal idiasomal shields, sensillary selac (one or two pairs) borne by anteramost shield. Gnathosoma well developed in all mobile staves, with mobile digits as hinged blades, not retractile, not styliform, Ocvtopod states cenerally wath genital acetahula (suckers). Coxse | and Il, and Il and Ty, contiguous on each side in octopod stages, | and I] generally continuous in larvae, bul may be Separate in larvae. Larvae heteromorphic to ovtopod Stages. Larva with urstigma and anus. Octopod stages predalory upon sinall arthropods. Larvae venerally purasite upon invertebrates ond vertebrates, Mires nevee fully aquatic. Tyne genus Trenriidinm Fabricius, 1773. Remarks: The larvae af the Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae may have ove of more of the following characters: (1) vonae usually separated and urstigmea usually separated from coxa L (2) idtosomal setae usually arise from expanded basal plates (3) usually many sensory setae on the Jemura and gcnua of the lees, Two family zroups may be distingurmshed among these Larvae, as. follows: Dorsal shield well developed, with 6 or B sere, including one pair of senyillary setae, well developed, hur never clavare ov thickened, Caxae of legs separated, Urotlema allached (o posterior margin of coxa 1. Supracoxalae present ar absent. Palpat tibtal claws generally well+ developed: pibareare or wifaredte cays : ‘Trombellidae lamily group iaorsal shicld phisent with eight sete, bu; may be only moderately sclerotized; a small separare anterior pam may be present, Generally two pairs of scutal sensillary sctac (one pair only, in On’ genus), of whith one pair may be enlarged in veatrit) part, or-even clavate. Anterior pair ol sensillary setae and their alveoh may be ridimentary Coxae (and Tamay be joined of separate on each side, Urstigsia usually free of coxa — may project laterally between the coxae, or be altiched io rhe anerior bender 28 RV SOGUTHCOTI at a separate coxa 1 Clerterhenenbived), Supracexalac present or absent, Palpal bial elaws generally small, bifureate or with a single claw, or may be teplaced by vlonpate setae, not clawelike, coe eee cece ey Pontily Sotrnstonmiaritag (ys yer considered a single family, witht several suibfamnilies, as fir as knowledge of the larvae is con- cerned), As can be seen, there are many shared characters between the two groups. Nevertheless, at the family level (here is rarely dilficulty in placement. Trombellidae family eroup The Trombellidue (amily group here teludes the Trombellidac, Chyzeriidae and Audyanidae, fam, nov. These are separated as follows: Key ra the larvae of the Trambellidae family vroup |, AM setae lacking. Dorsal propodosomal scurum with f setae. Bae segmental formula 7, 7, 7 Pedotgrsal claws 3. 3, 3. Palpal tibial claw trifureate, Lateral surface of cheliceral blade with myAity fine teeth, Supracosalac present, Eyes 2 4 2 - : | Chyzeriidae AM seine present. Dorsal proradosorial sculum with # sctac. Log segmental formula 6, 6, 4 or 7, & & Pedaovarsa] claws 1, 1,1 or 1, 1,2 of 3, 2, 2 Palpal tibial claw biturcate, |.areral surtace oF chelicerul blade amooth, normal. Supracoxalae absent. Eyes 2 2 RT SSCN Ee res wlll BAe wou ten . Leg seginenial formula 6, é, 6 Pedotarsal claws 1, 1, tort, 1,2. None of se utal setae shart and clavale, Coxalae antl palpfemoralae normal, setulose Eyes 2 : Trombelliday lee segmental formula 1. 6, 6. Pedotarsal claws 2, 2, 2 Some of sental sorac short and clavate, also coxala 11 a TH, sl palpinirrgraly hyes absent .. And yanidae bea occce yo beee Family Jrombetlidac Partial synonymy ireobelljpac Por 1935, p. LOS! Wamersley 1937, p. 73; 1954u, p. 117; 1954b, p. 121. Vercammen- Grandjean 1973, p, 109, Vercammen-Grandican ev it, W974, ys. 245, Trombelfidue Peder 1995, pp. 90,67; 1979, pp. 42), 422, Southcott 1982, 7, 289; 1986a, p, 145. Thrombellinge (sic) André 1960, p. 315; Roba 1948, p. 453, (all ad p,). Ihrombeltlidae Robaux 1973, p, 124, Trombstoidew Peider 1979, pp. 421, 422 (ad p.) (nom. mud.) Redefinilion; Adult and deutonymph: Lrombicioidea in which the prapodosoma. cither lacks a cristu or fas oaly a rudimentary eristay one pair of sensillary setae (trichobothria), Eyes 2 + 2, sessile, Luiosoina niay bear large plaques, which may be arranged in columns on upper surtace of whosoma. Idiosema nor attenuate or waisted, Larva: Trombidinpidea with one doréal propedosomal scutum, which projects anteriarly io a narrowed extension or nasus. Dorsal scutum with eight setuc, comprising 2 Al.s, 2 Pls, 2 AMs, aril 2 well separated sensillary setae, placed between ADs and PLs. Eyes 2 - 2. Leg segmental formula 6, 4,6, CoNae Separated. Pedocosal formula 2, 1, hor]. t, 1. Pedotarsal claws 1, 1, bor t, 4, 2. Supracosalae absent. Type genus Tromihella Berlese, [X87- Remarks: Vhe 'trombellidac, as restricted, includes all the genera listed curliyr (above) lor the Mamily, except Chyzeria, Nothatrambicula, Audyana and Ralphavdyna, The larvae of remaining genera muy be separated as in the following key: Key in larvae af Trombellidae 1, Pedotarsal claws i 1, 1. Claws sample. - itz Pedotarsal claws J, 1, 2 (in 7 and If the single claw is apically HrifDICATE) oes cess ees bteees renee te Chelicerae compact, the combined chelobases about as long as wide, Sculal sensilla generally well behind the level of AL sculale ....... Trombella Berlesc Chelicerae elongate, the combined chelobases abour twice as lone as wide, Scutal sensilla only a@ Jiihe behind level of AL seulalae.. 0.22.0 ...2.-2,.--. HE A tare. Nothratrombidium Womersley 3, Nasus of scntum sinall, largely accupied by the bases of the AM scutatac, anid with & deep constriction behind. Lee tibia Uf) with a large solenoidala - . Wamerstepir Radford asus al ,cuLuteh large, Ihdndular, its lateral borders conbnuous with anterokuteral borders of scutum, with at most only minor constriction. Leg Ghia Ui wirhout A large solenmdala . 2.6.6 eee ee Durenia Persamnmen-Gratidjean. Nathratronbidiun Womersley, 1954 Redefinition of larva: Trombellidae, Sensillary setae arise behind middle of scutumi, a litle behind level of AL seutalae. Coxal setal formula I, Pedotarsal claws lL. 4, lL. Chelicerae bases long and Slencers combined elrelicerde bases whoul twice as lung as wide. Palpi long and slender, palpal tibial claw small, with two minute terminal nearly apposed prongs, Type species N. ofiaruet (Berl) Cadilil Nothrarennibidinin treali sp. wy. FIGS | A-E; 2 A-(; 3 “Larva of undetermined genus”, treat (1975, p, 236), Holotype (in American Museum of Natunil History) mounted in Hoyver's tector, identificanion ACB760, somewhat damaged, found dead “under right forewing of Spaeloris clandestina \(Harcs)| 68-39 co |Lepidoptera. Noctuiditel “Tynngham, Masstachusetts], U.S.A. 77 Sept, 196s, A. E, Treat - (31; 29)", taken (O10 pm MITE CT ASSIFICATION 24 PARLE 1. Meprie due nf pve species of larval Nothrotrambidium. TNF AW PW SRK ASB PSB L Ww SL ieutl ap. riy. 36 47 02 1s 78 44 f22 76 Holorype Novrithorin (Beck) 90-109 fl ({rani Feider, 1958b) AP AM AL PL AME SE DS MDS PbS Nv treat! 45 16 16 29 14 98 33.62 38-49 48 53 Toh Tel Oel Til Tal | Trochlt Pell No treat? 50 10D 33 3 1s] ad tov N. oftierun 44 lle 5s 22 IAN 41 122 Gell TiU hat yp Trach Tell Gell NL eaté 52 43 (25 o4 1s 2 No atiorunt 458 TOO 136 fl 145 47 Tilt Fabtt TH / Gel Tilt Gell THN Gell N. trealt 14s Id {49 1,60 234 No oreo T&R 1ay (2.10) (0.72) (2.81) ©“ {N = distance from ablerior tip of scutum ta level of the AM setge tsee Southcol! 18966), 7 Omitting glaws and pedicle of the tarsi. Description of holotype larva: Colour in life not available; the specimen was found dead by Dr A. E. Treat (see Treat 1975, p, 236), who advises (pers. comm, 1983).that the dead mite was orange. Length of idiosoma (partially engorged) 390 pm,, width 255 jam; total length of animal from tip of chelae bases to posterior pole of idinsoma 485 jam. Dorsal scutum ovoid, narrower anteriorly, lateral and posterior margins somewhat flattened, but generally smoothly rounded. Sculal scobalac as in definition; scural sensilla behind middle of sewtutn, a file posterior to AL sculalae, somewhat separated from each other; scultalac tapering. short, witl slight setules, Metri¢ dats are as in Table 1. “yes 2 + 2, sessile, each lateral pair set on oval plate, separated from dorsal scutum. and placed between levels of AL. and PL scutalae in specimen, Corneae oval, anterior 13 pm in longest diameter, posterior 15 zm. Dorsal wiosomial setae slender, tapering, slightly blunted at tip, with minute selules; arising from normal seta-bases (annul); arranged 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 2, toral #1. Venter of idiosomia with coxa I and IT moderately separated on each side. Sternal area with a pair of svobalae, between coxae Il, slender, tapering, pointed, with small setules, 31 zm long. Between coxge I] a further pais, similar, 33 pm long, but with slightly more outstanding setules. Behind Icvel of coxae U1] are 38 setae, slender, tapering, in irregular transverse rows, 15-49 pm long, lenethening posteriorad: {he more anterior of (hese similar to the last-named pair, more posteriaracl becoming smoother, similar to the posterior dorsal idiosomalae. Anus (uroporus) 35 am long by 9 pm wide, with two slender valves and a crumpled lip. Coxalae 1, 1, 1. Coyala [ anses near AL angle af coxa, slender, tapering, pointed, with faim setules, 47 pm long, Coxala Il arises anterior and lateral to central point of coxa, similar to {, 34 p,m long. Coxala HI arises anterior to centre of coxa, simular fo | and IT with adpressed setules, 32. pum long. Lez segmental formula 6, 6, 6. Legs lang anc slender, femoral to ubial segments mote or less cylindncal; tarsi clongate, spindle-shaped, Leg 1 510 pm tong, IL 445 gm, HW 595 pm (lengths inclade coxae and claws). Pedocoxal supracoxala absent, Tarsus } LST pm long by 20 pm high where thickest, W125 pm 2 20 jun, Ub 146 jain. 18 um Clengths exclude claw anid! pedicle). For other measurements, see Table 1. Tarsi bear small, faleiform, stinple, slender, single claws (in Specimen broken in R Tey Il, missing in 1, leg 0), Chaetotaxy of legs: leg scobalae (normal setae) slender, tapering, pointed, with light setule formation, Setac of leg scgments are indicated in Fig. 3, A number of specialized setac present on leg segments, in addition to scobalac, distal ts trochunters. These include a number of spinalae (eupathidalae), These and orher lee setae are identified in Fig, 3 as far as possible, but since, in the damaged specimen only three reasonably cotiplete legs were avilable (L leg L, R legs HW and 11), it has not been possible always to identity them; ina number al cases only the setae bases remain. Vestigiogenualae present: VsGel.85pd (7 um long), VsGell.84pd (6 pm), Vestigiotibiala: VsTil 86d (7 pin). Solenotarsalae aré present to | and 1]: sotal,1Wd R. V. SOUTHCOTT MITE CLASSIFICATION M (37 pm), SefallJ8d (22 ym); fanvulus is present to | and Uf: FaTal.36d (4 em), Falall.36d (4 om), (Tarsal lengths nteasured jo origin of pedicle; for explanation of coding symbols see Southeotr I96la,b, 1963), Cmathosama (damaged in speamen, part of one chela missing) smiull, elongate, combined chelac bases to origin of cheliveral divit (blades broken or missing) 84 um long, x 47 pm across, clongate- pyriform. Galeala present, pointed, smooth, 1 um long. Anterior hypostomala apparently absent, Palpal setal foraiula 0, 1, 1, 3, 8; palpal coxala ("capitular sera”) apparently absent. Palpal supravoxala absent. Palpfemorala (lorsal in position, short, pointed, with few setules, abour 14 um long (? broken), Palpgenuala similar, dorsal anil distal, ca 10 jaw long, Palpal tibialae and tarsalae as figured, Palpal Libial claw small, slender, with only a slightieleh and owo minute ventrally directed prongs. Remarks: The larva was found “on a ventral axillary Membrane of the right wing” of the moth, which had been raken at light. However, the mite has only one dorsal scutum, The idiosamna contains a mass of fungal hyphae (Treat 1975), “The mite's leus were whitish... the mounted mite showed a clump of mold mycelia with fruiting bodies on one side of the idiosoma, This was white in the fresh, unmounted specimen” {Treat pers. comm, 1983). {The pallor of the legs is consistent with partial drying of the mite.) The body of the mite contains fungal elements consisting of hyeline septate hyphae with numerous intercalary chlamydospures. No frutting bodies are visible in the mounted specimen, Whether the fungal infection occurred before or alter the death of the mite cannot be determined, bul the lalierc is considered more likely. The fungus is placed im the Fungi Imperfecti (G. Kominski & D. Ellis pers, oomm.), Nothrotrombidium is he only trambellid Jarva in Which the chelicerae are elongate; presumably this character has some adaptive value, if the Jinding ofaN. read larva ou a lepidopteran indicates some advantage in burreawing through deep layers of scales. Taxonomic position of N. ireati The two known spevies of Nalarol/rombidium Turvae nay be separated as follows: Ja Til¥Ge tf > 2 about 29 ventral setae behind Conae iif, veer eee eee NM. alianenm (Berl) Ib Tif/Gel < 2; about 38 | ventral setae behind coxae 0 - N. treat sp. now. Fig. 1. Nothrotrombidium treat sp, nov, Remarks: There appears no doubt that N. treads is congeneny with the larva of NM. olerwn as described by Feider (19586). The urstigma is well shown, so thal jhere is no douln as to its trombidioid affinities, consistent with its general appearance. Coxa | is shown well separated from voxa H, which is i agreement with the structure of Trombella and Chyzeria. A pale of setae on the idiosomal venrer, anrerior to couse Tis shown by Feider (1958b, Fig. 3}, which may be-an error of interpretation of some fold of integument. ‘The figures of the gnathosoma (his Figs 3, §} Show a pair of hypostomalae (palpal voxalae, or tritorosirals sensu Newell 1957, p. 403) level with the medial angles of the femora, which L have tat been able to identify in M. freati, presumably because | have only the single damaged specimen available Feider (1958b) illustrates barbed dorsal and ventral palpal femoral setac, as Well as a barbed dorsal palpal genual seta, allhough his text omits mention of the ventral femoral seta, Family Chyzeriidae ms Trombellinae, Thromhellinac auctarum, + sup. (ad pr). Chyzeridae (sic) Krang 1978, pp, 278, 304, Definition: Trombidioidea in which the propadosoma of the adult and deutonymph either lacks a crista or has only a rudimentary crista, bearing a pair of sensillary setac, Eyes 2 ; 2, sessile Dersum of idiosoma produced into a number of long processes, Idiosoma not elongate or waisted, Larva with one dorsal scutum, with 6 setae: 2 ALs, 2 PLs and 2 sensillary setae, sensilla well separated, arising at about middle af scutum. Scutum with or without anteromedian nasus. Eyes 2 + 2, sessile, Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7. Coxae separated. Coxal setal Formula 2, 1, §, Pedotarsal claws 3, 3, 3, the neolateral claws with widened Lips. Dorsal and ventral idiosomal setae may have expanded seta bases. Supracoxalae present to gnathosoma and leg 1. Lateral surface of cheticeral blades with many fine teeth. Parasitic of Onrthoptera. Typé genus Ciyzeriy Caiestrim, 1297, Remorks: The two genera new included to the Chyzenidae may be separated asin the following key: Key ta the gener of the Chizeridae Dorsal scutum withouc hasus, Palpal iarsalae may be vatiousty moditied wih able) bu mot long and Feather- like nat _ Chyzerva Canestrini larva, Holotype A Dorstl view, lees omitted soand trochanters. pde podocephalic canal. B Dorsal view of tip of rizbt palp. C-E tdiosomal setae. C posteriur dorsal idiosomala. 0 sentral idinsomal seta of first row behind coxae Hl, E pusterior ventral jdiosomala. (All [igures ro nearest scale.) 32 R. V. SOUTHCOTT Fig, 2. Nethrotrombidium treati sp. nav, larva, Holotype, A Ventral view, legs omitted beyond {rochanters, to scale on left. B Ventral view of right palp, to scale on right. C Further enlargement of tarsus of right palp, not to scale. Fig. 3. Nothrotrombidium treati sp. nov., larva, Holotype. Legs T, I, TE. Codes: L of left side, R of right side. av anteroventral. pd posterodorsal, Sc scobala (normal type seta), So solenoidata, Sp spinata (eupathidala), Vs vestigiala. Symbol A means that the seta is shown doubly, in both aspects for the leg. (Al! figures to same scale.) 33 MITE CLASSIFICATION uM R. V. SOUTHCOTT Dorsal seutiim with a premnent narrow Masus extending abrupuly frous anterior border. Some palpal tarsalae lone und feaiter-like -...... Notieatrombicu/a Dumbleton Audyanidae fam, nov, Definition: Trombidionea in which the deutonymphs (adults are as yet Unknown) lack a crista, Larve dorsal propodosomal shield present, with anterior wotch: (wo sensilla at posterior edve of shield, well separated, Idiosomal setae with annulus produced to form a high papilla bearing a small scobala at its (ip, arranged in groups of 2-12 on small plates of the idiosoma, Similar selae on propodosomal shield and legs, Eyes.absent, Palp with strong tibial claw, clenidium present on palpal tibia as two dorsal spines, Palpal tarsus. clavate, modcrately enlarged. Genital valves each with single large, oval actubulum. Larva with single prodorsal seuturm, with & setae: 2 AMs, short, clavate, 2 similar ALs close to the sensilla, 2 normal PLs, sensilla present behind middle of sculum, sensillary selae pointed, somewhat thickened. Nasus lacking to scurum, Eyes absent. Leg segmental formula 7, 6, & Coxae separated, Coxal setal formula 2, 1, |; coxalae I and II] clavate, similar to AM and AL seuralae; palpal fernorala similar, TVarsal claws 2, 2, 2. Supracoxalae absent, Content: Audyane Womersley, 1954a. Johnstonianidae family group Family Johnstonianidue Partial synonyiiy dohnstonianinac Thor 1935, p. 108: Womerstey 1937, p. 76; Thor & Willmann 1947, p. 221; Foider 19554, p. 75. Johnstonianidae Newell 1957, p, 396; 1960, fh, 156; Feider 1959b, p, 540; 1979, (9, 420 tulso Johnstonianoidea), Vercamiuien-Grandjean 1972, p. 227; 1973, p. 110; Robaux 1973, p. 12h; Vercammen- Cirandyean ef al, 1974, p. 245, Definition: Adults: Small or middle-sized iremnibidioids with or without propodosomial dorsal crista, Propodosama with one or two pairy of specialized or relatively unspecialized sensory seiae, which may be set in trichobothrial pits or be less clearly defined. Eyes 2 + 2 or lacking; if present, on short peduncles. Skin comparatively smooth, without prominences or Jarge sclerotized areas, Idiosomal setue simple, nude or, if setutase, nut vlaboratcly so; they commonly originate on small plates or raised papillae. Genital acetabula 3 + 3 or 2 + 2, Pedotarsal claws without empodium or empodium-like brush. Palp generally long and thin, with or without tibial claw, with few or no accessory spines. Paragenital scleriles presen! ur absent, Predatory, may be associated with semiaquatyy envirgniments, Larvae: Propodosomal dorsal scutum with Ww pars Ol sensory setae and four normal setae, ar wath two pairs of setae, one pair sensory and the other pais normal, sensory setae may be rudimentary or fully developed in trichobothrial pits. Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7 or 7, 7, 6 or 6, 6, 6, Coxal setal formula 2, 2, 3-4 or 2, 1, 20¢ 2, f, bor Ld Coxal setae setulose, not highly modified, Pedolarsal claws 3, 3, 3 or 2, 2, 2. Eyes 2 + 2, sessile, or absent, Supracoxalae presem or absent. Free-living predators oF ectoparasitic on insects, at times semiaquatic Type genus Jodmstoniaml’ Goerge. 1909, Remarks; Thor (1935) defined the subfamily Johnstonianinae as (translation by author): “Body (abdomen) cylindneal, with pointed, simple hairs. Crista well developed, with two arcolac in the middle (or one distal) and Four (-two pairs) of sensory setae. Anterior ro the thorax is an elongare triangular projection (nasus), Eyes on short peduncles (kurzgestielt). Palpi almost without, or with few, spines, Legs of middling lenerh, Type: Johnstanianay C. Fo George 1909 (svn. Diplothrombium Berlese, SHO = Roheultia Qudemuns, 917", Other genera placed in this subfamily by Thor & Wilhnann (1947) were; Centrotrombidium Kramer. 1896, Diplotironrbium Berlese, 1910 (they did ot accept iis synonymy with Johnstuniana), Myrmicotrombium Womersley, 1934, and Hirstthrombinm Oudemans, 1947, the last-nanyed with type species Diplorhrambium wustratiense Hirst, 1928. They removed Notothrombium Stork4n, 1934 to a separate, new subfamily, Notothrombiinae, Myrmicotrombium was shown by Southcort (1957a) to belong to the Brythracidac. All of the genera listed were based on the adults, exeept for Rohaultia, which was considered to be a larva of JoAnsloniana (although this has been widely accepted, Cooreman (1949, p, 10) pointed out there was no certainty Uhal Reohaultio hiungulurm Oudemans, 191 was the larva ol Rhynchaolophus errans Jahnstan, and in fact Rohauitia was not established to be a larval synonym of Jo#ristoriana wotil Keer recorded anc described the rearing of larvae of Jodmsroniana thaxiria Feider, 1955 (Feider 1955a, 1958a)). Robaux (1970) described larvae of J errans obtained by experimental rearing. Further genera which have been placed in the Johnstonianidae are (see Vercammen-Grandjean 1973): Polpdiscia Methlagl, 1928 (larva), Parawenhdek ia Paoli, 1937 (larva), Crossethraembine Wome4r>sley, (939 (adult), MITE CLASSIFICATION 35 Lasséenia Newell, 1957 (larva, deutonymph, adult), Morcandreella Feider, 1957 (adult, deutonymph), Charadracarus Newell, 1960 fadult, larva), Pteritdopus Newell & Vercammen-Grandjean, 1964 (larva), Paraplothromibium Robaux, 1968 (adult), Parachyzeria tHirst, 1926 (adult) was placed in the Johnstonianidae by Southcou (1986a), Two further genera placed in the Jobostonianidae by Vercammen-Grandjean (1973) were Nathoatrombicula and Grossia (= Chyzeria). Both ol these genera have been placed here in the Chyzeriidac. Porawernhoekia is exclhided, as of doubtful affinity (see Southcott J96ta), There remains a toral of mine genera in the Johnstonianidae, known as Jarvae, fur which the following subfamily groupings are proposed: Johnstonianinac: Jufinstoniana f= Rohauitiad, Diplothrombium, Centrotrombidium; Tetrathrombiinae; Jetrathroabiunr, Lasseniinae: Lassenia; Polydisciinae: Polvediscie, Preridopodinae: Preridopus; Ralphaudyninac: Relpheudyne: Charadracarinae: Charadracarus, The Following is a key to the subfamilies of the Johnstonianidae (larvae), Key (o the larvae in the subfamilies of Jobastonianidae 1. Yarsal claws 2, 2, 2, Anal selerites absent. Supracaxalae absent to gnafthusoma and leew T........ 2.2262, 2 Tarsal claws 3, 3, 3. Anal sclerites present... 3 2. Leg segmetital formula 7, 7. 7 or 6, 6, 6, Posterior sensillury setae of pradorsal scutuin without thickened central part to shall, filiform (except in Centrotrambidium where whe vensitlary setae are terminally clavate), Sterial setae: usually a pair of sclae between coxae ILL. Terminal seta of palpal rarsus not cupathiditorm. Urscigma between coxac | and 11 not projecting away laterally (ram idiosoma, Coxal formula 2, 1,1, Byes 2. + 2. Tracheae absent. Anterior hyposiomala absent ...-_, .Johnstonianingae Thor Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 6. Posterior sensillar selae of prodorsal scurum with thickened part in middle. Sternal setae numerous in area belween conde Il and WI. Urstigma in a chitinous extension projecting well lateral from idiosoma. Coxal formula 2, I, 2. Eyes absent. Tracheae present. Amerior hypostomala absent. Terminal setae of palpal tarsus nol eupathidiform ,,, ...Charadracarinae Newell 3, Lev segmental foroiula 6, 6,6. Coxul setal formula 2, 1, 2or2, 2, 3-4. Byes 2 + 2. Anterior sensillary setae borne on a sniall selerite which may he separated fram the main body of prodorsal scutum. Sternal setae absent. A well-developed pore of @ “lasseaus” ar “fassenio organ" present upon a small separate sclorile auterint (6 coxa IL]. Suptacexalae present. Lasseniinue Newell Leg segmental formula 7,7, 7. Byes 2 + 2.....4 4, Attterios scutal sensilla in anrerior third of prodarsal sculum, poskenor scutal sensiila in postertur third. Stermal seme absent, Coxal setal formula 2, 1. 1. Tetrathrombiinae subfam. nov. penne Anterior and posterior pairs of scutal sensilla both in amerior (woshirds of prodorsal scutum -.. -- 5 5, Coxal setal formula 2, 1. 2. Sternal setae lacking. Neolateral claws of pedoiarsi divided. Gnathoxomal supracaxalae present... 2... 2. ee ee ee --- oes... Polydisciinae Vercammen-Grandjean Comal setal formula 2, 1, 1. Two sternal setae present between coxae LIT, Neoluleral claws of pedotarsi broadetied bul undivided. Supracoxalae present 6 6 Anterior sensilla of prodorsal soutum posterior to level of AL setac. Bath pairs of scutal sensilla well developed. Scutum with small nasus. Coxalae normal, setulose. Tarsus HP extremely elongate and carrying # dorsal row of Jong, feathered setae ..0.2,. 22. - We. ey Lr .Pteridopodinae subfam. nav. Anterior sensilla of prodorsa] scutumn anterior to level of AL setae Anterior sensilla and seta¢ significantly smaller than posterior, Scutum with large nasus. Conus! setae (ubereulate with « subierminal bristle. “tarsus Remark All subfamilies are known from only one genus, except Johnstonianinae. Sublamily Johnstonianinae Thor Johnstonianinae auct. tad p, v. sup.) Definition (larvaes: Prodorsal scutum with cight or four setae; if with eight then these are 1wo pairs of cach of sensillary se1ae and non-sensillary setae, if with lour then with one pair of sensillary and one pair of nonsensillary setae. If with Four setae hen sensillary Selae clavate; if with eight setae then sensillary setae filiform, and anterior palr may be reduced. byes 2 + 2, each lateral pair on a small ocular plate, which may be elevated into a tubercles in Cennirarmnhidium postenor cornea may be obsolete or lacking. Usually twa sternal s¢tac berween coxac LL. Anal sclerites absent or weak: if the latter, they are non-etiferous, Coxalae 2. |, 1; medial coxala I generally on a small pars medialis coxae, which is rarely separate! from vesz. Urstigma between coxae | and Il, not projecting away laterally from cowae. Pedotarsal claws 2, 2, 2. Galeala present, anterior hypostomala present; reduced or absent, postenor hypostomala present, Palpal tibial claw bifurcarc, Terminal seta of palpal farsus not cupathidiform. Trachese absent, Supracoxulae absent. Type genus Johisionlana George, 1909, Remarks: The following is a key jo rhe venerp of the larval Johnstonianinae; Kep to genera of larval Johnstameniiae I. Scutum with four setae, posterior pair clavate sensillary setae Vs absentalltegs.... ..- i Se, .. Centrorrambidiamn Kramer, 1895 Seutum With cieht sete (lwo pairs sensillary, two pxins fon-sensillaty, senoillary selae not clavate -.....2 % R, ¥, SOUTHCOTT 2. Anterior pair of scutal sensillary setae ar least one third as long as the posterior pain VsGel II present, VTL, HW, WE absent, Anterior wall of palpal trochanter not fenestrated , ...- - ge tee Seat rhictie « heat Johnstoniana George | Rakaultia Ouds.) Anterior pair of scutal sensillary setae reduced, at most One sixth as long as posterior pair. Vs absent allsvaments Antenor wall of palpal trachanter may be fenestrated ..., Diplathrornbserr Rerlese, 1910, The key above has been drawn up principally from descriptions of larvae allotted (o (hose genera as Follows: Jofmistosiana from J dutiscuta Newell, 1957, £ waxiina Feider, 1955 (described by Feider 1958a), J. Rarghifensis Feider, 1958c, < veniripilesa Feider, (958, J. errans (described by Robaux 1970) Diplothrombium monoense and D. cascadense af Newell (1957), D. molduvicum Feider, 1959a, D, newelll Robaux, 1977; Centrotrombidium trom C distans of Newell (1957), C. rameniense of Vercammen-Grandjean & Feider, 1973, C dichotomocoxala Vercaminen-Grandjean A Cochrane, 1974. ‘Tetrathrombiinac subfam. nov. Definition (larvae): Anterior pair of sensilla in anterio: third of prodorsal scurum, posterior pair in posterior third, Sensilla well-developed, sensillary setae filiform. Eyes 2 + 2. Sternalae absent. Coxae separated. Urstigma attached to anterior border of coxa LI. Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7. Coxal setal formula 2, 1, 1. Pedotarsal claws 3, 3, 3 (lateral claws may be reduced). Galeala, anterior hypostomala and posterior hypostomala present, Palpal tibial claw bifid. Type genus Tetrathrambiumt Feider, 1955. Remorks: Jetreihrombian is known trom (wo species, 7. zuchvaiKini Feider, 1954b (type species) and T. macronychus Yeider & Suciu, 1956, from Europe. 1. zachvatkini was obtained as ectoparasitic upon a plecopteran, and T muacronyehus ftom lipulid Diptera. The adults of the genus are unknown, Lasseniinae Newell Lasseniinae Newell 1957, p, 447; Vercammen- Grandjean 1973, p, 110, Lassenidae (sic) Vercammen-Grandjean p, 236, 1972, Definitian (larvae): Anterior scutal sensillary setae bornc on a small sclerite which may be scparate from main body of a 47 Pasctis E icc Ga pr ( PaScFe /,. & Fig. 3. Wondeclia centipedae gen. nov., sp. nov, Larva, holotype. A Anterior dorsal scutum (sensillary seta is from another specimen). B Posterior dorsal scutum. C Dorsal idiosomal seta (“c* in Fig. 1). D Ventral idiosomal seta ("d" in Fig. 2), & Gnathosoma, dorsal aspect. F Gnathasoma, ventral aspect. (All to seale shown.) blunt-pointed; with a slight split. supracoxalae absent. Metric data are provided in Table J. Palpal Maretial examined: Queensland: Wondecla, in eucalypt forest, 2,i11,1944, R. V. Southeott,; 30 specimens, (South Australian Museum): SAM NI9879 (Holotype, also with label ACB6I3A (RVS)); NI98710-198738 (paratypes): ectoparasitic upon centipede SAM A391, RAysida nuda (Newport) (kindly identified by Dr L. E. Koch, Western Australian Muscum). Correlations hetween shield and leg variates In continuation of previous studies (Southcott 1966, 1986a, b, c) into the degree of correlation between shicld and leg variates in prostigmatic mites, the data of 15 specimens of I centipedae were examined by correlalion analysis. The results are shown in Fig. 7. Among a tabulation of 49 x 49 variates we may expect to find a nmumber of significant correlations by chatice alone; half of these should be positive and half negative. In Table 2 are shown the findings for the comparisons, at three levels of probability. Fig. 7 and Table 2 show that there is a significant excess of positive correlations, and a deficit of negative correlations, from random expectations. There are no negative correlations at the 0,001 level of probability, and only two at the 0.01 level of 48 R, V, SOUTHCOTT Fiz. 4 Wondeclia centipedae gen. nvv., sp. nov. Interpretation and coding of structures and dimensions af anterior and posterior dorsal scula, probability, neither of which relates to the same variate. The negative correlations observed can therefore be ignored, The positive correlations appear to be scattered niore or less evenly through Fig. 7, In Table 3 these significant positive correlations, over 6 groups of variates, are examined by a classification into comparisons between variate groups. The 1176 correlation coefficients under study are not independent of each other, but approach independence ag the sample size increases (see, &g., Cameron & Eagleson 1985; also Southcott 1986b). Table 3.shows that at the 0.05 level of probability (here is an excess of positive correlations in cach of the six groups examined — above Lwice int every one except that of group 4, of shield » leg variates. Table 3 shows also excesses in the numbers of povitive correlations at tevels of probability indicating preater significance, The overall degree of correlation appears comparable with that observed in some other trombidivid mites that have been studied for correlations by similar techniques (Southcott 1986b), lying between the levels observed for Trombella cucumifera Southcou and 7. rugosa Southcott. However, as with the findings in Trombella, the degree of correladon found is not sufficiently great to inspire confidence in the use of a restricted set of variates for species identi- fications. Vase 1. Metric data for larvae of Wondeclia centipe- dace, in wm (except proportions), Variate Holotype n range mean = sd. LN 30 15 24-31 27.53 1.9223 MA 27 15 22-27 924,67 1.3452 AW 67 15 57-67 62.40 2.5857 PW 73 15 69-76 72.07 2.1536 SB 55 15 49-55 52.67 1.7593 ASB 49 (5 40-49 = 46.80 2.3664 PSH 19 15 16-20 18,00 1,04K) L 68 1S 58-68 64.87 2.6690 W 83 15 78-86 =—-B2.80 2.4260 AP 32 15 28-35 = 31.73 1.7914 AM 27 15 22-29 26.33 1.7182 AL 40 [4 32-41 36.29 2.7296 PI. 42 1§ 40-$0 44,20 2.4260 AMB 54 159 47-55 50.13 2.1668 SE — 3. S1-5B) = 54,67 35,5119 LA 3 15 3-5 3.80 0.4761 LP 32 15 8-37) 33.27 7.1461 SA 46 15 38-46 «= 43,53) -2,2949 SP 18 1S 33-18 =15.33 1.3452 PLN 7 is 5-8 6.93 0.9837 PSI. 34 15) (31-35 33,93 1,2799 PSW 7 15 69-81 = 75.33 3.2878 Ow 7 1S 16-20 18.13 1.4573 Ql. 53 15 48-59 54.00 2,976) RLN 18 16 LS-19) 17,07 1.2228 RW 46 1§ 45-56 49.33 3.4157 RL 35 1§ 49-58 35.13. 2.2949 DS (shortest) 39 15 31-44 39.13 53,2704 DS (longest) 35 15 49-56 52.40 2.0976 MDS 55 15 49-56 52.40 2.0976 PDS 51 1§. 43-5) 47.13 2.4456 Fel 40 1S 34-40) 38.60 1.6818 Gel 29 15 27-29 28.00 0.8452 Til 34 1S 30-36 32.13 1.6847 Tal(L) 62 15 55-63 60.47 2,1336 Tal(El) 7 1$ §5-20 = 16.40) 1.1212 Fell 35 1S 28-36 32.87 2.3563 Gell 25 1S 23-26 24.47 0.8338 Tilt 4] 1S 28-3) 29.13 1.1255 Tall(L) 4 15 50-55 = 52.13 1.7265 Tall(H) 15 1S 18-16 =-15.20. 0.4140 Fell) 40 1S 36-41 37,73 1.5796 Gelll 26 15 22-26 =. 23.60) 1.0556 Till 35 15 29-35 = 31.27) 1.6242 ‘TaTI(h.) 59 13) 53-42 S413) 2.2949 ‘Tal li{H) 15 15-13-15 14,27 0, 7988 Til/Gel L.U7) US £.03-1.33) 1,15 0.0774 Tilk/Gell L240 US LOB-L.24 1.19 0.0488 TUN /Gei ll 135 (5 L2)-145 132 6.0701 Tans 2 Correlations in variates for larvae of Wondectia centipedne sp. noy, P tye correlations ve correlations Observed Expected* Observed Expected? 0.001 7 1 a i 0.01 34 6 2 6 0.05 113 2y 10 29 “Rounded to whole numbers, Remarks on the biology of Wondeclia centipedae Since the centipede host was killed on capture, few observations on the biology of its mites could NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOLD MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE 49 jig Tiny MLA y f ae AN 50 m ne : Fig. 5 Wandeclia centipedae gen. noy., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Legs I, I] and [il, to scale shown, to standard notation, Dorsal aspect of legs I and II, and anteradorsal aspect of leg IIT- 50 R, V. SOUTHCOTT y ’ af “ oe u 1,! ty Ti fi Hy ‘ vr ” Lal " rin HY rity i wy " Wa ay i tT i Woy t pier, ~adetates te YP x VW Fig. 6 Wondeclia centipedae gen. nov., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Legs I, IL and III, to scale shown, to standard notation. Ventral aspect of legs I and II, and posteroventral aspect of leg IIT. NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOID MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE Dontoeciie#0 5] £snrizedag gen nor., wp. nov. Ps 2 a , 5 8B «ABB 7 PSB . ot 9 9 w AE Oo } Correlasians al vy CG on ee 51 | i a Oo sextel < other neutat 7 ANB Oo varintes 1964 e + a 0,04 AY > ald is Dy OF G baa is iS) © 1 ah (ens ) o8 @ 8 190 oaP ai O O89 u si 2200 (ese Oo 22 OO. Cc 24 QL 25 ORL Oo Oo ia 2h Re ee . O yo tonomet cotne x othr zo datubsrtentd O D oo —2__._O % (dionowel getae variates = tatteegene? (OO 00 0 ra @cutnl = Ldicegaa? a a a O oe) a0 fe) Oo setas variates fa) 31 Pts. 4} oO a | so Pet @) ° ie; Sal Oo a » TAL 35° Tat(h) qodtel » leg A900 oo 36 tar(e) variates '@; Oo teg 3 other leg 370 Farl CG Tari ates 28 Gell oO © taionomal 39 malt ov Sethe x ing oO AG TarI{L) oO og varishes a McIts) o oO 6 oOPaNTT ot a a3 Gerlt J as matt 9 o 2) a> TaITTGL) oO o a ia) , 360 TaTTI(A) 47 tat /oer © © a] ce} 5 4g TALy/ae1D ie) oO is) oO 49 MITT /GerTt | | o 723 © 5 6 7 B 970 1775293 78-45 1677-78-49 20 21 22 24 20 25 OG 27 GB 29 WO 34 22 33h 35 36 97 38 3G AO AT 8d 45 AH OS AE AP 4B AD Fig. 7. Correlation matrix of data of Wondeclia centipedae gen. noy., sp. nov., for 49 x 49 variates (see texr). be made. The dead centipede and its mites were placed in a tube. Two days later some of the mites were still alive on the host. No particular sites of attachment on the centipede were observed. The mouthparts of the mites are well-developed for piercing, in fact the cheliccral digits are longer, more pointed, and with more developed barbs than in most trombidioid larvae, Presumably the intersegmental membranes of the centipede would offer least resistance to puncture, The absence of eyes in a larval trombidioid is unusual, and is consistent with a hypothesis that this larva is well-adapted to a life of parasitism upon a nocturnal and soil- and litter-inhabiting host. The flattened idiasoma of the mites may be compared, for example, with that of the trombiculid mite genus Babiangia, an ectoparasite upon smooth-skinned skinks (Southcott 1954). Possibly such flattening is an adaptation to a mode of life in a restricted space on a flexible, soil-inhabiting host, and might reduce the risk of being wiped off as the centipede moves through soil and litter. Acknowledgments ] thank Mr L. G. Veitch, Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO Division of Mathematics and Statistics, for aid and advice in statistical analysis $2 R. ¥, SOUTHCOTT Tan t 3. Classification of positive correlations. between variates in (drvde af Wondeclia centipedae, for observed and expected values, Variale groups Numher of compared comparisons available i. Shield » other 351 shield variates 2, Shield xidiosomal 108 setae variates 3, Idiosoma! setac * 6 other idiosomal setae variates 4, Shickd x leg 486 variates _ ‘, Idiosomal setae * 72 leg variates 6. Leg « other leg 153 variates Totals 1176 Observed numbers Expected TRUrratyer § P 0.001 0.01 01.05 0.05 & ig 48 8.78 0] 4 2! 4,7 i i l 0.15 0 " M4 12.48 0 t 7 1k | 2 il 4.83 8 38 114 29.4 and the Australian Biological Resources. Study for support. References ANDRE, M: (1943) Acariens rencontrés sur des mynapodes. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hise. Nat, Paris (2)15(4), 181-185. BerLese, A. (i882) Acari, Myriapoda — et Psendoscorpiones hucusque in Italia réperta. Fase. |, No. 4 “Uphis mirabilis Berl. n. sp.", (A. Berlese, Patavii), (1910a) Lista di nuove specie e nuovi generi di Acari. Redia 6(2), 242-271. (1910h) Brevi diagaosi di geneci e specie nuavi di Acari, Ibid, 346-388. Cameron, M. A. & EaAqceson, G. kK. (1985) A new procedure for assessing large correlation matrices. Ausr, J Slatist. 27(1), 84-95, j CLOUDSLEY-THOMPSON, J, L. (1968) Spiders, scorpions, centipedes and mites. (Pergamon Press, London), (Reprint af 1958 edition). Domrow, R. {1956} The family Distozerconidar (Acarina, Mcsostipmata) in Australia. Proc. Lina. Soc. N.S. 81(2), 193-196. Evans, G. O: (1955) A review of the laelaptid paraphages of the Myriapoda with descriptions of three new species (Acarina: Laelaplidae). Purasitology 45(3 & 4), 352-368. FAnricius, 5. C. (£775) Systema Entomologiae, sistens insectorum. classes, ardines, genera, species, adiectis synonymis,, locis, descriptionibus, observariqnibus. (Flensburet et Lipsiae). Leaca, W. E. (1815) A tabular view of the external characters of 4 classes of animals. Trans. Linn, Sac. Lond, 11{2), 306-400. OuDEMANS, A. C. (1912) Die bis jetzt bekannten Larven van Thrombidiidac und Erythraeidae mii besonderer Berucksichtigung der fir den Menschen schadlichen Arten. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. 1, Suppl. XLV, No. 1, 1-230. Rack, G, (1979) Brennandania scolopendrae sp. 6, von Scolopendra morsitans (. (Acarina, Tarsonemida, Fy ppehraraisea, Microdispidae), Kev, Zool, afr. 93(2), 376-381, Suiba, M, (1976) Taxonomic investigation on free-living Prostigmata from the Malay Peninsula. Neture and Life in Saurheast Asia 7, 83-229. SoutHeort, R. V- (1954) Description of a new genus and specics of larval trombiculid mite fram New Guinea, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 17, 98-202. (19G1a) Studies on the systematics and biology of the Erythracoidea (Acarina), with a critical revision of the genera and subfamilies. Aust. 4. Zool. 9(3), 367-610. (1961b) Description of two new Australian Smarididae (Acarina), with remarks on chaetotaxy and moetaphicat distribution. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. BS, 135-153. (1963) The Smarididac (Acarina) of North and Central America and some other countries, Jbid,, 46, 159-245, (1968) Revision of the genus Charletontia Hart an (Acarina; Erythraeidae), Aust J Zoal. 14(4), -819, (1986a) The genus Odentucurus (Acarina: ‘Trombiculidae). 11. Observations on the life history and morphology of Odontacarus swan n. sp., and related forms. Ree S. Anst. Mus. 1912), 169-200, (19866) Australian larvac of the genus Trombeller (Acarina: Trombidioidea). Ausé. J. Zool, 34{4), 611-646. ()986c) Studies on the taxonomy and biology of the sublamily Trombidiinac (Acarina: Trombidiidne), with @ Critical. revision of the genera. Anat. J Zool. Suppl. Ser, Na, 123, L6. (1987) The classification of dhe mite fantilies Trombellidae and Johisranianidge and related groups, with the description of a new Jarva (Acurina: Yrombellidae; Nothro/rombidium) from North Aincrica.. Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust, 111(1), 25-42. Tutor, S, (1935) Ubersicht und Einteiling der Familie ‘Trombidildae W, FE. Leach 1814 in Unterfamilien. Zool. Anz, 95-6), 107-112. ,& Witratann, C. (1947) Trambidiidae. Vierreich Thb, XxIX-KXXV, I87-S41. Virzirniim, H, ($940-1943) Acarina. Jn 1H, G. Bron (Ed,) “Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs”. Band 5,, Abteilung 4, Buch 5. (Licterung 1-3, pp. 1-480, 1940; 4, pp. 481-640, 1941; §-4, pp. 641-912; 7, pp. 911-10), 1943), NEW FRESHWATER DIATOM TAXA FROM TROPICAL NORTHERN AUSTRALIA by DAVID P. THOMAS* Summary THomas, D. P. (1987) New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 111(1), 53-58, 29 May, 1987. Two new taxa were discovered during a study of freshwater diatoms from the Alligator Rivers region of the Northern Territory. Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov. is differentiated from A. hungarica by the presence of the horseshoe-shaped area on the raphe valve instead of the rapheless valve. Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida f. nov. varies from the nominate variety by having a consistently smaller length to breadth ratio. Both taxa appear to have a limited distribution within the Alligator Rivers region with the Achnanthes having been found also in the East Finnis River further to the west. Key Worpbs: Achnanthes; A. pseudohungarica sp. nov.; Eunotia; E. didyma var. maxima f. tumida f. nov.; tropical Australia; freshwater; Bacillariophyta. Introduction The two taxa described herein were found during a general survey of the freshwater diatoms of tropical Australia between 1979 and 1981. More than 160 taxa from 32 genera of diatoms were identified from the survey (Thomas 1983). The climate of this region exhibits a typical tropical alternation between periods of extreme drought and periods of monsoonal rain. These lead to rivers varying from a series of disconnected pools during the “dry” to components of sheets of water, often several metres deep, which cover thousands of square kilometres of Australia’s north coast during the “wet”. Such extreme environmental variation provides a wide range of growth environ- ments for algae and a greater regional algal diversity compared to the more temperate areas of Australia. Methods Field samples were preserved as soon as possible in 10% formalin (usually within an hour). Sub- samples were then cleared using 50% nitric acid at 60°C for 12 hours (Crawford 1971). The material was then rinsed of acid by repeated dilutions in distilled water before being transferred to absolute ethanol for storage. Samples were prepared for light microscopy by evaporating off the ethanol from a suspension of cells placed on a coverglass at 90°C on a hotplate. The coverglass was then mounted on a slide using CAEDEX (MERCK), a synthetic Canada Balsam. The slides were examined and specimens photo- graphed with the aid of a Zeiss PM2 photomicro- scope. * Botany Department, University of Tasmania, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania 7001. For scanning electron microscopy, coverglasses with the dried suspension were mounted onto SEM stubs and sputter coated with gold before being viewed with the aid of a Philips 505 SEM. Terminology follows that of Anonymous (1975), von Stosch (1975) and Ross et al. (1979). Systematics Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov. FIGS 1-5 Valvae lanceolatae, 14-45 ym longae, 5-13 pm latae. Striae 21-25 in 10 um, ad centrum parallelae, versus polos leviter radiantes. Areovalva: area axialis circa 1 pm lata, recta, inter polos secus lineam mediam formata, saepe crista angusta longitudinali secus lineam mediam. Raphovalva: area axialis recta, ad polos circa I wm latos, versus centrum inflata area 4 wm lata et 7 um longa formans, Area centralis rhombea, sed area hippocrepica in late uno. Raphe recta, in lineam mediam areae axialis formata, spatio 2 um longo ad nodulum centralem. Description: Valves lanceolate, length 14-45 wm and width 5-13 pm. Striae 21-25 in 10 um, varying from parallel at centre to slightly radiate towards the poles. Rapheless valve: Axial’ area approximately 1 pm wide, straight, formed between poles along the centre line, often with a narrow longitudinal ridge formed externally along the centre line of the area. Raphe valve: Axial area straight, varying from approximately 1 um wide at the poles and inflating into a central area 4 pm wide and 7 pm long. The central area is rhomboid but with a horseshoe- shaped area on one side. The raphe is straight, DAVID P. THOMAS - TROPICAL FRESHWATER DIATOMS 55 formed in the central line of the axial area and with a 2 wm gap at the central nodule. Holotype: D930 (D. P. Thomas’ collection, Tasmanian Herbarium—HO 101052), collected by K. Bishop on 28.ix.1979 at Magela Falls, N.T. (12°47'12"S, 133°06'07"E) in slightly acid, freshwater splashpool at the base of Falls. Distribution: Also found in Bowerbird, Gulungul and Nankeen water holes from the Magela Creek and from Rum Jungle on the East Finnis River, Northern Territory (see Thomas 1983). With the aid of the scanning electron microscope (Fig. 2) it is evident that the cingulum is composed of the valvocopulae alone and that these are open and apparently unstructured. Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida f. nov. FIGS 6-8 Valvae formam maximam_ similes, sed abbreviatae et plus inflatae, polis obtusioribus (50° vs 42°) et ratione longitudinis versus latitudinem reducta (2.4 vs 3.7). Valvae 76-110 um longae et 38-44 wm latae. Description: Valves similar to E. didyma_ var. maxima Hustedt 1913 (Fig. 6) but shorter and more inflated with less acute poles (50° vs 42°) and a reduced length to breadth ratio (ca. 2.4 vs 3.7). Valves range from 76-110 wm long and 38-44 pm wide. Holotype: D868 (D. P. Thomas’ collection, Tasmanian Herbarium—HO 101051) collected by D. Thomas on 19wiii.1979 at Jim Jim Falls, N.T. (13°16'34’S, 132°50'12"E) in slightly acid, freshwater splashpool at the base of Falls. Distribution: Has not been observed outside the type locality. Scanning electron microscopy (Fig. 8) shows that the valve is ornamented with irregularly arranged, brief, broad based spines. The cingulum is composed of a valvocopula and up to three pleurae with all elements open. The valvocopula has fine vertical striae (ca. 30 in 10 pm) while the pleurae appear to be unstructured. Discussion Achnanthes pseudohungarica is similar to A, hungarica (Grunow 1863) Grunow in Cleve & Grunow (1880) except that the horseshoe-shaped area is formed on the raphe valve of A, pseudo- hungarica and on the rapheless valve of A. hungarica. This is the same feature which was used to differentiate A. pseudolanceolata Manguin (1962) (non Hustedt 1952) and A. lanceolata (Brébisson in Kiitzing 1849) Grunow in Cleve & Grunow (1880). In addition, A. hungarica has a lower strial density (16-22 in 10 wm vs 22-25 in 10 wm) and A. pseudohungarica does not have a narrow stauros on either valve. The absence of A. Aungarica from this region combined with the wide distribution of A. pseudohungarica make in unlikely that this is just a mutant variant of the latter and can be considered a stable species. On the other hand, the very narrow distribution of Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida and the presence of its nominate variety in the same and adjacent water holes makes me very reluctant to raise it to a higher status than that of forma. Acknowledgments Grateful thanks are extended to Dr Peter Tyler and the members of the Botany Department, University of Tasmania who participated in the field studies upon which this paper is based and made odd collections in out of the way places. The same can be said of Mr Keith Bishop from the N.SW. State Fisheries who collected the type sample of A. pseudohungarica. The Latin diagnoses were provided by Dr Tony Orchard, Director of the Tasmanian Herbarium and the manuscript was critically read by Dr Tyler. This work was supported by a grant from the Office of the Supervising Scientist East Alligator Rivers Region and the use of their facilities at Jabiru. References ANONYMOUS (1975) Proposals for a standardization of diatom terminology and diagnoses. Nova Hedwigia, Beih, 53, 523-554. CLeve, P. T. & GRuNow, A. (1880) Beitraége zur Kenntniss der arctischen Diatomeen. Kongl. Svenska Vetens.-Akad. Handl. 17(2), 1-121. CRAWFORD, R. M. (1971) The fine structure of the frustule of Melosira varians C, A. Agardh, Br. phycol. J. 6, 175-186, Grunow, A. (1863) Uber einige neue und ungeniigend bekannte Arten und Gattungen von Diatomaceen. Figs 1-5. Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov. 1. SEM of external surface of the rapheless valve, 2, SEM of external surface of the raphe valve showing lack of external opening of the horseshoe shaped area and the valvocopula. 3. SEM of internal surface of the raphe valve showing the internal opening of the horseshoe shaped area. 4. LM of the rapheless valve (Holotype slide HO 101052). 5. LM of raphe valve (Holotype slide HO 101052), All scales 10 um. DAVID P. THOMAS TROPICAL FRESHWATER DIATOMS 57 Zweite Folge. Verhandlungen der kais.-k6nigl, zool-bot. Gesell, Wien 13, 137-162, Plates 13-14. Hustept, F, (1913) Jn A, Schmidt, et af (1874-1959) “Atlas der Diatomaceen-kunde”. Plates 285-288. (R. Riesland, Leipzig). (1952) Neue und wenig bekannte Diatomeen. IV. Bot. Not. 4, 366-410. KuTzING, F, T. (1849) “Species Algarum”, 922 pp. (F. A. Brockhaus, Lipsiae). Manautn, BE, (1962) Contribution a la Conaissance de la Flore Diatomique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. nouy, sér, sér. B, Bot. 12(1), 1-40. Ross, R., Cox, E, J, KARAYEVA, N. I, MANN, D, G., Papoock, T. B. B., SIMONSEN, R. & Sims, P, A. (1979) An amended terminology for the siliceous components of the diatom cell, Nova Hedwigia, Beih. 64, 513-533. StoscH, H. A. von (1975) An amended terminology of the diatom girdle. Nova Hedwigia, Beih, 53, 1-28. Tuomas, D. P. (1983) A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region, Northern Territory. 1, Diatoms (Bacillariophyceae) of the region. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region, Research Report 3, 1-139, Figs 6-8, 6. LM of Eunotia didyma var. maxima from sample no. 868. Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida f. nov. 7. LM of valve (Holotype slide HO 101051), 8. Oblique SEM of dividing frustule showing raphe, girdle structure and marginal spines. Scale 100 pm. FEEDING AND GROWTH OF GOLDEN PERCH LARVAE AND FRY (MACQUARIA AMBZGUA RICHARDSON) BY P. T. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES* Summary Golden perch larvae were stocked into an earthen pond and grew exponentially from a mean standard length 4.5 mm (dry weight 0.16 mg) to a mean of 31 mm (165 mg) in 46 days from 12 November until 28 December, 1984. The growth coefficients were 0.04 mm mm’! day for length and 0.15 mg mg” day” for weight. The mouth gape was related to length. At first feed the type and size of prey was restricted by poor swimming and pursuit abilities and small mouth gape. Larvae and fry greater than 10 mm standard length were able to pursue a wide range of zooplankters but feeding was limited by mouth gape. The daily food consumption of larvae and fry increased from 33 to 5600 ug dry weight per day. Because of the relatively small size of golden perch larvae at first feed, survival is dependent upon a high density of appropriate sized zooplankters. KEY WORDS: Fish, larvae, fry, Macquaria arnbigua, feeding, growth, mouth gape. FEEDING AND GROWTH OF GOLDEN PERCH LARVAE AND FRY (MACQUARIA AMBIGUA RICHARDSON) by PLT. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES* Summary AKUMUGAM, BT & Gepoes, MC. (1987) Feeding und growth of golden perch larvae and fry (Morquarsa ambigua Richardson), Yrs. R. Soc. § Aust. V11(1), 59-65, 29 May, 1987. Golden perch Jarvae were stocked into an earthen pond ahd grew exponentially from a mean standard length 4.5 mm (dry weighe 0.160ng) to a mean of 31 mm (165 ow) in 46 days from 12 November until 28 December, 9X4, The growth coefficients were 0.04 mm mim-' day! for lengil and 0.15 me mg-! day! for weight, The manth gape was related to Iength. At Ulyst teed the type and size of prey was restricted by poor swimming and pursuit abilities and smal! mouth gape, Larvae and try geearer than 1) mor standard length were able to pursue a wide range of zooplanklers but feeding was limiled by mouth gape, The daily food consumprion of larvae and fry increased from 33 to 5600 wg dry weight per day. Because of the relatively 4mall size of golden perch larvae at first feed, survival is dependent upon a high density of appropriate sized zooplankters. Key Worots; Fish, larvac, Ity, Macguaria emibigua, feeding, growth, mouth gape. Tniroduction The golden perch (Macquarta ambigua Richardson) belongs to the Percichthyidae, a group ot fishes which includes both freshwater and marine representatives, Mf, ambigua occurs throughout the Murray-Darling system excepr.at higher altitudes, in the Lake Eyre and Bulloo-Bancannia drainage systems and the Dawson-Fitzroy River system in eastern Quecnsland (Lake 1971; MacDonald 1978; Llewellyn & MacDonald 1980; Merrick & Schmida 1984). These references cite the occurrence of M. embigue in coastal streams in northern New South Wiles, but there are no self-maintaining populations in these drainages (Rowland pers, comm.). Little is known about the biology and ecology of golden perch larvae and fry in the natural environment. An upstream spawning migration 1s tnitiated. by water level rises at the onset of major floods (Reynolds 1983), The semi-buoyant cegs are probably carried downstream by the flood waters with the larvae hatching and drifting in the water, before entering shallow floadplain areas and “billabongs", which probably act as nursery grounds (cl. Lake 1967a; Rowland 1983; Rowland pery. coinm.). These Floodplain areas receive nutrients and allochthonous materials that promote increases in plankton and other organisms essential for survival of (he larvae and fry (cf. Shiel 1980; Maher 1984; Briges ef a/, 1985), In many areas dams and weirs have blocked spawning migrations, lowered water temperatures by discharging colder water from the deeper water layers of dams and reduced * Department of Zoology, University uf Adelaide, G.B.O, Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust, SOOL, flooding which is necessary to induce spawning and provide suitable conditions for the pelagic eges and space and planktonic toad for the young tish (Lake 197); Reynolds 1976; Cadwallader 1978; Pollard e¢ al. 1980; A.R.LE.R. 1983). Much of the available information on golden perch larvae and fry comes from research into spawning and larval rearing carried out at the In- land Fishcries Research Station (LF.R.S,}, Narran- dera (Lake 1967a, b; Rowland 1983, L9&6a, br Rowland ef ei, 1983), Golden perch are induced to Spawn using humal chorionic gonadotrophin and the larvae are reared in earthen ponds trom first feed until they are aboul 25 to 30 mmm standard length, usually a period of 25 to 35 days, Lake (1967b) observed that the stomach contents of lar- vae at first feed consisted of cladocerans, copepods and phytoplankton. The present study was conducted at the I,F.R,S. The main objectives of chis study were to describe the growth characteristics of the golden perch lar- vac jn rearing ponds, to investigate the behaviour and ecology of the larvae and fry in relation to feed- ing, and to measure daily food consumption of the different size larvae and fry, The description of growth involved the determination of length-weight relationships and the estimation of the growth rate of golden perch in a rearing pond, Particular em- phasis was placed on the relationship berween length and mouth gane, as mouth gape determines the size of prey that wan be taken (Shirota 1970), This information, In conjunction with that on feed- ing behaviour and daily food consumptian will pra- vide useful guidelines to the conditions required far survival and growth i golden perch larvae. a P, T. ARUMLIGAM 4 M. ©. GEDDES Methods und Materials Growth Characteristics Larvae and try were caught froin a rearing pond ar LER.S. over a period of 46 days trom 42 Novernber-28 December, 1984, They were killed with an overdase of soda water, standard and rotal lengths were measured, wet Weights were determined and then they were dried in an oven fer 24 hours at 40°C, and dry weights measured. To establish the power relationships between weight and length, Jinear fegressions were performed on the log transformed data of both lengths and weights (Hagenal & ‘Tesch 1978). For the total length- standard leneth and dry weighi-wel weight relationships, regressions were performed an untranstormed data. The gruwih rates of the larvae and fry in the pond were analysed hy establishing standard length-time and dry weight-time relationships, An exponential model gave The best fit und so both standard length and dry weigh! méusuremenis were log transformed. Mouth gape and standard length were measured for about 450) specimens collected during 1983 and 1984 and preserved with forinalin. ‘The mouth gape was measured as the external distance bel ween the two corners of te mouth when shut. The regression of mouth gape and standard length was perlormed witherut transformation. Behaviour Observatiuns ow feeding and cercitoriality were tmade on fry from first feed to abour 30 mm sandard lenotl) either alone in 250 ml capacity beakers or in groups of 10-15 in 70 | aquaria, The larvae were ted with brine shrimp (Artemia), using (he nauplil for ybe smaller larvae and adults for the larcer larvae and fry. Zooplankters and chironomid larvae were occasionally fed to the larvae and fry. Cover was provided im the form of a 30-40 mm length of opaque, plastic tubing with 2.5 mm infernal diameter for the smaller larvae and a fl 70 mm length of tube with imernal diameter of 3,0 mm lor the larger fry (25-30 mm). One cover was provided for the fry held singly and che number of covers was ahout two-thitds the number of fry for Lie group surdy, The study was carried our at 1) 24°C under daylight condijions, Daily foud consumption The daily food consumption of u fish, estimated as the number of food items supplied over 24 hours minus the nurnber ol ems remaining (cf Gophen 1980), Was estimated for size classes of 4.5 (= first feed), 10, 20 add 30 mm standard length, Treshly hatched brine shrimp nauptii (length: 400-600 ym) were used as food except for che 30 mim fry where Daphnia carinata (enyth: 100-2320 pm) were used because of {he enormous number of 6rine shrimp nauplii that would have been required. The leeding regime involved sinall numbers of food items being fed to the larvae and (ry al a time, rhe next feed being given when only a few food items remained. Three to six feeds were required over the 24-hour period. Por the feeding trials, five different individuals of . particular size were placed simultaneously in separate beakers which received circulating filtered pond water at 20-22°C. Phe fry were no} slurved prior to commencement of feeding trials and a tuhe was provided as 4 réluge for the fry. ‘Uhe daily food consumplion was expressed as nuunber of ems and as pe dry weight consumed per day, Dry weights of brine shrimp nauplil and Daphnia were obtained from weighing a known number of oven-dried specimens al 60°C and obtaining the weight per individual brine shrimp nauplius (2.55 yg) or Daphnia (20 we). Results Larvae al first feed were 4.4-4.6 mm standard length (mean 4,5 mm) (total length - 4.5-4.7 min: mean 4,6 mm) with a dry weight of 0.14-0,18 me (mean 0,16 mo} (wet weight = 0.47-0,53 mg; mean 0.52 meg). Their mouth gape at first Teed was @.5 mm, After 46 days in the rearing pond, they reached 30-31.6 mm (mean 30,6 mm) standard length with a dry weight of 154-195 ma (mean 165 meg) (wel weight — 667-743 mg; mean 69L meg), The regression equations deserihing Jength-weieh| relationships, che relationship between length and mouth gape and the growth rate of Try and their correlation coefficients are given in Table t. The correlation coefficients ol all pairs of relationships are highly significant. In the length weight talationships, regression coefficients (- slopes) ranged from 3,29-3,72 and for this range growth is cousidered allometric (cf, Bagenal & Tesch 1978). The standard length of the fry was directly Proportional to the total length and dey weight was linearly related to wet weight, The exponential growth in beth srandard Tength and dry weight are shown in Fig. f. The growth ovefficients for standard Length and dry weight were 0.04 mm/mm day and 0.55 rag/my day tespectively (Table 1), The mouth gape of the try was directly proportional to their standard length with a slope of 0.13 (Fie, 2), The larvae at First Teed swam [reely in the water column. They exhibited an innate feeding behaviour of dacting forward and gulping even when no food particles. were present, Aller two to Ultree days of fecding,, larvae could follow and capture brine shrimp nauplii. efficiency in capturing Mota was lower, When the golden perch were 10 min aud FEEDING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH él TABLE |. Regression equations, intercepts (a), slopes (b).and correlation coefficients (r) for weight-length, standard length-iolal length, wet weight-dry weight, mouth gape-standard length, dry weight-time and length-time relationships in golden perch. (NW = number of data pairs; CL = 95% Contidence Interval; P>0.01; DW = dry weight (mg); WW = wet weight (mg); SL = standard length (mm); TL. = total length (mm); MG - mouth gape (mm); T = time (days); € <= exponential), Y x N Equation a b t (+/- 95% CL) DW SL 29 Y =a 7.5 x 10-4 3,61 O.997*#+ (0.10) DW TL 29 Y =a Xb Lt x» 10 4 3,29 0.998%" (0,08) Www SL 29 ¥Y =a Xb 2,9 x 10-3 3.72 U,9ugrr" (0.18) Www TL 29 ¥=ake 3.8 x 10-3 3.39 0.995*"* (0.13) WwW DW 29 Y=a+dxX 7.98 4.09 0.996*** (0.14) SL TL 29 Y-a+bxX 0,78 0.79 0.999% ** (0,01) MG SL 415 Y=ai+bxX 0.23 0.13 0.984*+* (0.10) DW T 9 Y = a cbs 0.22 O15 0.99) *** (0.10) SL T 9 Y=ae 4,81 0.04 0,992+** (0.0046) not have cover stayed in the water colurnn or at the 304 1 bottom of the container away from “defined” lerritories. When food supply was low, the fry in covers were healthier and had more convex bellies van than fry without cover, and with continued low food = Pa availability mortalities occurred first in fry without = 2 e cover. Larvae and [ry of 10 mm and greater could 5 53 pursue cladocerans and copepods with ease but the 2 = size of prey engulfed was limited by their mouth 8 f = gape. They altacked very laree Daphnia but released a them as they were too big ta swallow. (ndividuals inf } , could slowly engulf a chironomid larva width-wise ? until the whole larva was swallowed. The larvae at first feed, ate 7-21 brine shrimp ia 4 5 ell -s nauplii per day (mean 13), 10 mm larvae ate 240-251 Fy 25 -Number of Days Number of Days Fig. |. The growth in length and weight of golden perch larvae and fry from release into the pond on 12 November until harvest on 28 December 1984, The points represent mean values from 3 to § fish on each sample date. greater, they preferred cover when kept alone or in groups and exhibited territoriality. They stayed inside their tube, with part of their head up to the eye level protruding, coming out to feed or lo chase other larvae or fry away, When disturbed, they would temporarily retreat inside the tube. When a larger tube was provided, two to three fry sometimes shared it. In group experiments those fry that did nauplii (mean 247), while 20 mm fry ate 790-1631 nauplii per day (mean 1110). The 30 mm fry ate 141-423 Daphnia per day (mean 280). The daily food consumption of larvae and fry ranged from 33-5600 pe dry weight per day and was directly proportional to the standard length of the fish (r 0,899), (p< 0.05%) (Fig. 3). There was a large individual variation in daily food consumption as indicated by the spread of the points on the graph, Discussion Size at first feed is a critical feature of the biology of larval fish but there is only limited information osthe size at first feed of Australian freshwater fish (Table 2). It is clear that golden perch, along with two other large Australian freshwater fish that lay 62 P, T. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES Mouth Gape (mm) (0 20 30 ao 50 60 Fish Standard Length (mm) Tig. 2. The relationship between standard length and mouth gape for golden perch larvae and fry from first feed to 50 mim standard length. small pelagic eggs, silver perch (Bidyanus bidyanus) and silver barramundi (Lates calcarifer), possess larvae that aré particularly small at the time of first feed. By comparison the larvae of fish such as Murray cod (Maccullochella peeli) and freshwater callish (Jandanus tandanus) that lay demersal eggs are up to three times longer than M. ambigua larvae, while those of buccal incubating saratoga (Scleropages feichardti) and fork tailed catfish (Arius graeffei) are up to seven times longer than golden perch larvae at first. feed. The small size of the golden perch larvae presents problems for feeding and survival similar to those faced by the 10000 8000 6000 40m . 200 Daily Consumption (yg) doy!) 30 40 20 Fish Length (mm} Fig. 3. The daily food consumption (pg dry wt day -!) of golden perch larvae and fry held in the laboratory and fed brine shrimp nauplii or Daphnia. larvae of marine fishes during the “critical period” of larval mortality (May 1974), Another percicthyid that breeds in fresh water, the North American striped bass Merone saxatilis, has larvae that are only 3.1 mm at hatching and 6-7 mm at the time of first feed and face survival and [eeding problems similar to those of golden perch (Doroshav 1970). The allometric growth form of the fry indicates that golden perch change their body form as they grow. This is consistent with the observation that golden perch fry acquire adult features very early in their development from when the fry are about 11 mm total length (Llewellyn & MacDonald 1980), TABLE 2, Total length (TL in nmi), size of mouth gape (MG in mm) at first feed and initial food ttems. af the larvae of some Australian Jishes. small copepods/cladaccrans (<500 microns), algac. mainly small] Moina/ Daphnia chironomid larvae, Food. items References Lake (1967b), Rowland (1986a) This study Lake (1967h) Daphnia, copepods mainly filarnentous algae/ Lake (1967b) phytoplankton mainly filamentous algae/rotifvers plankton microcrustaceans, insect Arumugam (unpubl) Lake (1967b) Rimmer (1985) larvae, filamentous algae Species TI. MG Macquaria ambigua 5.5 — 4,7-4,9 0,5 Maccullockella peeli 12 — Bidyanus bidvanus 5.5 _— 4.6-5.4 0.4 Tandanus landanus 13 _ Arius grae/fet 50-59 _ Seleropages leicherdti 35 = Lates calcartfer 3.5-4.5 _ Cyprinus carpio 6.4 0.55 Perea fluviatilis _ algae, ciliates rotifers/algue smal! cladocerans/copepods = Lake (1971) — Moore (1982) M. Mackinnon (pers, cornm,) B. Pierce (pers. commi,) = Lake (1967b) Guma'a (1978b) rotifers, cyclopoid nauplii FEEDING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH it Data from I.E R.S. shows that metamorphosis from the larva to the fry stage is completed when fish ure about [5-18 mm, 20-29 days atter spawning (Rowland pers. comm.). The growth curves. for both length and weight of the golden perch in the present study were best described by an exponential relationship with time. The exponential curve also fitted both length-fime and weight-time regressions for the first growth §tanza ota wild population of Perca fluviatilis fry (Guma‘a 1978b) but other workers have found that while growth by weight might he exponential, length inereases linearly, Thus Swanson & Ward (1985) found that the best fit for total length-time Tepressioiy curve for walleye (Stizostedion vitreum vitrenin) was achieved with untransformed data and A.R.LE-R. (1983) assumed linear Jength-time rela- Lonships for common carp (Cyprinus carpio), goldfish (Carassius aurarus) and redfin. However in these studies, the sampling intervals were so far apart, especially in the earlier larval phase, thal any possible exponential relationship during the early growth phase would have been obscured. The exponential rate of growth of golden perch larvae and fry (0,15 mg mg! day -!) can be compared to the growth rate of fish fry and juveniles, expressed as Yo increase in weight per day, reviewed by Brett (1979). Growih cules varied from less than 1% to Dophnia Lhe Boeckella th { " Mona Simm fish 1Omm fish — en MOUTH GAPE OF FISH 20 mm fish 30mm fish as high as 23% tor small (5 mm) Cyprinodon macularis, Most figures for various fish under good conditions were between 1 and 5%. The value of 13'% for golden perch in the present study represents relatively a high rate of exponential grawth. This is not surprising as the golden perch were very small and were in a pond that was fertilized and managed to promote maximum survival and growth. The mouth gape of the larvae at first feed is important because it determines the size of food items {hat can be taken during this critical period. Shirota (1970) showed that mouth size of marine fish larvac at first feed ranged from.200 to 1000 um and that the range of prey was related 10 mouth size. In many fish, the size of prey eaten has been shown to change with growth and the associated increase in mouth gape (Shelbourne 1962; Einsele 1965; Shirota (970; Wong & Ward 1972; Siefert 1972; Guma'a 1978a; Townsend 1983). Therefore comparisons between the mouth Bapes of different length golden perch larvae and fry and the array of common. zooplankters in the rearing ponds will indicate the food items that can be taken by different sized fish (Fig..4), The larvae at first feed are smaller than large Daphnia curinata and chironomid larvae. Their mouth gapes are similar to or larger than the smallest Daphnia, small Mojna, copepodites, cyclopoids, copepod nauplii chironomid cyclopoid golden perch larva rotifers "s Fig. 4. Relative sizes-of the development stages of some common zooplankiers and insect larvae in the fry rearing pond, golden perch larva at first feed, and the mouth papes ol golden perch larvae and fry of different standard lengths. ed PT. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES and rotifers, making them all potential prey. The potential prey size jicreases asthe try grow. At 30 mm standard lengh, the mouth gape of golden perch is similar to of larger than the lareest Duphniae available in the plankton. The observations on fecding bebaviour suggest thal goklen perch farvae at first Feed would have a telatively poor capture efficiency, For striped bass at firse feed the estimared strike efficiency on Ariemia nauplii was only about 2% (Miller 1977 in Setzler er al. 1980), More mobile zooplankters would be less prone tn being captured. Cladocerans are more sluggish and miore conspicuous than other xooplankters such as copepods and would be more prone to. being eaten by the larvae (Zaret 1980). The feeding efficiency of the golden perch larvae improved very rapidly and after 2 ta 3 days they were able to follow slow-moving brine shrimp nauplii and capture them with ease. At 10mm, they were agile and last enough © allack any cladncerans, copepods, ar chironomid larvae, Being a faster swimmer with good escape responses (Zarer 1972) would not be an elective stralegy for a prey at this stage. The specd and agility of che [ry meant Uial once they Visually sighted their prey, capture was inevilable, In Fact, zooplankton that are faster swimmers and cover a preater distance (eg, copepods) may become more prone tu being predated because the prebability of encountering the fish would be greater (Townsend 1983), Although there was a high correlation between daily food consumption and standard length of the ry, variability of datly food consumption for the larger fry was high, Fry used in feeding trials were individuals recently caught from the pond and so different growth histories and different levels of sallauon may have contributed to high variability (Fuliow & Persson 1978), Also, rhe larger [ry were easily disturbed and this may have affected feeding. Considering thal the food intake increayed as a linear Function of size and that growth of golden pereh in the pond was caponential with lime, the daily food consumption would also inerease exponentially with time. Thus the intensity of predation by the fry on the zooplankten hopulations Would increase slowly at first but at later stages it would increase rapidly and migtt produce @ sudden impact on the zooplankton community. The information on feeding behaviour, growth and the mouth gape, fighlight (he difficulties faced by golden perch larvae and Fry, Survival and grewth requires an environmeat with a high densiry of appropriate sized food su that larvae with limited feeding ability and mouth gape can predate successfully. Mouth gape increases only slowly during the first weeks and so the range of zooplankters available to the fry will be limited for some lime und high densities of small {<1 mim) zooplankters will be necessary for high survival and growth rates, These requirements are met at the LER.S. wheré ponds aré Flooded just prior to the release of fish fry and the early stages of zooplankton succession are dominated by rotifers, small cladocerans (especially Maina) and copepod nauplii (Arumugam & Geddes 1986), In the wild, the same conditions may be provided an recently inundated floodplain areas where zooplankton communities are in early successional srages. Lf so, then the possession of pelagic eggs and the timing of breeding to coincide with rising water levels may allow golden perch larvae to be dispersed over recently inundaled floodplains. where they find conditions that are suitable fur their development. The availability of cover for the {ry in these areas may also affect the grawth and survival, Acknowledgments We thank the Department of Agriculture, New South Wales, for permission fo carry out the study at the Inland Fisheries Research Station. Narrandera, Thanks tothe LF.R.S. sratf, especially Stuart Rowland, Steve Thursian and Iohn Dirou for their help and advice, We alsa thank Stuart Rowland for critically readirig the manuscript. The work Was made possible by the provision of a Post Graduate Fellowship by IDP to one of us (PTLA.) and support froin FIRTA. Thanks to David Culver for assistance in the field, Ruth Evans for artwork and Sandra Lawson and Heather Kimber for word processing several drafts of the manuscript, References: ASKER, (443) Carp Program, Arthur Kylah Inst. Foviron, Res. Fisheries & Wildlife Div, Ministry for Conservation, Victorias Rep. 10, Anomiioam, PT. & Crnnks. M. ©. (1986) An enclosure tor experimental field studies with fish and xooplankton communities, Hydrabiofogia 135, 213-221. Baciesat, TB, & Troon, F OW, (P97R) Age aod growil pp. 101-136, Jo T. Bo Bagenal (kd) “Methods for Assessinenc of bish Productian in Fresh Waters.” (3rd Edn). (Klackwell Sclentitic Publ., Gxford), IBP Hb, No. ij Bserr, J, RB, (1979) Environmental factors and gepwth, pp 599-075. do W.S. Hoar, D. SL Randall & JR. Brete (Eds,) “Fish Physiology, Volume §. Bioenergetics anid growth.” CAcademic Press, N23) Brisas, S. V.. MaHer, M, T. & CARPENTER, 5S. M, (1985) Limnological studies of waterfowl habitat in south- avestern New South Wales. J. Water chemistry, Ausr J Mar Freshivat, Res. 36), 39-68 OQaDwaLLaDeR, PL. (1978) Some causes of the decline ia ranee and abundance of naive fish in the Murnay- Darling River system, Proc. & Sac, Viet, 90, 211-223, FEESING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH 63 HDoxasHev, S. 1. (1970) Biological features o! the egus, latvae and young of the striped bass [Roccus suxalilis (Walbaum)] in connection with the problem of acclimatization in the USSR. J Ichthyol, W, 235-248, FINseLE; W. (1965) Problems of fish larval survival in narure and the rearing of economically important middle European freshwater fishes. Culif. Coop. Oveanic Fish. Invest, Rep. W, 24-30, fruory, |. M, & Persson, L. (1978) The estimation of daily rates of food consumption for fish. 2 Avum, Ecol. 47,, 977-99), Gorxen, M. (1980) Pood sources, feeding behaviowr and growth rates of Sarothereden valilaewm (Linnaeus) fingerlings. Aquaculture 20, 101-115, Guar, S.A. (19781) The food and feerling habits of young petch, Perce Jiiviasilis, in Windermere. Freshwat. iol, 8, 177-187, —— (1978b) On the early growth of O+ perch, Peres fluviatilis, in. Windermere. Mid, 8, 213-220. ako, 15. (19674) Rearing experiments with five species of Australian freshwater fishes. 1. Inducement to spawning. Aust. . Mar. Freshwat, Res, 18, 137-153. (1976h) Rearing experiments with five species of Australian treshwater fishes, (1. Morphogenesis and ontogeny, Jhid. 18, 155-173, — --— (197)) “Freshwater Fishes and Rivers of Australia”. (T. Nelson, Sydney}. 61 pp. Liewettyn, L. C. & Macnomarn, M,C. (1980) Fantily Percichtyidae, pp. 142-149) /n RB. M. McDowall (Ed.) “Frestiwater Pishes of South-castern Australia”. (A, Jt. & A. W. Reid Pry Ltd, Sydney), Macvonacp, C, My, (1978) Morphiolavical and biochemical systematics of Australian freshwater and estuarine percichthyid fishes. Aust J Afar, Freshwar. Res. 19, 667-698. MaHeR, M, (IUR4) Benthic studies of walerfow! breeding habitat in sonth-western New South Wales. 1. The fauna. Ibid, 35, 85-96, May, R. C. (1974) Larval mortality in marine fishes and the criticalperiod concept. pp. 3-19. Ja J. H.'S. Blaxter (Ed,) "The Early Life History of Fish.” (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New: York), Merrick, J R. & SoHMinpa, G. B. (1984) Australian Fresliwater Fishes — Biology and Management. (Griffin Press Lid, Adelaide). Moore, R. (1982) Spawning and early life history of barramundi, Lates calcuri/er (Bloch), in Papua New Guinea, Aust J Mar. Freshwat, Res. 33, 647-661, PovLarp, D. A, Li eWwrivyn, L, C, & Tinzey, R. BD, J. (1980) Management of freshwater fish and fisheries. pp. 227-270. In. W. D, Williams (Ed.) “An Ecological Basis for Water Resource Management.” (Australian National University Press, Canberra). ReyNal bs. L. F. 1976) Decline of the mative species m iy ae Murray. South dus. Fish. ndusyre Cotdei , PD (1983) Migration patierns of five fish species in the Murray-Darling river system, Ane 2 Mar. Freshwat. Res, 34, 857-871. Rimmer, M. A. (1985) Early development dnd hueval incubation in the fork-tailed catfish Arius gradffer Kner and Steindachner (Pisces: Anite) from the Clarence River, New South Wales, (bid. 36, 405-411. Row ano, S, J. (1983) The hormone-induced ovulation and spawning of the Australian freshwater fish golden perch. Muequaria ambiquu (Richardson) (Percichthyidae). Ayuacnliure 35, 221-238. (t986a) The hormone-induced spawning and larval redring of Australian native Treshwater fish, wilh particular emphasis on the golden perch, Macquaria amingua, Proceedings af the First Freshwater Aquaculture Warkshop, Narrandera, NSM, 21-25 February 1983, (Department af Agriculture, Sydney). (1986b) Design and operation of an extensive aquaculture system for breeding warmwater fishes, [bic , Dirou, J, & SeLosse, P, (1983) Production and stocking of golden and silver perch in N.SW, Aust. Phish, 42, 24-28, Skivter, BE. M,, Bayntom, W. Ru Woop, K. V., ZION, H. Hy, Luppers, L., MOUNTFORD, N. K., Frere. PB, Tucker, L. & Mtnursky, J. A. (1980) Synopsis of biological data on striped bass, Marone saxatiffs (Watbaum). FAO Synopsis No, 121. 69 pp. Siecnougwp, J. B. (1942) A predator-prey size relationship tor plaice larvae feeding on Orkopleura fi Mar. Mial, Assoc. UK. 42, 243-252. SHiEY, R. J. (1980) Billabongs of the Murray-Darling system, pp. 376-390, In W. D, Williams (Ed) “An Feoloaical Basis for Water Resource Management,” (Australian National University Press, Canberra) SHinuta, A, (1970) Studies on the mouth size of lish lorvae, Bwll, Jap, See, Se, Fixh. 36, 353-368, Sievert, R. B. (1972) First food of larval yellow perch, white sucker, bluegill, emerald shiner and ralnhow sarelt, Trans. Amer. Fish Sac, 101, 219-225, Swanson, G, M. & Wake, F. J. (1985) Growth of juvenile multeye, Stizostedion vitreunt vitreunt (Mitchell) in twa man-made ponds m Winnipeg, Canada, Verh. Int. Ver. Limwol, 22, 2502-2507. ‘Townsenp, BD. W. (1983) The relations between farval fishes and zooplankton in two inshore areas of the Gulf of Maine. 4 Plankton Res, 5, 145-173, Wona, RB. & Warn, F. J. (1972) Size selection of Duphniu pulicariu by yellow belly (Perca flayescerns) fry in West Blue Lake. J. Fisk Res. Bd. Canada 29, 176)-1764, FARET, ‘VM, (1972) Predator-prey interaction in a tropical lacustrine ceosystem. Evology $3, 248-257. (1980) “Predation and Freshwaler Communities” (Yale University Press, New Haven and London), 187 pm TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED VOL, iil, PART 2 PESTICIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN BIRDS AND OTHER FAUNA BY P. R. BIRKS* & A. M. OLSEN} Summary Data are provided for concentrations of the pesticides DDT plus metabolites, HCB, lindane, aldrin and dieldrin present in tissues of 20 native and two exotic bird species, one freshwater crustacean, one amphibian, two reptiles (lizards) and two exotic mammals from Saddleworth-Riverton survey, 1972; 18 native and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas, 1968-74; eggs of 23 native and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas 1971; and 26 foxes from miscellaneous areas, 1973. KEY WORDS: Organochlorine pesticides, Aves, Reptilia Amphibia, Crustacea, exotic Mammalia, South Australia. PESTICIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN BIRDS AND OTHER FAUNA by P. R. Rirks* & A.M, OLSENT Summary Hinks, BR, & Orsie, A.M, (1987). Pesticide conventrations in some South Australian birds and other tauna. Zeans. KR. Sov. S. Aust. 11(2),.67-77, 29 May, (987. Data aré provided for concentrations of the pesticides DDT plus metabolues, HCG, lindane, aldrin and dieldrin present in Ussues of 20 native and two exotic bird species, one freshwater crustacean, one amphibian, (wo reptiles (lizards) and two exorie mammals from Saddleworth-Riverton survey, 1972; 18 mative and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas, 1968-74; eggs of 23 native and nyo exotic bird species from miseellaneous aveas 1971; und 26 foxes from miscellaneous areas, }973, Key Wokbs: Organacblorine pesticides, Aves, Reptilia Amphibia, Crustacea, exotic Mammalia, South Ansatralia-. Introduction There is a paucity of published data on pesticide contamination in Australian fauna. In Victoria, 24 widely Separated areas, each covering about 9300 ha, were surveyed for determination of concentrations of pesticides in 63 bird species, 10 mammal species, 15 fish species and eggs of 14 different birds (Butcher 1967; Australian Academy of Science 1972). In the Nucthern Territory Best (1973) surveyed the organochlorine pesticide residues in the fatty tissues of 12 mammal, four bird, ten reptile and six fish species from undeveloped and develaped areas in arid and tropical zones. The Australian Academy of Science (1972) reported ranges in concentrations of DDT plus metabolites in (he Namoi cotton growing region for waters of creeks and rivers and their sediments, algae, crustaceans, fish, birds and turtles together with the range in concentrations of 29 fat samples from ten species of birds of the Bathurst area. Olsen & Settle (1979) when reporting on the pesticide contamination in various tissues of water rars in the Murrumbidgee Jrrigation Area, N.S.W. 1970-72 indicated that “little is known of the pesticide contamination of Australian fauna”. The South Australia Pesticides Advisory Cununittee was concerned about the lack of data. on the concentrations of pesticide residues in fauna and the implications of this for research planoing. AS a consequence, in mid 1971, programmes to obtain these much needed baseline data were commenced, The Department of Fisheries and Fauna Conservation arranged for eggs of a number of bird species to be collected in the spring of 1971 * Dept of Agriculture, 25 Grenfell St, Adelaide. §. Aust, 5000. [1 Orchard Grove. Newrm. & Ause 0/4, while officers of the Deparcment of Agriculture undertook the collection of representative faurta in a selected arcu in January 1972. Broad surveys 10 determine concentrations ot pesticides in native and exotic avi-fauna and some other terrestial fauna from selected areas in South Australia were undertaken between 197] and 1973. Determinations of pesticide residues in hirds suspected of pesticide poisoning were carried out between 1968 and 1974, History of Pesticide use — Saddieworth-Riverton arca po’ DDT This area was selected because of the relatively high DDT usage for control of pea weevil (Bruchus pisorum) and native badworm (Heliothis punctiger) in field pea crops, As it is usual to have a 7-8 year crop rotation and the average annual area sown Lo peas is about 3%, it follows that abour 20% of the total area of aver SOM) ha would have received direct applications of about 1.5 kg/ha of pp'DDT in the 8-year period prior to 1971. The area has an anual rainfall of about 500 mm. In October 1971, 150 hectares of field peas were treated with pp'DDT; 40 ha were sprayed with 0.7 ke/ha pp DDT in early October and a second spraying, ai the same cohcentration was giver later in the month whilst the 109 ha paddock of peas was sprayed once with 1,05 ka/ha pp'DDT. Thus a total of approx. 170 ke of pp'DDYT was applied over 150 ha three months before the fauna sampling study was commenced in late January 1972, Lucerne growiog In the area was not sprayed. Lindane The only report of the use of lindane in the SaddJeworth-Riverton atea was a3 lindane- OLSEN PR. BIRKS & A.M, 68 > re on oo a MS wt ens cris a ro = loay er ol — ern sertoeKdsniacesorelicataegwea + a ome NS So =— Be SAAiItoonsawn oS $ ~ zt a=. eon ra mtShmanr toes maw ral te sToocr DSMSOMM MAGNE MAA ANH ot me—ovutrovdcenmnNocoourtoryeyernwemn Lor = Soauncd * wy = £0 eal ae: CaS ac en SoetSecns o We TONNSMA ENS DN ooen t ed o* gsessomccs bed sanpogriam Ada inj LC + + oe a mw ++ twee OMe * I a so + Oe 2 de ee * =) a + * * FI) 91D ral) wo * zi’0 * + ore ~ a a) £00 1€0 Ilo tH] Oro LOO £00 * £0'() cuu * £0°U a —— ete ® Me we & hry -esced =>) wo Fe ere pers cece awn Nou eee eee Me ye he e+e eee EHR HEHEHE HE eee ie *” 90°0 lag Niwa1aid NWaT¥ SNVONI gH ad (1UdIaM Jas 3y/8u) apronsag mi — eee KK Soo Aes SeSsnoensseoe ss oD SBS LS Sof 5S 8 ‘Md ANN wy ¢ LO|aus SHAIOD ra] q wy sg adiqi) Puryrouiusrg d INN Wy € wags nuyswouumsg "AL AN W449 SNAIeULD SNP Fr nV IN wy ¢ SSO URNS SHIM py WI UY E soydunysoilnjan Yoioq8D WI qT wy ¢ soydueysounjau XPs02105 d aN @Y $0 DIRABUDAT DUI cl AN Uy ISHMISOMMAP JOSSDef “Ad ANN Wy € ayoYdaIoUnjal NRLOUNA WL 4wy Z DyoYderouUnjaud DUOUDA d HNN wy ¢ nyeydaroudjdlu DUOUDLYy Ste 7SOMABLG wd uy ¢ Snpdaay nay Pyoyatl "NI A wy Ee SMNOLSOUAY NT pay iopuad *atl FN Wy ¢ SHUOWSO WAY INT ya FSA wy ¢ SHIDIYS SHOOpatey ‘1M as uty ¢ SPN DNAIS STUQTO DAO d ANN Uy £ SHIDLYS SHIG|PPIDD “NI FN Wy y stuignoid S121 IDiA d IN Wy 9 SHUI S149). II] oh) asa Wy + OPNIRT sOALpALUM ALY d AN Wy E stay daonay Danprdry ey d ANN hy £ scaydooiay Binprdlyy ‘yn ASA ury ¢ ANAUITRABAQM O72IDGT “NI INN Urry / snjovajauiaby snjoudasg “Ad INN Uys snlovejpuiany sHtoydasd d ANN Wy ¢ Snjouojpuany snioydasg d INN Wy £ SnjoUO)OMIAPY SHIQYTASA d ANN Wy Z SAJOMOJMUdanty, SHOYdas d INN Wy ¢ Snyouojplany snjoy dase d ANN Wry ¢ SHMUPHBYOY SNINGMAN, d ANN Wey € SHMPUBYOY SHYLA d ANN thy € SHIIPUBHOYU SHUYUAUEAN "A ANN Wy ZI DYITVIHMISOA DAIDIDD d INN Wy € HyIdyNasad ONIBIND wd asa wy ¢ sanyday sdoydiaQ qd ANN yO LPIA] DGMAPYOD d SNA wy s SAPIDSYINAI OY] d INN Wy ¢ ADIPUD)/OYIDAOH Papa [7 e(elanerita | —daUe SIG 11102] PPES SWEU ANyQUaIS aNSSt] TRIQR AY §zi6] Adonigas-tionune ‘Nady UOTIANIY-Y]IOMAlPPOS — SUONDAINIIUOD SpIsad BUNDY “| VAY L uaarl any diddew upyAsny onteear uByensny MOTTEMS “PODM PAde}-4OB]G MOLES -POOM Pamodg-ay ll Ay YAhoy? pasurm-ayy Ay YSNOYS PaRurar-aTiy AA yaiupadseyy Molds asnoy] TOUIW ASTOR] JAUIU ASTON) TOUT AstORy soyRa -Kauoy papeRay-uMolg 4ayR3 -KOUOY PaUINd-arit] Ay Javea -auey pawinyd-ayy Ay, Sopepaed pares Bopepred pares alorepred paws J9daa139001 Ung dadgain2a.). uMo.1g Uigo. papooy [TEM SULA [TEISEA OLEAN RLIIQRYOOY Aus] joured padiuuiny pay lied padwni pay jolnd paduini pay josed paduins pay joued paduini pay jo1ied padums pay Janeyooa janeyao5 NRA qeyep YCIED uosdid pasa uaosid eiaz [a7}s9y WeIpeTsny UOINT paocej-ouy A aku uoOMWUd 69 IDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA PESTIC yey AOupryY = wep = op aposnur = w pur, pareapsun = ‘pn yy Apogqg = q UONEIadIA APIspeo] = ‘vd ye] ysewmois = 5 purl paresya = d IA = | WeyqeH onsst ‘aprefapy ‘anypnonsy jo “idaq ‘761 woday paysiqnduy ‘g ‘A ‘wry Jayy § ‘sataads snoxg | ‘poelap ION » eee ee ge Nt * * * * * * * * 4 ‘WI AN WY ¢ sadjna sadn (anf) xo. rat ZO " ‘* * Pr + + q ‘AT aN Wy 9 sisuadpa snda] wey 10 TO * * * * * * q ‘AT AN Wy Ss (é) Masuaynog arylas0py qs ” mn z a mn m se + s ‘NI q wy ¢ Snjogsng Snanjoqgiydiuy psezyy uoseg SISUAIUDLUSD] 10 0 * * r'0 * * L00°0 q P AN WA € SAjSDUAPOUMATT Qynpe) soa papquepy SISUDIUDWUSD} 50 $0 * * * * * * q p aN Wy ¢ sajspudpouwtT (anf) Body payqieyy ae) at) * * * * * F000 Ww Pp AN UY ¢ MODINAISAP XDIAY) STQqeA semogriow Fd ddd Ldd NIC IaId NIXd1VY ANVGONIT dH YONA] suid qq dd ~aaUurisiq (ysiam lam AY /su) apiousag aNsst] TNQE,Y Ylomayppes AWPU INUALIIS AWIBU UOWWLUO) ee et SE ee we a a a §2L67 Aapnigag-Cipnuve ‘pasy Udstaaly-ylloMma]ppvs — SuOIJOLIUAIUOD aplIiSag OuNndDJ “| TIAV] ny PB &. BIRKS & AM.UODSEN superphosphate for the control of redicgged earthmite (Halatyeeus destructor) and lor pests of germinating cereals in May to July 1971. Dieldrin The use of this organochlorine compound tor pasture or crop spraying was discontinued In the Saddleworth-Riverton area in 1967, HCB The only wse of FICB was as a seed dressing and its use and availability ceased in 1972_ Methods All bird and mammal specimens in the Suddleworth-Rivetion area were Laken by shooting with 0410 gauge shotgun or 0.22 calibre rifle Whereas the lizafds, frogs and yabbies were taken alive, All Specimens showed normal behaviour al the time of collection. All dowd specimens were placed individually in polythene bays approved by the Chemistry Division, Deparhmeat of Services and Supply, The specimens were labelled and packed in ice lor delivery to Department of Fisheries and Fauna Conservation for identification checks before being sent for analysis by gas liquid chromatugranhy in the Chemistry Division, Limits of detection were HCB U.007 me/ke, lindane 0.01 mg/kg, dieldrin (01 me/ky, PDE 0.01 mg/kg, DDD 0.05 me/kg, pp’ DPT 0,07 mu/ke, Some bird specimens were badly damaged by shat and for that redson only the available parts of the bodies were used in the analysis. The wines and feathers of all birds were removed before extraclion, Some data on pesticides residues in a few native birds trom miscellaneous areas taken incidentally in the course of other studies as well as results of analyses of birds forwarded for examination by interested people suspecting that the birds may have died from pesticide poisoning were obtained, A limited sampling of birds’ cgas for pp'DDT plus metabulites was undertaken in the spring of 1971, Single eggs Irom chitches of two or more eges were collected from a wide range of habitats extending from Lyndhurst in the north of the State to Lucindale in the south-east by AH. 3, Morton of Jervois. No shell thickness measurements were ntade. During 1973 the Animal Health ranch, Depart- ment of Agriculture, curried out a survey of the imestinal parasites of foxes, the animals being taken trom widely scattered districts Uhroughqut the State. The Pesticides Commitiee requesied that samples of fac adhering to the Kidney be taken for pesticide wtralysis. Results Saddleworth-Riverian area Table | shows indivMidiial pesticide concentrations in the Taunt examined from (he Sadedlewerth- Riverton area. The metabolite DDE was present in all birds while the parent pp'DDT was present at low concentritions or absent, The rearrangement of the data in descending order of DDT plus metabolites (Table 2) indicates thar pesticide coricentrations were extremely variable, the highest and lowest were in grain feeding ypecies. However, the high concentration in the house sparrow (a grain feeder) and the lower levels in the laughing Kookaburra and the Australian kestrel (meat-ealers) demonstrate the need for mare data before a relationship can be postulated between residues and diet. In thus! cases, those spevies which are known from data of the Australian Bird Banding Scheme lo show least mayement From banding sites, were those which had the higher concentrations af pesticides in their tissues. Miscellaneous areas The analyses of 35 birds representing 21 spectes from miscellaneous areas (Table 3) showed that 14 birds had concentrations above 1 meg/ke DDT plus metabolites, (wo birds had above 0.5 but less than 10 mg/kg and 19 birds had less than 0.5 mg/ko in various body rissues. The two highest concentrations were in birds forwarded by concerned people who considered that the birds may have died froin pesticide poisoning, A grey bulcherbird (28) mg/kg), which came [rom afarm on Eyre Peninsula, is believed to have died from ealing dield mice froma grain Mere which had heen dusted with pp'DDT for rodent control during the 1970 mouse plague. Even then the use of pp’ DDT as a rodenticide was nolalticially approved or recommended. likewise ihe sucred kinglisher from Rendeclshim (South-East) with a concentration of 75.6 me/ke DDT plus metabolires, Was suspected by the finder, of poisoning from pesticides. The next highest congenfrations were in an Australian pelican (2.4) mye kek a little penguin (5.2 mg/kg); a stubble quail (4.2 mg/ks); another two fitthe penguins (4.0 atid 3.8 mg/ke respectively) ana a darier (3.78 mg/kg) all of which were collected opportunistically, Four young little penguins came Ashore with oi! soaked bodies: they were starving, Because of the seareity of thelr body fat, oil from the preening gland was used in the analyses, itis doubtful whether the presence of pp’ DDT was tcspousible for the deaths of birds from home PRSTICIDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA 7 TABLE 2. Descending order af concentrations uf DDT plus nietaholites in birds — Saddleworth-Kiverton area 1972 Prime-Food* Small Animals Species Invert- ebrates House sparrow Magpie-lark 4 Australian magpie + { Willie wagtail + White-faced heron + i Black faced wood- swallow ’ hocy Striated pardalote ' Little raven ' { Noisy miner \ Brown treecreeper \ Hooded robin \ White-plumed haneyedlec ‘ Red-rumped parrot Brown-headed honeyeater ' White-hrowed swallow ' Laughing kookaburra \ ‘ Galak Galah Australian kesirel ' + feral. piecon White-winged chough + Cockatiel Crested pigeon Concentration (mg/kg — wet weight) Seeds Fat Fruits Max Other Tissuc * 282.3 body ‘ 148.8 liver \ 95.8 lives, 25.3 stomach 61.9 16,2 body(2) 46.7 liver 43.8 +? 39.0 15.2, 8.0 body(3) + 39.0 stomach +7? 33.2 16.3, 14.5 hody(3) {8.8 9.4 body(2) 16.2 bady 13,2 5.5 hody(2) . 6 3.98, 0.67, body(6) 0.6, (1.46, } 0.44 8.1 bady 8.0 body 7.68 stomach + 6.0 liver 4.7 stomach 3.94 liver + 2.47 liver + 2.1 14 liver(2) + 1s t.16, 0.33 body(3) + 0.34 liver (after Lim 1972 see Table [) * Invertebrates = insects, crustaceans, and some mollus¢s. Small animals = fish, frogs, lizards and young birds. Seeds and fruits = includes bulbs and such like underground plant storage tissues. gardens in various areas of the State (Table 3) when apparently healthy birds of the same species with much higher concentrations of the pesticide were surviving without showing any stress symptoms (Table 2). In post-mortem examinations of the cormorants and the pelican by veterinarians, death was ascribed to respiratory infections. Twenty-six cggs of 23 species (21 native species) were examined and no evidence of pp'DDT or metabolites was found in epgs from eight species. Atiother eight species had a range of concentrations from 0.01 to 0.10 mg/kg DDT plus metabolites, whereas seven species had egys with concentrations between 0.12 and 0.50 mg/kg. Eggs of three species had concentrations above 0,5 mg/kg, namely a butcherbird (1.34 mg/kg),.a brown tharnbill (0.69 mg/kg) and a superb fairy-wren (0.62 mg/kg). All three species came from near cleared cultivated areas, Three species had eggs taken rom separate nests at different times. In the black-faced cuckoo-shrike from two widely separated areas, the Beltana ege sample from the earlier brood had no pesticides (0) Number of birds examined. present whereas the Finnis sample of November had a concentration of 0.50 mg/kg DDT plus meta- bolites, Two eggs from different broods of the superb fairy-wren had a five-fold difference in concentration (0.12 to 0.62 mg/kg) of the pesticide, On the other hand the concentrations of DDT plus metabolites in broods of the iwo rainbow bee-eaters, taken six weeks apart at Tailem Bend were virtually identical (0.03 and 0.02 mg/kg respectively). Most birds, whose broods were sampled, are predominantly insect and arthropod eaters and only a few cockatoos supplement their diet with seeds while two species, the common bronvewiny and little quail have seeds as their prime food. In the bird broods sampled (Table 4) those eggs with the nil or lowest concentrations of pesticides came from nests in the lower rainfall areas.. Those birds with the higher concentration of DDT plus metabolites were from higher rainfall areas and hence more closely settled districts where cropping practices were more intensive. In only two of the 26 foxes was the sex recorded and no observations were given on the estimated 8g sez fizz thn tra FO sou" gq tuapme® awoy Umoljaqd ur + purl we'd eo wu + q “MSG SHH SPre]epy huapsed 30 91 q TWO, AODABIER i) {uapred woe Pel al aa | €0-0 9 swoy tueys|apulay ‘op juepsed * 4 * . 4q astuno> WOO] - * * * aq tysiew ugosey] [oog + * . * 3q Tysavu uoode’y] [oog. * * + . * wp tysieu ucoseT] Joog tI el 0 + * 1 Tyaraq aqoy * frase 14'6 Ws 96E ro 0 . * 4 aYyR] AAO aye] rat Eran gs't 80°0 lam) oo * [zoo q = |durems saat Bure Les 4 30°70 * « * | tdiwtems aau Yyomooy eau a 90°0 ry & « } tduems ton YOOIOOWW eau a 310 " 4 } fdwras aaa YOOIOOW MAL . 910 L0°0 son PaO) q = F100 soo | SN 00 | t 660 rt sO rl) 60°0 q flues sasu YNQUOOW ot P70 Ato roo E00 q a 900) co 6 z0'0 w00 ] % Zz oro 600 4070 ag jeiwrems aaa yoorooyy ea {spurl * rant) z0'0 * + q ued aprejapy 4 ayqqnis a Le Lr’ + * 10'0 q aunised BIUCOW ' WY b aiqanis Tr rr * * “ q aunised RIUOOW "Fwy PF ayqqnis fe 1 tf * + . * q aunisnd RIUGOPY “WY Pp 071 s0 * rant) + . * Fd {payeus ito) aq RE ss * £0 # * = ‘sud (payeos ||0) agoy zs 6F * ra) * € . “wad (payeos ]10) aqoy OF OE * +0 ® * * ‘aud yorsq aqgoy 90 so * TO * ~ ig wad * + * * * ® . l Fl cl = TO ra * * q mong (QS) purjsy umsuag smjogeru gaq ada taddd NiMaiaid ANVONIT 4H snd pad PoUILUEX | {iydtawm jam Fy4/Sw) apmousag ansst |, IENQE}] Bay $L6. inp Ome uy sol [Lis'0z ROM RT 69ST GIST 69 UN RE ra oLwoz 6 ET ouMIvE OLUNE OLTINE OLWTE Inol “YO ZLUET CLT be TLV PE Teal él [e6l evel 1c paiayjop aed Sipsajoy sdoseisoz sa4uydo way oinpidiuy AMAXIIU OPUNIE DIQUDS MOOAPOY sujesng YAQIOIOSAIYD bingo}? banrzg pIngo} Banizig STOO STH IOIYSAAYD AO1DL4AS DING SHIOYLRESUDD SAUD IA Af dasodounjout pauMyRy DYsDI XDLOIOUIDMY OGIND XDIOIOIIDINYe} OGIBI XOLNIOLIBj OY OYADI XMIOIOMID|DY OQINI XMLOIOIINGDY cf sazoyda) sdaydtoc) AN pUapTINAVGH XNAHIOD apipunjazapaou NiisRIOD ODI Piusjazavaou xiunIOD SOMME ILA PNT foun nynjdapngq fourm oniddpny sounds onjdapnyz DAAIBATIS [erdeas STLAN MOP[RAS TUIGIAAL JOUSHTULY PaLRS ooyon2 -AZUOCIG 8,PpOUSJOH Yonp Ysa yenp Asn fant) St] Payoou-MeNg wUUED Updyed UEYRISny JaEC] THEIOUIOS TEI WWeIOULIOS TAH WEOWIOA TeaIt JUBIOWIION 1BeIt IWEJOWWOD [Raley (Ant) uoadid paysaz> qeab apqqnis penb srqqms penb aiqqnis Cant) uinduad apy Cant) uindued 2) (and uinguad apy Cant) uinduad ayy Jounu opdApny (jnpe) uinsuad ayy aweu ayuUaIg jure UOWLUO 72 ‘SDIMD SNOAUDIJAISIMA — SPING U1 SUEIINITUAIUOD apiIt}Sad “| TIA¥ I, 73 SEN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA y 1D 2 PESTIC SUBGIO DANSAIP= “o'p wreiq — 4q purs sutueaid — “ud Jal = | wy Apoq = q Sulkp 10 peap punog ft saiad¢s anoxg | PA19919P ION + ZOPrO 6eo clo"o O1d'0> AU) F000 900°0 op umoypqdue pal Ainy ESUDSyNA SMUG SUIPEIs UOLULUOD L090 6S 900°0 1l0'0 §z0'0 soo'o F000 ‘op fuapues awoy umoypeqdwey pPLé6r Ane LAD AINA SHUINIS Sulpiv1s UOUWIUO,) Bre 0 Ztr'09 910'0 TOO Lo" Cou'O q luapied suo0y umoypqdues plé6r Arne PSNINSIMLOP 42SSD_q MOLeds asnoH {pied snionbio} O18 Ot8 OST Ot ( “Wey BNsuIUag AAT OLE SMI.IDE parqaeyaing Keir) ‘op jtuapies £0 £0 * * * iq AMUNOD Te RUIN RZ NaaUid Naply Nays Puig apwody at * + ia «GUPUur,, q fuspuns swoy SITH 2PIEIPY 8961 "PO Mang DUrYysoNUED aidaeu uelyelsny (wseds ul palp) Ovo oro Fy * op juapies Snsoyiuadns oro 0f'0 % * 1g ALUNOS UG go lvgt SMMOAISO}OUOG IA|GQRG Pawo1g-A AK ¥ DIDINIUNADI ‘ * ® a * ‘Op Tuspued awoy SUaPIL) YOO, = BON PT niapysoyyiuyy pargap em pay * DIDJMIUNADI wad) ZO * # * ‘op fuapues awoy SUIPIkT) YHOO] = QOrxI' PE DLADYIOYINY parqaynem pay & DIDINIURADI 070 070 * * of 1q fuapies awoy suapley YeIoo, ggxXU PZ DLaDYIOY UY Pgs] TEA pay ssryoqring qdd dad faddd NINCrItid) ANVONIT OH smd Lcd PRULELEN -7 Papacy (yaw 1a By. aw} AP sagd ANSst | Je1ige HL Noy Me ouru NETO AS PLU UOLLLIO. > *SDAID SHOIUD) [AIST — SPLIQ Ul SUOIIDAJUGIUOD ApIISag ‘¢ AW] M. OLSEN R, BIRKS & A, Pp, 74 FLI Ose 00t has 60T OBS SBE Sil OOF O8E Ose O19 Pre $8 0z9 Oso OES O19 O6¥ OSE 0¢9 0c9 OSP 0c9 0z9 ors (ur) [yeyures jenuue aFe1OAR “xosddy r + + * IsNypury * * + * BIYydUeN * + * * atmoapy * * * * OOIOHIO + & * + Burisg a * * IH suds * * * * puey WesleL * * * * TSANYPUA J 10°0 10°0 * * stOalap 70 rain) * * puag wayyy, £0°0 £0'0 ’ * puag welll £0°O 00) * * aduey ssayeg s0'0 s0°0 ¥ * aspug ABIINIA, 90°0 900 + 4 puag wale 90°0 90°0 * * aepunn’y 80'0 80°0 * + EsUNTTIAN zU0 zI'0 * * 1Bl4 apamg zV0 TIO * « aduey saayegq Zio cro * + yaaa yes LI LV0 + « StOAIa[ 80 80 * € ayepuiony] 6e°0 ea) cud -0'0 ayepulony] OS"0 oc'0 + * SIUUL] 790 Is"0 S00 90°0 ayepunny 69°0 9¢0 Fro 60'0 ayepulany] Fo'T Fel * * iL apang salljoqeiour suid 1dd qyaq «6 daqq-~—sldadd (iysiam Jam ay /8w) UONBIUZIUOD raly ‘spain SHOIUD aI — Sa&8a ul sazyogpjau snjd ,aC fO Suolipijuaauos fo sapson Suipuarsagq “p AWAY 1 lL 'X'€l ran era| [Lee [LIX 87 12 X's] LL *X'OL LL or [L871 LLEX by tL °x9I Lameora T2082 This TL XL WNL [Lsg pajoa|[o3 aed saidads 30x J SN}DISIUI SAPOYUOSY syp1odiaay muazqiay SNIDUOSLAd SNUB Shauiindg SHanpadapy ADIPUDTOYIDAOL NUIIDIOD Snagaunf SNYyIUAysOIdLjOD DAdjdOIoYyD STBYT SOjaa KMMINE LsyanpsDs Sapa y snjpuso SdOLapY sroUIO SdoIapy PHUOULIDY DIQUIMANYOD SHIMAS SNUIOLM bons Ouiajquey oudydiod oudydsog vanYdOING) SiddJIDUAN]D njNYdIOUDjaw DULMOUBPYL SU DL2]D} SHOIBSOZ SNBUDAD SHINIDY jojniatd sHpIANg psouisyny binpidiyy sypasne oajjosdoy ADIPUNTOYADAON DWIIDIOD SNauUNAD SHINO PY nypsnd pzyyunoy SHIDNBIO) SHINIDLD AWBU NUUIIS pa}slap ION . Igespam surdnaiy?) [Blau PaM@oiq-pay MOT]BMSPOOM PIysefAL Pllqssrsa aye] Sylys-Ooyond padyy-yovig O0IVYIOI-YIE]Q paper-moylay, SUIMeZUOIG LOUTWO> enb ayy youryppos uvadoing J3183-33q MOqUIRY JajRa-3aq AOQUIRY USMY ]-ayLys Aa UsIMSSbls paretys [felsity PUOWeIT uayduems ayding 19039194911 PIWoIy Psy A JUL ASIOKY SAADA[LS uaim-Aliey gisdng PrIQyoe)d WeIUBy APD WIgol MOAA Wa ed ay UYS-OOYoNI padwy-yaeygq vaim-Aniey qiedny YiIquioy? UMolg puqiayang Aug EWU UOUTWIO) PESTICIDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA ages of the foxes ic, juvenile or adult. The foxes Were faken in the course of a tapeworm survey and it is presumed they were mostly older animals and hot pups. HCB All 26 samples of fox kidney fat showed traces of HCB. Thirteen foxes showed the presence of dieldrin in the kidney fat. The highest concentration of 0.67 mg/kg was present in a fox from Mannum district, the next highest was 0.27 ng/kg in a fox from the Port Lincoln area (Table §). The remaining 11 foxes had concentrations ranging from 0.02 ta 0.16 mg/kg dieldrin. Six enly of the 26 foxes cxamined showed the presence of pp'DDT or metabolites, the highest concentration of 1.34 mg/ke was in the same fox from Mannum which registered the highest concentration of dieldrin, Discussion The amounts of pp’ DDT used in the Saddleworth-Riverton area were believed to be the highest used anywhere in South Australia at that time and survey results from that area were considered likely lo show the highest residues from 74 DDT in this State, The annual application of about 1,§ kg/ha of pp'DDT to about three percent of the area is not high compared with application rates o! four to six times heavier on greater areas of cotton and robacco planted elsewhere in Australia (Australian Academy of Science 1972). The data on pesticide residues in Australian fauna is limited to small numbers of some of the more common species present in different areas. Comparison of residues is difficult because of different tissues analysed, Of the 38 native and four exotic bird species from South Australia, only 12 native and one exotic species Were common to the 63 species previously surveyed in Victoria (Australian Academy of Science 1972). Table 6 shows these in descending order of maximum concentrations of DDT plus metabolites found in any tissues. The highest concentration, 160 mg/kg was in the body fat-of an Australian kestrel and was also the highest level recorded in six other raptor species from Victoria. Best (1973) reported up to 12.15 mg/kg wet weight in bulked samples of body fat of fork tailed (black) kites, raptors from the NU. The recording of 3.94 mg/kg im the Australian TABLE 5, Concentrations of pesticides in fat af foxes — miscellaneous areas — 1973, Pesticide (mg/kg wet weight) DDI plus Date Town or district HCB DIBLDRIN pp DDT DDE DDD metabo- received lites. 8-i-73 Por{ Lincoln 0.006 0.06 = * J » 131-73 Port Lincoln 0.007 0.06 7 * * * 13-1-73 Fort Lincoln 0,007 0.06 * } * * 25-4-73 Port Lincoln 0.08 0.14 * 0.08 ¥ 0.08 19-41-73 Port Lincoln 0.001 Q,27 * 0.02 + 0.02 25-v-73 Port Lincoln 0.02 . O11 0.26 * 0.37 28-v-73 Port Lincoln 0.18 4 > ‘3 »’ + §-vi-73 Port Lincoln 0.2) + > O18 sf 0.18 16-vi-73 Murray Bridge 0.31 (1,05 > * * + 16-vi-73 Murray Bridge 0.006 a 4 ps * 16-vi-73 Mount P Gambier 0.002 + 3 * * 25-¥i-73 Port Lincoln 0.008 0.08 + * * + 25-vi-73 Mout Ganibie: 0.005 “ * ? * < 25-vi-73 Mount Gambier 0.002 3 * * ‘ ? 27-vi-73 Murraylown 0.008 + * : 3 + 27-vi-73 Murraylown 0.015 0.04 bg 7 Le id 27-¥1-73 Murrayrown 0.014 (1.02 id . * * 2-vii-73 Port Lincoln 0.003 0.16 * 4 * 4 4-vii-73 Port Lincoln 0.004 * * * * 4 1B-vii-73 Mannum 0.028 0.06 * * . * 18-vii-73 Mannum 0.091 {).67 0,50 0.75 0.09 1.34 26-vii-749 Port Lincoln 0.004 * 4 + is & 26-vu-73 Port Lincoln 0.004 * * ® - if 26-vu-73 Port Lincoln 0.02 + ys 0.05 * 0.05 8-viii-73 Jamestown {).007 6.10 * 7 * ” R-Vii-73 = Hallet 0,009 $ ‘ * « é * Not detected Th PR RIR KS AoA Me OLSIN Tan 6, Descending arder of concentrations of DDT plus ietabolites vi 13 bird spécres Conan to South Australia and Victoria. Species Maximunt pesnvide concentration mg/kg wel weight South Australia Victoria Australian kesrfel 3.94 160.0 Magpie lark TAKS v.20 Australian magpie 95.6 2.4 White faced heron At, 7 78.0 Line raven 0) 0.36 Laughing kookaburta 708 2) Fairy penguin $2 0) ‘Stubble quuil 4.2 O.67 White-winged choigh a4 109 Great (larec black) cormorant (139 1% Welcome switllow 0,80 1.2 Red wate bird 0,20 0.81 Starling ).60 0.07 kestrel is the only measurement From a rapror species in S.A. Although many waterbird species were examined for pesticides in Victoria, only the white-faced heron, the great (large black) cormorant and the fairy penguin were also examined in the South Aus|ralian studies and they had lower coficentrations than their respective Victorian SspECcIMeEns, In the Namoi cotton growing area of N.SW,, which had received the highest rates of application ol pp'DDT in Australia (Australian Academy of Science 1972), seven cormorants had ab average of 4.6.mg/kg (basis unspecified) in the body fat.. Fwo freat cormorants from Moarook, '8.A., had 0.24 and 0.39 mg/kg wet weight in body fat whereas a Victorian great (large black) cormorant had 1.8 me/ke wet weight in body fat. Two quail from the Namo area bad an average of 0.45 me/kg (basis unspecified) in body fat, three stubble quail from Moonta,’S.A., bad 1.43, 1.47 and 4.2.me/kg wet weight in body fat and four stubble quail in Victoria had 0,67 and 0.14 myg/ke wet Weight in fat. Two galahs (rom Saddleworth-Riverton area had DDT residue concentrations of 4.7 and 6.0 me/kg (stomach and liver fat respectively) whereas lower concentrations (0,22 to 3.69 me/k wet weight), were recorded in bulked samples of galahs fron developed arid areas near Alice Springs and still Tower concentrations (nil ta O17 mg/kg) in bulked sainples from undeveloped arid areas in the N-T. (Best 1973). Freshwater crayfish from river and creek sources in the Namoi area had DDT residue concentrations ranging from 0.17 10 6.5 me/Ka, dry weight, and higher vahies hetween 13,8 and 54,7 mg/kg, averaging 29.9 mg/kg dry weight from specimens collected in irtigation drains (Australian Academy of Science 1972), A yabbie from a dam in the Saddleworth-Riverton area had 4 Jower concentrauion of 0:4 me/Kg wet weight.. In the South Australian results, pesticide levels were generally higher in those bird species which feed on Other animals, including insects, than in bird species which utilise food of vegetable origin, ie. Seeds, fruits, bulbs and other underground storage organs, The Jower proportion of pp'DDT than DDE present in the tixsucs is indicative of pesticides having been applied some time ago rather than of recent application. There was no-apparent effect on the general well-being of the birds examined in the Saddleworth-Riverton survey although some, ag. the sparrow, carried high concentrations of pesticide, particularly DDE, Davis (1967, 1974) drew attention to the wide variations i) susceptibility of different bird species to specific pesticides and considered that lethal levels for a species may vary with conditions such as stress, From the high concentrations of pp’DDT plus metabolites in the butcher bird and its known contact with pp'DDT, iL is presumed that this chemical caused its death. With the sacred kingfisher from Rendeisham, the cause of death is uncertain because there was Wo known association with pesticide application and it had lower concentrations of pesticides than three other apparently unaflected bird species with high pesticide concentrations in the Saddleworth- Riverton survey (Table 1). In the species, other than birds, examined, concentrations of SDT plus metabolites were low- In foxes the low concentrations. and absence (21 out of 27) was interesting particularly in view of the omiuvorous dict of (his species. Two foxes in the Northern Territory also had low concentrations of DDT residues (0.03 mp/ko) (Best 1973). The DDT plus mctabolites-concentrations in eggs PESTICIDES IN SOU'TH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA 77 of 23 South Australian bird species were relatively low. Eggs of seven species were free of pesticides, 13 species had concentrations of 0.5 mg/kg wet weight or less and the eggs of three species contained 1.34 mg/kg (grey butcherbird), 0.69 mg/kg (brown thornbill) and 0.62 mg/kg (superb fairy wren) (Table 4). In the Victorian survey, eggs from nests of 14 different bird species, nine of which were water birds, contained DDT plus metabolites. Four of the species contained concentrations higher than values found in eggs of the 23 South Australian species. The eggs of a stilt had a concentration of 12 mg/kg wet weight, a whistling eagle 3.2 mg/kg, a little pied cormorant 2.5 mg/kg and a starling 1.70 mg/kg. Because of wide differences in food preferences and feeding habits of birds from Victoria and those from S.A. there is no basis for comment except to record the concentrations of DDT plus metabolites found in the eggs of birds in these two surveys. References AUSTRALIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCE (1972) The use of DDT in Australia, Reports of the Australian Academy of Science No. 14. Best, S. M. (1973) Some organochlorine pesticide residues in wildlife of the Northern Territory, Australia, 1970-71. Aust. J Biol Sci, 26, 1161-70. Butcuer, A. D. (1965) Wildlife hazards from the use of pesticides. Australas. J Pharm. 46, Suppl. 35, 105-9. Davis, B. N. K. (1967) Recent developments in pesticide- wildlife studies. J ent. Soe. Aust. (N.SMW.) 4, 3-9. (1974) Advances in pesticide-wildlife studies since 1967. Ibid 8, 22-31. Oxsen, P, & SETTLE, H. (1979) Pesticide contamination of water rats in the Murrumbidgee Irrigation areas, New South Wales, Australia, 1970-72. Pestic. Monit, J. 12(4), 185-188, ECHINOCEPHA LUS OVERSTREETI DEARDORFF & KO, 1983 (NEMATODA:GNATHOSTOMATOIDEA) FROM ELASMOBRANCHS AND MOLLUSCS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY IAN BEVERIDGE Summary Specimens of Echinocephalus overstreeti were found in the following elasmobranch and chaemeriform fishes from South Australia: Heterodontus portusjacksoni (Meyer, 1793), Parascyllium ferrugineum McCulloch, 1911, Orectolobus maculatus (Bonnaterre, 1788), Myliobatis australis Macleay, 1881, Aptychotrema vincentiana (Haacke, 1885), Trygonorhina guanerius Whitley, 1932, Raja whitleyi Iredale, 1938, Urolophus mucosus Whitley, 1939, Dasyatis brevicaudatus (Hutton, 1875), D. thetidis (Waite, 1899), Hypnos rnonopterygium (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) and Callorhynchus milii Bory de St Vincent, 1823. Gravid nematodes were found only in H. portusjacksoni. A redescription of the nematode is given and its differentiation from congeners discussed. Nematodes undergoing the final moult in elasmobranchs permitted the identification of the scallops Pecten albus Tate, 1887 and Chlarnys bijrons (Lamark, 1819) as possible intermediate hosts. KEY WORDS: Nematoda, Gnathostomatoidea, Echinocephalus, morphology, life history. ECHINOCEPNALUS OVERSTREETI DEARDORFF & KO, 1983 (NEMATODA: GNATHOSTOMATOIDE A) FROM ELASMOBRANCHS AND MOLTEUSCS IN SOLTH AUSTRALIA by TAN BEVERIDGE* Summary Hevreipoe, 1. 987) Evhinocephalus oversireeti Deardortt & Ko, 1983 (Nematoda! Gnathostomatoidea) from clasmobranchs and maltuyes in'South Australia. Trams, 8, Soc. & Aisi. W112), 79-92, 29 May, 1987, Specimens of Echinoeephalus overstreett were found in the following elasmobranch and chacmeritorm fishes fiom: South Australia: Hereraduntus portusjackson’ (Meyer, 1793), Paraseviliam ferruginewn McCulloch, 1911, Orectolobus maculatus (Bonnaterre, 1788), Mylobatis australis Macleay, 188), Apiehotreme vincentiand (Haacke, 1885), Trygorortina guunerius Whitley, 1932, Raja whirley) ledale, 1938, Urolophus tnucosus Whitley, 1939, Dasvatis brevicaudatiuy (Hution, 1875), D. thetidis (Waite, 1899), Hypnos monoplerygine (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) and Callorkynchus milii Bory de. St Vincent, 1823, Gravid nematodes were found only in J, portusjacksori, A sedeseription of the nematode is given and its differen- clailan from congeners discussed, Nemarodes undergoing the tinal moule in clasmobranchs permirted the identiligation of the scallops Pecten albus Tae, 1887 and Chtanis bifrons (Lamatk, 1819) as possible intermediate hosts. Kry Worns, Nematoda, Ginathostomarolidea, Kehinoeephalus, morpholagy, lite history, Introduction Adults of the nematode genus Echinovephalys Molin, 1858 occur in the stomach and spiral valve al sharks and rays in various regions of the world, Larval stages occur commonly in the gonads or adductor muscles of molluscs as well as it the mesentenes of teleosts, In Austrahan waters, adult Echinocephalus Wave been found in the Port Jackson shark, Heleradonius portusjacksoni (Meyer 1793) (syn. ¢7, philipp/) and the stingaree, Urolaphus testaceus (Mueller & Henley 1841) Clohnston & Mawson 1943, 1945a), Johnston & Mawson (1943) assigned the material they examined lo £ spinosissimus (Linstow 1904), a species described originally from Myliohalis aquila (Linnaeus 1758) from the Gulf of Manaar, Sri Lank#. However, £ spinosissimus has usually been regarded asa synonym of E, uneinarus Molin, (858 (see Milleman 1963). Johnston & Mawson (1943) noted however thar their specimens were much Jarger than any previously described, while Milleman (1963) pointed to differences in cephatic anatomy and the caudal papillae of the male tail, suggesting that the Australian specimens might represent a distinc! species, Notwithstanding this suggestion, Milleman (1963) tenlatively inched Johnston and Mawson’s specimens under &. dutemnals, Larval stages of Eehinocephalus in the Australian rewon have been found in the molluses A riviera bulfoti Bernardi, 1861, Aatylesia scalarine (Lamarck, (S18) and Polinices conicus (lamarck, 1822) Unhnston & Mawson '945ar Lester #/ a/, 1980) as well as in che mesenteries of the teleosts Chrysophrys auratus (Schneider, 1801) (Syn, Pagrosomus auratus), Platycephalas arenarius Ramsay & Ogilhy, (885, A bassensis Cuvier, 1829, P fusens Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1829, P laevigarus Cuvier, 1829, Psendolabrus psittaculus (Richardson, 1840) and Sillaginndes punctatus (Cuvier, 1829) (Johnston & Mawson 19484, b; Hooper 1983), Larval echinacophalids have.alyo been found in the stomachs of turtles, Carefta caretia (Linnacus, 1758) (Lester et al 19R0), and dolphins, Delphinas delphius Linnaeus, 1758 (Johnston & Mawson 1941). Generally, specitic identifications of larvae have not been made excep! for those identified as E. uncinatus by Johnston & Mawson. (1945a, b) based on the earlier designation by Baylis & Lane (1920) of a larval specimen as the type of Molin’s species uncinatus. Baylis & Lane's (1920) action is now considered invalid (Milleman 1963; Beverigc 1985) but in the intervening period many larval forms have been incorrectly identified as £, uncerains (see Beveridge 1985). The taxonomic status of both larval and adult forms of Bchinocephalus from Australian hosts is therefore i duubt, Examination of new collections has shown that they belong neither to £, wacinaties nor to £. spinasissimus, but to &. oversrreet/ Deardorff & Ko, 1983 originally described from the tay Ja@eriura sielanpspilos Bleeker, 1853 from the Marqueses Islands (Deardorff & Ko 1983) although they differ from the original description in some * Central Veterinary Laboratories, South Austrahan Departinent of Agriculure, ove Instiruw of Mecical and Veverinary Scienve, Frome Road, Adelaide. S, Aust 5000. a IAN BEVERIDGE jeapects, A detailed description of both adult and lurval specimens from Australia is [herelore given below, tegether with some observaliens on life Iistony.. Materials and Methods Elasmebranchs were collected on cominercial fishing vessels in St Vincent and Spencer Gufs, Encounter Bay, off Beachport and off the south coas!| of Kangaroo Isfand, S.A. Additional specimens were obtained af Goolwa, 5,A,, using tramllines, The sex and teral lenerh of each fish were revorded and the gastroinicstinal iraet was removed and opened. Nematodes were presetved either by washing Them in sea-waler and fixing them immediuiely in Rerland’s Wnid or allernalively, opened spiral valves and stomachs wete flooded with boiling waler Lo straighten any helminths, and formalin was added to preserve the specimens. Nematodes were cleared in lactophenol and the total length measured while cleared, Drawings were made using a drawing tube attached to an Olympus BH microscope. Measurements were made cither Girectly with an ocular micrometer ar trom cali- brated drawings: In the descriptions, measurements ure given in millimetres as the range tor Tive specimens followed by the mean in parentheses, Scallops, Chlamys (Equichlamps) difrass fLumarck, |809) and Pecten albus Tate, 1887 (probably a synonyin of PB meridionalis Tate, 1887), were collected from Nurthayen and hdijhburgh. The otal length from hinge te free side, was recorded and they were then examined fresh of were frozen prior to examination jor nematodes. Live larvae were fixed in Berland’s fluid and cleared in lactophenol, Larvae from frozen scallopy were fixed in 10% formol saline. Sixteen abalone, Hefioris Jeevigate Donovan, 1808 frum Edithburgh were also examined. Larval and adult nematodes were prepared for seaming electron microscopy (SEM) by dehydiating in ethanol, air drying and couting with gould an¢l curbon. Specimens were viewed with a JEOLSE microscope. All nematodes collected have been deposited in the Australian Helininthological Collection (AHC) heused in the South Ausinalian Museu. Existing collections of Evkinucephalus in AHC were alsu examined as well as the paratypes of E. oversireeti trom the United Stales National Muscum Helhuinth Collection (77384), Adult fermale nematodes {rom one shark were inaintained in sca-water at room temperature For the collection of caps. Eag development and hatching was observed. Larvae were lined in fori saline or in lactaphenal. Results Echinocephalus averstreeti Deardort? & Ko, 1983 FIGS 1-38 Adults: Large sroawt nematodes; body woarmed, maximum wideh in mid-body region; cuticle with fine, regwlarly-spaced annular striations 0.002-0,003 apart; female straight; tail of male coiled in loose spiral. Mouth opening derso-ventrally elongate with 2 elongate tateral pseudolabia;y lateral part of pscudolabium bulbous, with median amphid and double cephalic papilla on enter side; medial exuemity of pseudolabium wider than lateral extremity, indobed. cach lobe with 2 cuticular thickenings along external edges; thickenings of median lobes interlock 10 give appearance of pairs of “teeih” in amecal views median lobes may be partially or fully introverted such that one lobe or both is wot visible in apical views projections or “igeth™ of sub-dorsal and sub-ventral lobes of pseudolabia only clearly visible in mediaiy views, sumefintes visible in oblique or apical views giving appearance of additional interlocking ‘Yeeth”; postero-dersal and postero-ventral part of buxe of each pseudolabium with distinet cuticular serra- tions; small triangular interlabia present dorsally ind ventrally, with 2 additional small (riangular projections on cither side of apex, Cephalic bulb prominent, anned with numerous cows ol sntall uncinadte spines; anterior rows incomplete, restricted to dorsal and ventral areas of bulb; rows af mid- bulh region frequently non-conlinuous; raws of spines won-overlappings buccal capsule weakly developed; oesophagus divided into antenur muscular und posterior glandular sections; nerve ring in anterior oesophageal region, immediately posterior to cephalic bulb; 4 cervical sacs extend tram cephalic hulb almost to junction of muscular and glandwar ocsophagus. Tail conical, with blunt fips tail (ip without ernaieitatian, Male: Votal length 53-60 (50); maximum width 1,0-1,2 (I. cephalic bulb 0.31 0.56 (0,54) long by 0.76-0.82 (0.78) wide; bulb with 30-40 (34) rows of spies; spires 0.010 long; oesophagus 5.9-8,5 (7.2) long; anleriur muscular region 3.0-5.4 (4.7) long: eee EEE Pips 1-10 Achieavephafus aversteert, 1. Oesophageal region, lareral wew; 2. Cephalic extremity, lateral views 7 Pseudolabium, lateral view; 4. Pscudolabium internal suiface; 5. Pseudolabia, apical view; 6. Pseudotabia, dorsal view; 7. Spines of cephalic bulb; 8. Dettils of interlocking tveth of pseudoktbia, apicd view; 9 Dvirid, median view) TD, Transverse section through oesophageal region showing (yar cervical saves. Scule Limes in cum. 31 E. OVERSTREET] IN VISH AND MOLLUSCS 1h 7 vl i} Wit. wee 82 IAN BEVERIDGE we) se Sa SHO Pt wks 4 11,12,18 \ o. 45.16 ey | & OVERSTREET? IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS &3 posterior plandular region 2.5-3.2 (2.9) long; nerve ting 0.85-0.9§5 (0.91) from anterior end: dcirids 1.1-1 3 (1.2) from anterior end; cervical sacs extend 2.6-3.2 (2.9) posterior [0 cephahe bulb, Tail }.0-1.6 (1.3) long; spicules sub-equal 1,70-1,94 (1.82), ratio Of lett: right spicule lengths (.98-1.03; distal extremity of spicule slender, tapering to sharp point; gubernaculum present, poorly sclerotised, clearly visible in young specimens only, punctate, 0.07-0,09 (0.08) long; W shaped in ventral view. Prominent caudal alae present on male tail, extending 1.6-2.6 (2.0) from posterior end; prominent rugose area extending along lateral areas of alae fram between Papillac 2 (numbered antero-posteriorty) arid 3 to between papillag § and 6, most prominent in region of papilla $; composed of prominent! bosses arranged in irregular rows, wiving cobblestone appearance, 7 pairs of caudal papillae; 3 pairs pre- anal; anterior pair distant from remainder; pairs 2 and 3 on lateral alae, pait 2 largest; 4 pairs of pust- anal papillac; pair 5 slightly medial to remainder; pairs 6 and 7 witlely separated from pair 5; pair 6 larger than pair 7, phasmids ar level of pairs 7, Annularions on ventral surface of male tail; extend from a little anterior to papillae to between mugose areas, Annulations 0.007-0.010 (0.009) apart; meet normal striations in region of lateral lines. Jreriaiiere mates: Total length 20-31 (27); maximum width 0.53-0.68 (0.60); cephalic bulb 0.39-0.42 (0.40) lung by 0.56-0.64 (0.60) wide; bulb with 30-35 (32) rows of spines: spines 0.010 tong: oesophagus 4.2-5,.5 (4.7) kong; anterior muscular region 2.8-3.5 (3.0) long; posterior glandular region 1,2-2.0 (1.6) lung; nerve cing 0.55-0,74 (0,64) From anletior end; deirids 0.77-0.90 (0.84) from anterlot end; caudal alae extending 1.1-1.5 (1.4) from postenor end, Female; Total length 58-63 (39); maximum width 1.3-1.6 (1.5); cephalic bulb 0.48-0,66 (0,55) long by 0,80-0,90 (0,84) wide; bulb with 29-35 {33} rows of spines; spines O.0KS-0.010 (0.00%) long; vesophagus 8,0-8.9 (8.5) long; anterior muscular region 5.0-6,0 (5.5) long; postertor glandular region 2.4-3,3 (3.0) long; nerve ring 0,70-0,35 (0.77) from anterior end; deirids 0,88-),20 (0,96) from anterior end; cervical sacs extend 2.1-3.8 (3.1) posterior to cephalic bulb; tail 14-17 (1.6) long, conical, blunt; vulva 1.8-2.6 (2.3) from posterior end; vagina (sphincter to vil vis) 0.9-1.2. (1.0) Long; length from sphincter to division of iterus approximately 6.0; uterus didelphic, prodeiphic; ¢gks oval 0.050-6,055 (0.053) «0.036.040 (0.038), Operculate, with ifregularly pitted shell. hnmeure feioles Total length 28-31 (29); maximud width 0,58-0,86 (0.66); cephalic bulb 0,34-0,45 (9.39) long by 0.56-0,72 (0.64) wide; bulb with 30-345 (33) rows of spines 6.010 long; oesophagus 4.2-6.5 (5,1) long; anterior muscular region 2.8-4,8 (3.6; posterior glandular region 1.4-2.7 (17) nerve ring 0.67-0.72 (0,70) from anterior end; deinds 0,79-1,02 (0,89) from anterior end; cervical sacs cxtend |.9-2.9 (2.3) posterior tu cephalic bulb. Tuil 0.95-1.06 (0.98) long; vulva [,35-1.61 (1.48) from posterior end} vagina (sphincter to vulva} 0.51-0.60 (0,56); eggs absent, Fourth-stage farvee: (measurements of specimens from Chlamps bifrens. Small nematodes, coiled ventrally; 12,9-14,3 (13.7) long, maximum width 0,28-0.35 (0,33); body covered with fine annular striations; mouth opening dorso-ventrally elongate, sutrounded by 2 lateral pscudolabia; pseudolabia without accessory lobes, beating amphids and pairs of barely discernible cephalic papillac; cephalic bulb prominent, 0.25-0.40 (0.33) long by 0.30-0.36 (0,33) wide; 5 tiny spine-like structures, arranged in rows of Zand 3 on dorsal and ventral aspects of jnouth opening. Cephalic bulb armed whh 6 rows of subulate hooks arranged in semi-cireles, with unarmed spaces laterally: hooks yenerally increase in size medially, but some median hooks smaller than submiedians; number of hooks in dorsal and ventral sectors of rows not always identical; hook numbers as follows: row 1, 14-18 (16,9); row 2, 16-20 (17.4); row 3, 16-22 (18.8) Tow 4, L6-£9 (18.3): tow 5, 16-19 (18.2); hooks tn tow 6 could not be counted accurately, Length of median hooks Increases from row | to row 4; jnedian hooks of rows 4-6 of similar size; hook lengths: row L, 0.020-0,025 (0,023); row 2, 0.025-0.035 (0.031); row 3, 0,020-0,035 (0.034); row 4, 0.035-0.040 (0,038) row §, 0.035-0.045 (0.039); row 6, 0,035-0,040 (0,038; oesophagus 2,2-4.4 (3,3) long: tail conical, 0,25-0,36 (0.30) long. Genital primordia visible in some specimens. Male primordivm divided into 3 regions; posterior region terminating near secrum, contains approximately § cells; mit-regtan short, with 6 pairs of cells; anterior region elongate, cells atranged in pairs tn posterior two-thirds, singly in anterior third, Female primordium elongate, subdivided at anterior cnd into two short lobes, each with 5 cells. Aegs! Eggs held in seawater at room teniperature began te hatch after 10 days. Larvae emerging from bigs H-1. Achthacephalus overstreesi, 11, Male cail, ventral view; 12. Male tail and spicule, lateral view; 13. Detail of nigose area bn vicinity of Jeft fourth caudal papilla of mole; 14. Spictile tip, lateral view, 18. Gubermaculue, lateral view: 16, Gubernaculum, spicule sheaths and spicule tips, ventral View; 17- Ternvinal region of female genitalia, lateral view, IR_ Female tail, lateral views 19. Ege. Scale ines In mien, 84 IAN BEVERIDGE wi 5 OTD, Fagg 5 9) dee ne | asta 94 a8 ay 48 Qe Gam 21,23,25,26 Figs 20-26, Larva of Fchinacephalus overstreeti trom scallops, Chiamys bifrons, 20, Cephalic extremity, lateral view; 21. Median row of hooks, lateral view; 22. Ocsophageal region, lateral view, 23. Mouth opening and pseudolabia, apical view; 24, Tail of female, lateral view; 25, Pseudolabia, dorsal view; 26. Pseudolabia, lateral view. Scale lines in mm. E. OVERSTREET! \N FISH AND MOLLUSCS 85 Figs 27-29. Larval stages of Echinocephalus uncinatus. 27. Male genital primordium in larval stages from scallop; 28, Female genital primordium in larval stage from scallop; 29, Ensheathed larva newly emerged from egg. Scale lines 0.1 mm. eggs were ensheathed, with a conspicuous thickening at the anterior end of the sheath. Few internal features of the larvae were discernible except for an apical thickening and paired granular regions in the mid-region of the nematode body, even when stained with methylene blue. The tail of the larva was long and slender with a recurved tip. Motile larvae quickly became attached, by the tail, to debris in the sea-water. Length of larvae 0.108-0.122 (0.114), maximum width 0.009-0.010 (0.009). Fourth-stage larvae in elasmobranchs: Larvae identical to those occurring in scallops were found in the stomachs of rays and sharks, In addition, several specimens were found undergoing the final moult. The external cuticle of the cephalic bulb bore six rows of hooks identical with those occurring on larvae in scallops; underneath the external cuticle were the numerous rows of small spines found on the cephalic bulb of the adult, indicating that the larvae in scallops and the adults in elasmobranchs belong to the same species. No further moults were observed in elasmobranchs. Spicule lengths: Observations indicated that the spicules of immature nematodes were shorter than those of adults. Data (Fig. 39) indicate a linear relationship between worm length and spicule length of the form y=0.46+0.24 x (r? =0.922). Larval stages in scallops; Larval stages were found in C. bifrons and P. albus from Northaven in Gulf 86 IAN BEVERIDGE 34 Figs 30-36. Micrographs of adult and larval Echinocephalus overstreeti. 30. Cephalic end of adult with single interlabium exerted; 31. Cephalic spines of adult showing discontinuities in rows; 32. Cephalic end of adult with both interlabia visible; 33. Cephalic end of adult with both interlabia inverted; 34. Cephalic end of larval stage from scallop, showing detail of interlabia and groups of spine-like structures anterior to major rows of hooks; 35. Larval E. overstreeti newly emerged from egg; 36. Egg shell showing mammillate surface. Scale lines: figs 30, 32, 33, 34, 0.1 mm; figs 31, 35, 36, 0.01 mm. St Vincent and in C. bifrons from Edithburgh The prevalence of infection was significantly (Table 1). A higher prevalence of F. overstreetiwas lower, using a x? test, in C. bifrons less than found in P albus as well as a higher intensity of 65 mm in total length compared with larger class infection. sizes. Other differences in prevalence between class E. OVERSTREETI IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS 87 Figs 37-38. Adult male and larva of Echinocephalus overstreeti. 37. Male tail, ventral view with papillae numbered; phasmid indicated by arrow; 38. Cephalic end of larva from scallop, Ch/amys bifrons. Scale lines 0.1 mm. 2,0 Y= 0,46 +0.024x mm length 1.0 Spicule 12) 10 20 30 40 50 60 Nematode length mm Fig. 39. Relationship between spicule length and total body length of 40 specimens of Echinocephalus overstreeti from Heterodontus portusjacksoni. 88 IAN BEVERIDGE TABLE 1. Occurrence of larvae of Echinocephalus overstreeti in scallops, Pecten albus and Chlamys bifrons. Intensity of Prevalence infection Host species Locality No, examined (%) Range (mean) Chlamys bifrons Northaven 136 61.8 1- 7 (2.0) Edithburgh 34 41.2 1- 4 (2.5) Pecten albus Northaven 20 80.0 1-14 (4.4) ee sizes were not significant statistically. Intensity of infection (Table 2) declined slightly, but not significantly, with increasing size. The occurrence of different intensities of infection fitted an exponential curve of the form y=113.6, -0.566 x(Fig. 40). No nematode larvae were found in abalone (Haliotis laevigata). % Prevalence No. larvae per scallop Fig. 40. Intensity of infection in 153 scallops, Chlamys bifrons, from St Vincents Gulf, with the larva of Echinocephalus overstreeti, Numbers of scallops in each class is indicated above the histogram. The relationship between Prevalence and larvae per scallop is y=113.6, 966%, Definitive hosts: E. overstreeti, including some gravid females, was found commonly in H. portusjacksoni (Table 3). There was no association between host length, used as an indicator of age, and either prevalence or intensity of infection (Table 3). Infections were also found in several species of ray and in the chaemeriform C. milii, but in none of these hosts were gravid females seen. The largest nematodes found in a ray were in Myliobatis australis in which females reached 45 mm in length; none was gravid. No E£. overstreeti were found in 11 Furgaleus ventralis (Whitley, 1943), 11 Notorhynchus cepedianus (Péron, 1807), 40 Mustelus antarcticus (Guenther, 1870), 6 Galeorhinus australis (Macleay, 1881), 9 Pristiophorus cirratus (Latham, 1794), 15 Centrophorus moluccensis Bleeker, 1860, 41 Squalus megalops (Macleay, 1881), 17 Carcharhinus brachyurus (Guenther, 1870), 30 Orectolobus tentaculatus (Peters, 1864), 14 Narcine tasmaniensis Richardson, 1840, 47 Raja cerva Whitley, 1939, 20 Urolophus expansus McCulloch, 1916, 8 U. cruciatus (Lacépede, 1804) and 7 Squatina australis Regan, 1906 examined. Histograms of nematode lengths (Fig. 41) indicate that those from rays were predominantly immature nematodes and that a greater proportion of the nematodes recovered from rays were larvae. Echinocephalus from other regions of Australia: Two collections of Echinocephalus from Queensland were available for examination. The first, consisting of 15 males, 25 nongravid females and 2 larvae of E. overstreeti was collected from Dasyatis fluviorum Ogilby, 1928 at Caloundra (AHC 1077). A second collection consisting of 5 females and 2 males, taken from Aetobatus narinari (Euphrasen TABLE 2. Prevalence and intensity of infection of Echinocephalus overstreeti /arvae in scallops, Chlamys bifrons of different length classes. Scallop length Prevalence Intensity of infection class No. of infection (no. larvae per infected (mm) examined (%) scallop) <60 20 40 2.88 61-65 23 48 2.18 66-70 31 71 2.18 71-75 52 65 2.03 >76 27 63 1.94 eC rrr &, OVERSTREETI IN FISH AND MOLI USCS 89 Taste 3. Prevalence and intensity of infection af adult Echinocephalus overstreeti #7 Heterodantus portusjacksoni. Size class Intensity of Prevalence infection {cm) No. sharks (fy) range (mean) Males 30-40 13 100 8-52 (22) 41-S0 y 100 2-61 (19) 51-60 5 BO 3-13 (7) Gls 3 77 12-16 (14) Total 30 Females 30-40 10 100 §-35 (19) 4t. 50 9 89 3 47 (14) 51-60 5 100 &-30 (13) 61= 5 40 13-63 (38) Total 29 TABLE 4. Occurrence of Echinocephalus overstreeti in elasmobranch and chaemeriform fishes from South Australian gulf and adjacent waters. Tatensity of Adult (A) Prevalence infection or larval (L) Host species No. Examined (%o) Range (mean) stages Heteradontius portusjacksoni 49 ROS 3-63 (13.9) AL Parascyllium ferrugineurn 6 66,7 1-13 (8,3) {1 Oreclolobus maculatus 7 14,3 2 L Dasyatis brevicqudatus 17 35.3 1-42 (8.3) L Dusyatiy thetidis 4 75.0 1-10 (2.7) L Raja whitleyi 10 40.0 1-24 (3.1) AL Urolophus mucosus 10 20.0 1-4 = (2.5) AL Trygonorhina guanerius 47 12.7 1-20 (7.7) AL Aptychotrerna yincentiana 35 2.9 1 L Myliobatis australis 26 30.8 1-16 (3,6) AL Flypnos monoprerygium 6 16.7 1 L Callarhynchus milti 21 42.8 1-4 (2.0) L 1790) from Moreton Bay (AHC was identificd as £. sinensis Ko, 1975. 1080), Discussion The adult nematodes described above mast closely resemble &. overstreeti, They are distin- guished from all congeners except E. pseudounci- natus Milleman, 1951 by the arrangement of the papillae on the tail of the male, with the terminal three pairs widely separated from the remaining papillac. In addition, the specimens differ from E. diazi Troucy, 1969, EL multidentatus Balyis & Lane, 1920, E. southweili Baylis & Lane, 1920, E. pseucto- uneindlus and E, sinensis Ko, 1975 in having more than 29 rows of spines on the cephalic bulb, from E. spinosissimus (Linstow, 1905) and £. daileyi Deardoff, Brooks & Thorson, 1981 in possessing a well developed rugose area on the ventral surface of the tail of the male and from &. uncinatus in the form of the rugose area, which in the latter species is ornamented with regular tows of fine bosses (Beveridge 1985) rather than the irregularly shaped bosses illustrated in Fig. 13. BE. mobulae Kalyankar, 197] is considered a species inquirenda following Ko (1975) and Soota (1983), as is &. aligocanthus Anya, 1977 which is based solely on a Jarval form, These two species have nor been considered further. The Austrahan specimens conform to. the description of E. averstreeti in all details except for measurements, Males. from the type series of &. overstreeti measured 21-30 mm with spicules 0.4-1.4 mm long (Deardoff & Ko 1983), compared with Australian specimens measuring 55-60 mm and. spicules 1.70-1.94 mm. However, as indicated in Pig. 39, considerable growth occurs during the final stages of development and the spicules as well as the body. increase markedly in length, the relationship between the two being linear. The ratio of spicule length: body length for the Australian material is similar to that of &. overstreeti. Specimens of E. overstreeti from Australian rays were generally smaller than those from sharks, and since the type series of E. overstreeti was taken from a tay, 90) 1AN BEVERIDGE LARVAE MALES No nematodes 5 to % 5S 10 1 20 25 39 435 4y Size 45 50 55 60 65 70 s FEMALES H.goriusjacksani Other elasmobranchs and chaemeriforms w 1S 20 25 3O 3s 40 45 50 Ss €6 €5 7H class mm Pig. 41. Size distribution of larval and adult Behinocephalus averstreet] arranged in § mm size classes, Numerals on abscissa indicate lower limit of size class. Nematodes from Heterodontus portusjacksoni are compared with thase from other species of shark, from rays and from chaemeriforms, grouped together. Taeniura melanospilos, the size differences noted may be host induced. The Australian material was compared with paratypes of E. overstreeti before being, assigned to this species. Redescription of the cephalic anatomy of Australian specimens confirms that the arrangement of the pseudolabia and teeth is identical with congeners and contradicts Milleman’s (1963) suggestion that the pseudolabia and tecth of Australian Aehinecephalus are unique. These differences plus the large size of the specimens was the basis of Milleman’s suggestion that Johnston & Mawson's (1943) Specimens tépresented a new Species. Although a correct conclusion, Milleman’s (1963) reasons for reaching it were not. Two features of the morphology of the adult, the arrangement of the pseudolabia and the guber- haculum, warrant comment. Examination of several specimens of E, overstreet? by SEM revealed that cephalic morphology is cxtremely plastic, a feature nol noted previously m the genus. The median lobes of the pseudolabia may both be exerted and inter- lock (Fig. 32), one may be concealed below the other (Fig. 30), or both may be completely intro- verted such that the trilobed nature of the inter- labia is concealed (Fig. 33). Congeners have been described exclusively with both pseudolabia exerted, The gubernaculum was only clearly visible in immature males, as a weakly sclerotised structure at the junction of the spicule sheaths, In adult males, the highly developed surrounding muscu- Jature makes it more difficult to detect, A gubernaculum is present in all species which have been described or re-cxamined in. recent. years (Troncy 1969; Ko 1975; Deurdorff et af 1981; Deardorff & Ko 1983; Beveridge £985), and may well be present in all members. of the genus. Attempts to sub-divide the genus based on the Presence or absence of a gubernaculum (Deardor!f et al, 1981) may thus be premature until all species have been re-examined carefully, The larvae of Echinocephalus from scallops are also attributed to E. overstreeti based on the evidence of moulting nematodes which clearhy demonstrated the features of the fourth silage externally and those of the adult internally, Milleman (1963) considered the stage of Ff. pseudouncinatys in abalone to be the second stage, and Ko (1975) described the larval stages of E Sinensis in oysters as second and third stages. By contrast, the nematodes in scallops are considered to be fourth stage larvae. Not only are adult features present in larvae entering the final moult, but well developed genital primordia are present in larvae from the scallops. Gonad development normally E, OVERSTREET IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS 9) occurs during the latter part of the fourth stage in teinarodes. Although the mematodes jn scallops undergo considerable growth in H. portusjavksoni, no evidence of moulting was seen in nematodes greater than 15 min in length when the six rows of hooks on Lhe cephalic bulb are replaced by the 30 rows present in the adult. Only the larvae of £. psevdouneinatus and £ sinensis have been described tn deiail, and both are remarkably similar to that of E overstreeti. Hook numbers and sizes may allow rhe species ta be separated, bul more detailed niorphological data are needed before this can be done, No larval Echinecephalus were found in the abalone examined, |huugh abalone are the normal pnter- mediate host of & Pseudauncinatus (Milleman 1931), E. overstreert is the only species that has been found in South Australia, and on this provisional basis, earlier records of Echinecephalus sp_ or E. wnermanes from this region can probably be attributed to E. overstreeti. Records from other parts of Australia (Johnston & Mawson 194Sa, b; Lester ef al. 1980; Houper 1983) cannot be assigned to any species with certainty at present, pending investigations of the geographic distribution of &. overstreeti, but the original description of the nematode from the Marquesas Ishands sugvests that iLis widely distributed. The naming of larval forms as &, uncinatus by Johnston & Mawson (1945a, b) is due to the fact chat at che time of their work, the name sencinatus had been applied, incorrectly by Baylis & Lane (1920), to a larval nematode from Dasyatis centroura (Mitchill, 1815) (syn. Tygon firuceo) from the Adrialic sea (Milleman 1963; Beveridge 1985) and their specimens closely resembled larval wacinerus &. uncinarus is known only from the Adriatic and Black seas (Heveridge 1983). Ko (1975) described the larva of & sinensis as having seven rows of spines, &, overs(reeti ts considered to have six major rows, and the groups of five spine-like projections dorsally and ventrally, posterior to each pseudolabium, described as the “first" row by Ko (1975) are not considered to constitule a ruw of spines, Their siructure ts quile different to spines of the major rows, but their function is not known. Data presented above suggest that Ff, porius- yweksont is the principal definitive host of &. oversireeti in South Australian gulf waters. This shark feeds predominantly on molluscs, echino- derms and crustaceans (McLaughlin & O'Gower {97]), and gravid female nematodes were commonly encounrered in it. There appenred to be a slight reduction in prevalence in larger sharks of both sexes, Hithouoh the number of sharks examined in cach size class was small. A. pertusjacksonl are Approx, 23 em at birth, and grow at 5.1-7.4cm per year. (McLaughlin & O°Gower 1971), Thus mose of the small sharks examined were probably at lease Two years of age, and the relatively large numbers of nematodes in sone sharks of this length ts therefore not surprising. Because of the paucity at data on growth in A. portusjeckson! (McLaughlin & CyGower 1971), the relationships between host age and infections with &. oversirevti has not been analysed in detail. Scallops are heavily infected with E. aversrreeti, but ne other species of moltuses other than abalone Were examined, and scallops mav not be the only passible intermediate hosts, Rays and other species of shark which feed on shellfish may also ingest larvae ol £) oversirées. The high percentage of larvae present and the lack of mature nematodes in hosts other than H. portusjacksoni suggests that they may not be entirely suitable hosts for the development al’ the nematode. The largest nematodes found in a ray were ina specimen of Myliabasis australis, bit the females were not gravid. Examination of a wider variety of elasmobranchs may reveal thar £. oversireeti develops lo inaluriry in some species, since the type specimens from the ray Teeniuee malanospilos were gravid (Deardorff & Ko 1983), The same species of ray occurs In northern Australian waters but none were examined in (his study. E. sinensis ts reported here for jhe first time Fran Austraha, in the ray Aetoduues nurinari. The nematode was formerly known only Irom Hong Kong, from the same definitive host species (given as A. flagellum, now a synonym of A. arinart}. The usual intermediate hosts are oysters, Crassostrea gigas {Thunberg, 1793) (Ko 1975), Acknowledgments Thanks are due 10 Mesdames E. Moore and J. Clarke and Messrs M, O'Callaghan and R. Martin for experi assislance in the laboratory and for collecting sharks and rays, to Mr B, Robertson for the collection and pis — Fig. | Acanthachitona saundersi sp. nov. A. holotype, x 10,5 (SAM D16699); B. girdle and sutural tuft, paratype, «25 (SAM D17441); C. radula, paratype, scale bar =20 ~m (SAM D16698). postmucronal area slightly concave but not steep, with distinct, random, “U” shaped pustules. Girdle with numerous coloured, blunt-tipped spicules (75-100 «m long, 5 »m wide), and sparse, long, clear, sharp-tipped spicules 4- 5 times longer, more numerous toward outer edge. Some spicules in girdle encroachment at valve sutures and toward outer edge are clear, blunt-tipped, 3-5 times thicker and 2-4 times longer than coloured spicules. Sutural tufts (Fig. 1A, 1B) prominent, with many clear, tapering, sharp-tipped spicules (100-350 zm long, 20-30 um wide at base) with a few to 2 mm long, 600 xm wide at base. Gills merobranchial, adanal, with 11 ctenidia on right side and 10 ctenidia on left side. Etymology; Named for Mr Frank L. Saunders (1887-1982) who, as an amateur collector, contributed significantly to the study of the chiton fauna of southern Australia and was directly responsible for one of us (KLG-H) developing an interest in chitons. Additional Characters from Paratype: Articulamentum white; anterior valve slits 5, short, 1/6-1/5 width of articulamentum, in short grooves 1/4-2/3 width of articulamentum (Fig. 2A); median valve slit 1, short, 1/5-1/3 width of articulamentum, BREW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITON 3 in shallow groove to edge of regmentum (Fig. 2B); posterior yalve slits 3, 1/3-1/2 width of articulamentum, in grooves to edge of tegmentum, articulamentuim edge between Leeth pectinate (Fig, 2C, ZE).. Radula (Fig. 1C) with small, rectangular, concave, central teeth, slightly narrower apically, heads weak; first lateral teeth narrow, elongate, folded around base of central tecth: major lateral teeth elongate, narrower basally, wilh wider tricuspidate heads, central cusp slightly longer, Variation: Apart from slight colour variations, the four paratypes are like the holotype and vary only in the number of gills, with 12-14 ctenidia om right side and 11-13 ctenidia on left side, Range; Central to western South Australia. Habjiat: Singly on rock embedded in fine to medium sands, in sand pockets on reefs in areas usually exposed to moderate swell. Comparison with other species: 4. saunders} was compared with ather species. of Acanthochitena in the collections of SAM, the Australian Museum, Sydney (AM), the Museum of Victoria, Melbourne: (NMV), the Western Australian Museum, Perth (WAM) and the Tasmanian Museum iand Art Gallery, Hobart (TM). It most closely resembles 4. bednatli{Pilsbry, 1894) and superficially resembles A, granostriata (Pilsbry, 1894). Both A. saundersi and A, hednalli are easily distinguished from other southern Australian species, including 4, granostriata, by the jugum which is ribbed in these (wo spevies but is smooth or pustulose in the other dig. 2. Aéanthochitona saunders’ sp. nov. paralype (SAM 016698). A. anterior valve; B. median vaive, C. posterior valve; D, median valye (anterior profile): E. posterior valve (side profile); scale bar = i mm. TARLE 1. Distinguishing characters of Acanthochitous bednalli.and A. saundersi SP. HON, Character A. hednatli Jugum Pustules oo valves Sutural oofts elongate, drop or oval-shaped spicules, all of simitar length Colour white and dark brown; beak of 4th valve without spor Habitat intertidal, under rocks in silty areas width approx. 1/3 width of specimen (dry); with many ribs with wide inlerspaces with very numerous, thin, sharp-tipped A. saunders? width approx. 1/6 width of specimen (dev); wath few nodulose ribs with deep narrow interspaces “U" shaped with fewer, slighuly thieker spicules of various sizes while and brownish yellow; beak of Silt valve wilh dark brown spot sUb-littoral, on rock under sand, in-sand pockets amongs! reel 114 K. L, GOWLETT-HOLMES & W. ZEIDLER species. We consider A. johnstoni (Ashby, 1923) (holotype, SAM D12185) to be a synonym of A. bednaili, (Zeidler & Gowlett 1986), A. saundersi is best distinguished from A. bednailli by the characters given in Table 1, but is otherwise very similar, Remarks: The kind of habitat occupied by A. saundersi and its relatively small size probably accounts for it not having been collected previously, It is probably rare as only five specimens have been collected despite extensive collection of chitons by SAM divers or associates for the past decade. None were found in the collections of other Australian museums. Acknowledgments We thank Ms M. A, Garback, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, U.S.A., for the loan of the syntypes of A. bednalli (ANSP 64955) and A, granostriata (ANSP 64847) and the following curators and collection managers for providing data and specimens from collections held by their respective institutions: Mr I. Lock (AM), Ms 8S. Boyd (NMV), Dr F. E. Wells (WAM) and Ms E. Turner (TM). The photographs were taken by Mrs J. Forrest and Ms A. Renfrey (SEM). Mr Nigel Holmes is thanked for his many collecting efforts resulting in the discovery of the fifth specimen of A. saundersi. References Kornerup, A. & Wanscuer, J, IL. (1978) “Methuen Handbook at Colour, 3rd Edition.” (Eyre Methuen, London.) Ponper, W. F. & Yoo, E. K. (1976) A revision of the Australian and tropical Indo-Pacific Tertiary and Recent species of Pisinna (=Estea) (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Rissoidae). Rec, Aust, Mus, 30(10), 150-247. WEEDING, B. J. (1940) A new Flindersian chiton Acutoplax cottoni. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 64(1), 48-49, ZEIDLER, W. & Gow eTT, K. L. (1986) Molluse type specimens in the South Australian Museum 3. Poly- placophora. Rec. 8. Aust, Mus. 19(8), 97-115, REIDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS, 1864) (LACERTILIA: SCINCIDAE) Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION REIDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS, 1864) (LACERTILIA: SCINCIDAE) Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters! was described in 1864 from a collection of reptiles made by Richard Schomburgk of Buchsfeld, South Australia (= Loos, 4.5 km W of Gawler2). Peters neither indicated the number of specimens on which he based the species, nor whether all of the collection was from the vicinity of Buchsfeld. However, with the exception of Moloch horridus (“ein einziges verstiimmeltes Exemplar”), a single specimen of Litoria adelaidensis} and Ctenotus schomburgkii (auctorum), all of the 42 species of reptiles and amphibians recorded in the paper (on modern synonymies) have been subsequently recorded within 50 km of Buchsfeld (our data: T. D, Schwaner, pers. comm.). After devoting “a month to the examination of the specimens in the Berlin Museum”, at which Peters was based, Boulenger4 placed L. schomburgkii in the synonymy of L. /esueurii, diagnosed in the generic key as having 24-32 midbody scales, feebly keeled subdigital lamellae, four supraoculars and prefrontals in contact, However, C. schomburgkii as currently recognised has mucronate subdigital lamellae and prefrontals usually not in contact5®, Storr> examined four specimens identified as types of Lygosoma schomburgkii in the collection of the Zoologisches Museum, Universitat Humboldt, Berlin (ZMB). Two species were represented and ZMB 4713a (SVL 45 mm) was designated lectotype® (not Storr® as listed by Cogger ef ai.7), One of the paralectotypes (ZMB 4713b) is conspecific with the lectotype, while the others (ZMB 4713c-d) were subsequently® (as ZMB 4719c-d) included in the paratype series of Ctenotus uber orientalis Storr®. These latter two specimens were re-registered ZMB 41236-37. Subsequent collections of reptiles from about the type locality by us, and examination of South Australian Museum specimen records, have revealed only C. uber orientalis (AM R59944, Thompsons Beach; R115921, 6.3 km S Mongalata; R115926, “Tracy”, 4.8 km N Mongalata; R115979, Middle Beach; R115989, R115991, nr “Glenview”, Barossa Range; SAM R11202, 1.6 km N Tea Tree Gully; R15034a-b, Pt Prime; R15141, Sturt Ck, Adelaide Hills; R15617, Golden Grove; R16543, Morialta Conservation Park; R16867, Belair Recreation Park) and C. robustus Storr (AM R111491-92, 4.5 km SSE Gawler; R115878-79, Burra Creek Gorge; SAM R1703, Bute; .R2093, Fifth Ck, Montacute; R8144, Hummock Mt; R9983-86, R9992, R9994-95, Waterfall Gully, R10006, foot of Mt Osmond; R11208, Eden Hills, nr Sturt Ck; R11209, 1.6 km N Tea Tree Gully; R14192a-b, Aroona Rd, Reynella; R27413-14, 4km W Palmer) from the Adelaide Plains and Mt Lofty Ranges. The latter is presumably Peters”! “12. Lygosoma australe Gray sp. = L, Lesueurii D.B.” There have been no subsequent records of C. schomburgkii (sensu Storr and subsequent authors) from the Adelaide Plains, the nearest record being from Bungunnia Station (33°50'S 139°50'E; South Australian Museum R15045), over 120 km from Buchsfeld, in the Murray Mallee. A translation of the type description of Lygosoma schomburgkii reads: “Stands between L. /abillardieri and australe. Head and tail brown, back black, with four white or green stripes, of which the two middle ones are the thinnest and are almost twice as far apart from the outer stripes as from each other; on either side of the body is a line, which is twice as far from the outer back stripes as they are from the middle back stripes which lie next to them; between each outer and inner back stripe is a line of white spots; between the side stripes and the outer back stripes are three to four rows of small white spots, and below the side stripes a few largish speckles, which often blend in with the greenish-white belly.” In the nomenclature of subsequent workers on Ctenotus, Lygosoma schomburgkii has a pair of paravertebral stripes (Peters’ “middle back stripes”), a single laterodorsal line of white spots between the paravertebral and dorsolateral stripes (“outer back stripes”) and three to four lines of small spots in the upper lateral zone between dorsolateral and midlateral stripes (“side stripes”) on a black dorsal ground, Our interpretation is supported by the stated degree of separation between stripes. South Australian populations of Cfenotus schomburgkii (auctorum) are of the eastern colour type of Storr5 (Fig. 1A), and have an irregular orange laterodorsal stripe between an orange paravertebral and a white dorsolateral stripe (i-e., six light dorsal stripes), and a single row of large orange squarish to oblong blotches between the dorsolateral and midlateral stripes. Eastern populations do not have a single laterodorsal row of white spots (this being replaced by an orange stripe), and no population of this species has three to four series of small spots between the dorsolateral and midlateral stripes. Specimens ZMB 47l3a-b (Fig. 2A) are representative of this species. Both have the prefrontals separated. In contrast, the populations of C. uber orientalis from about Buchsfeld (Fig. 1B), including ZMB 41236-37, agree in all respects with the description of Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters, although the white midlateral stripe may be absent in some individuals and the dorsal ground is more brown than black in some (but not all) specimens from coastal situations. A white midlateral stripe is present in ZMB 41236-37 (Fig. 2B). As Peters did not designate types in his description, and as the four specimens formerly included in ZMB 4713 were untagged, and probably registered after the publication of the description (R. Giinther pers. comm.), we consider that the type status of the two syntypes ZMB 4713a-b is open to question, and as these specimens do not agree with the type description or Boulenger’s? subsequent definition, and are representative of a species not known from near the type locality, we reject their type status. If ZMB 4713a is not a syntype, Storr’s> designation of this specimen as lectotype is invalid. The Zoologisches Museum collection contains frogs purportedly collected by Schomburgk from Adelaide? additional to those listed by Peters!, suggesting that Schomburgk sent material from South Australia to Peters subsequent to 1864 and supporting the possibility that Fig. 1. A, Crenotus schomburgkii auctorum (Australian Museum R114482; Lake Mungo National Park, NSW); B, Ctenotus uber orientalis (Australian Museum R115926; 4.8 km N “Mongalata” HS, SA), ZMB 4713a-b were sent to Peters after the description of L. schomburgkit. We consider that ZMB 41236-37 are syntypes of L. schomburgkii Peters, and we designate ZMB 41236 as lectotype. This reassignment of the name Lygosomta schomburekii necessitates four nomenclatural changes. C. wher orientalis Storr® becomes a synonym of C schomburgkii (Peters), while C, wber uber Storrs and C. uber johnstonei Storr’ become C. schomburgkii uber and C. schomburgkii johnstonei respectively. The only available name for C. schomburgkii (auctorum) is Lygosoma fiseheri Boulenger**:7, a nomen novum for Hinulia muelleri Fischer?, at that time a junior secondary homonym of Scincus muelleri Schlegel’, Although the types of H. muelleri cannot be found’, the description and figures? clearly apply to the western colour type of C schomburgkii (auctorum), H. G. Cogger kindly allowed access to unpublished notes and reproduction of photographs of the types W7 Fig, 2. Syntypes (sensu Storr) of Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters. A, ZMB 4713a (upper; lectotype of Storr) and 4713b (lower) and B, ZMB 41236 (upper; lectotype designated herein) and 41237 (lower; paralectotype). (Fig. 2), and provided useful comments on the manuscript. T. D. Schwaner and A. Edwards permitted us to examine South Australian Museum material, and checked locality data, N. Shea translated much of Peters’ paper. B, Coulson provided Fig. 1B. A. E. Greer and R. Sadlier also 'Peters, W. (1864) Mber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1863, 228-236, 2Praite, R. & Tolley, J. C. (1970) “Place Names of South Australia.” (Rigby, Adelaide). 3Tyler, M. J.(1985) Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 61, 335-337. 4Boulenger, G. A, (1887) “Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). 3.” (British Museum, London). 5Storr, G. M. (1969) J. Proc. R. Soc. W. Aust. 51, 97-109, commented on the manuscript. Our field work was supported by a grant from the Reserves Board of South Australia. B, Coulson and B. Miller are thanked for field assistance, 6 (1971) Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(6), 1-15. 7Cogger, H. G., Cameron, E. E. & Cogger, H, M. (1983) “Zoological Catalogue of Australia. 1, Amphibia and Reptilia.” (Aust. Govt Publishing Service, Canberra). 8Storr, G. M. (1980) Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 8, 441-447. Fischer, J. G. (1882) Arch. Naturgesch. 48, 281-302. Schlegel, H. (1837) “Abbildungen neuer oder unvollstandig bekannter Amphibien, nach der Natur oder dem Leben entwofen.” (Arnz, Disseldorf). M. PETERSON, 69 Alvah St, St James, W.A. 6102 and G, M, SHEA, Dept of Veterinary Anatomy, University of Sydney, N.SW. 2006, ON THE INDETIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS) Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION ON THE IDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKI! (PETERS) In preparation for a paper on the Ctenotus of the Eastern Division of Western Australia, I borrowed the types of Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters from the Berlin Museum. Two of the specimens belonged to a wide- ranging Western Australian species; the other two could not be matched with any Crenorus | then knew (they were later found to agree with C. uber orientalis Storr, 1971), I therefore settled the name schomburgkii, by lectotype designation, on the taxon I knew. Twenty years later, when my usage of the names schomburgkii and wber is well-established in the literature, Peterson and Shea attempt to upset the above designation on the grounds that the lectotype and paralectotype were not part of Peters’ original material. They argue thus: (1) Legosama schomburgkii (sensu Storr) does not occur within 50 km of Buchsfeld; (2) Boulenger, alter examining specimens in the Berlin Museum, placed L, schomtburgkii in the synonymy of L, lesweurii; and (3) Peters’ description does not fit Crenotus schomburgkii (sensu Storr) but agrees “in all respects” with C, uber orientalis Store. The first two arguments are frivolous grounds for upsetting a lectotype designation, and the third is untrue, There is no evidence that Schomburgk ever provided Peters with locality data. If he had obtained his specimens of schomburgkii in the Murray Mallee, would he have informed Peters of it? The locality “Buchsfeld” applies more to Schomburgk’s place of residence than to the provenance of his specimens. Al any rate Peterson and Shea admit that other specimens, apart from Lygosoma schomburgkii, could not have come from the vicinity of Buchsfeld. Boulenger’s concept of Lygosuma lesueurii was so grossly composite that it tells us nothing about the specimens of L. schomburgkii that he may have seen in Berlin. The subdigital lamellae of L. pantherinum Peters are finely keeled (as in L. schomburgkii) but that did not deter Boulenger from synonymizing pantherinum with lesueurii (a species whose subdigital lamellae are widely callose), was composite. His description of the back as “black with four white or green stripes" could only apply to spirit specimens of eastern Cienotus schomburgkii (sensu Storr), in spirit specimens of C, uber orientalis the back is brown or grey and the stripes brownish white or greyish white. Peters’ description of the side of the body is almost as certainly based on the specimens of C. uber orientalis. It is not surprising that Peters was unable to separate two such superficially similar taxa as Ctenotus schamburgkii and C, uber orientalis (no one could until ! pointed the way). Believing his material to comprise a Single species, Peters was free to base his description on any or all four of his specimens; and I, as first reviser, was equally free to choose any of them as lectotype. G. M. STORR, Western Australian Muscum, Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000, ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BRACHYLAIMA SP. (TREMATODA) IN THE FERAL HOUSE MOUSE, MUS MUSCULUS, IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA Summary TRIER COMMUDICATION ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BRACHYLAIMA SP. (TREMATODA) IN THE FERAL HOUSE MOUSE, WUS MUSCULUS, IN SOLTH AUSTRALIA Durtigs study al the ecology af the house mouse, Mus measeufus, conducted in the Lower light area of Seurh Australia, mice were crapped overnight in break-back Lraps. Inthe moming the stomachs aud intestines were removed from (he dead mice and preserved in 70% erhanal for eut anulysis. Trematades identitied as Broctwlittnre sp. were found inthe small intestine of nine of 9§ mice examined herween February 1985 und Junge 1986. The greatest numbers of infected mice were found in September’ October 1985S, Infection data lar ahe period Septeniber 1985-Tune 1984 are more eeliable (han earlier observations, During ts period, seven of 48 animals were infected. Mhe resiricuon of the infectian ta the small Intestine is not Certain as examination of olher parts of the cul was less thoraugh, Numbers of irematodes found it individual mice ranged trom one ta 34. Trematode-infected mice were found in ull parts of the study area, living Under dense roadside vegctation from one iw five Kilometres gorth of Lower Light, A large aumber of Srchkelaima app. have been described from the small intestine and cuecum ot birds and arnumals, but only three species are recounised from Australia"! Iwo are from selall marsupials and ane from a bird, Aracéelaie desyuri (Ss. J. Johnston. r91ayt was dea¢ribed from the nalive cat, Dasvures viverrinus, “itt the vicinity of Sydney, NSW" Sandars, (1957) pave a further description ot &, dasyurt Tram the short-nosed bandicoal, Lseadan olesulus, from Queensland, and placed A simile (S.J, tohnston. L93) described from Masvuras v/verrinus, as asynonym of A daspurt Brochylaime pulehellans (S.J. Johnston, 1917)" was described from the Wonga pigeati, Leucusarcie melenmonea, from Nocthwestern NSW, and Brachvlaimea antechini Peisley & Howell, 19757 was described from marsupial mice, “afechinus snuartié and A. swaiasani, trom the vicinity of Canberra, AST. Because of the method of preserving rite mice with the (etiatodes sullin the alimentary canals, the tremiaicaes were rather distorted and wWeatificaion was difficult. Two speeimens which were recovered from a deep frozen mouse (2.A1L.P98S] were fixed in formal aleobol under coverslip pressure. They measure (1) 4.0 mm by 0.5) mm ane (2) 3,9 mm by O.d4 mim, These measurements lie within the ranges siver for the three Australian Brocfiviaiine spp. We have only been able to get a comparison of sizes of rhe oral sucker and thy aeetabulum in one (flattened) spechmen, fhe diameter of the cral sucker was 0.24 mom and of the acetabuthim 27 myn. in deseribing & entechini, Peisley & Howell did rot menuon & diasevuri (syn. Hermasionnum dusvuri) and it 16 possible iat Cumnparison of the bwo species will show ia & avteehin’ is a synonym ot KB desveri. Certainky: Que species appears ro resemble & dus puri al & anteckia’ mare closely than i does & pulchedturn. The figures of & ouichellynr differ [ram those of the othey TWO species HL Ue relationship of the organs": alse, Jolwistyn states that (he gonails are not us lose tuverher zs iy usimil in the pends, However, wu species must be consklersd distinct Mom & desvuri and & oetewhin bevause of the forward extent of the ierus. The uterine coils in B dasywri have been described as reacluny the middie of the agetabulua, and reaching the posterior matin af the acetabulum. In A entecfeni they are confined posteriatly to the acerabulum’, In the speciniens examined here, the uterus extends rom beyond the anterior burder of the acetabulum (o the region of the pharynx. ic is unlikely Chal the species-was introduced with Mus nixscalus in the early days of aceupation of South Australia, ‘Tematades have not been recorded previously in ML enjéseie/us int Austeatia'®, The latler study occurred in habitat and climate thar are very similar i those at Lower Light. and the area way subject to similar agri- cultural practices Filteen species of endo- and ecto- (purasiles were recorded, but did not include tremaiodes, Tn a continuation af the Vieronan scudy”, a further 98! mice colleetad at megular intervals since November 1983 wert dlyo recently examined, and found to be free of trematodes, In. 1971"? thirty species of Brachy aint were recognised aad since then some sixty more have heen deserbed, Four of the species recorded by Yaraguri!” were from Mf muscles, B riuseuli (Rud, L819)", Bo recervum Duj., 1845", A mequans (Loass 1899)" and & peroniysct Reynolds, 1938!, the last three as synonyms of & muscu, A dequans and B recwrvem were recovered experimentally fram white mice © B rudninie Mase Coma & Monto, 1986'7 was found. naturally and experimentally, in Aduy musecu/us in. Spain. Nisalsa untkely that the ematode hay bern acquired from Rarius ractas, which has been ¢aprured at the study site, ar R. norvegicus which may have been in the arew in The past and may be still extant!®, Alihough a few Brichviaine spp. have been found expert ientally in cats, only & migrans Dujardin, 1845! Crom Afus ratty (now Kars rattys) and Mus decwmunus (now Rattus forewwews) in Europe, and B nerti Bagh, 1962!" (trom Rattus ratius in Midial are listed a9 natural infections!. & ishigakiense Kamiya & Machida, 197774, has since been recorded from R. natives in Japan, and Brachylaima ruminge Mas-Coma & Montoliu, 19867 from Ro raftus ia Spain, Iris mast likely that the tremutode originated from a sinall mammal (though as. bird cannot be cecluded) which was nee, or perhaps still is, an nihabirant of the general area in which che trematade Was found, The animal must include snails in its food 4s these are second Intermediate hosts in all seven species of Hracky aie tor which life histozy data are available”, Twerry-nine maninials have been recorded within a radius of 3) kin of 34°32'S, 1L8°20"R (Lower Livtn)!*, The habitel within this area is nor honivesneous, Three af these mammals (Teehaswrus vulpecula, Betiongia lesuewr and Sacewaimes Jlaviventris) are known to be or to have been in the study area, others may have evry it the area in.the past Whilt some Wav be still extant, Nine small marsupials and lau rocdunts are vonsidered as possible original hosts 122 ol our Brachylaina sp. on the basis of dietary habits, The marsupials are Dasvurus maculatus, Do viverrinus, Phascogule tapouiusa, Perameles hougainville, Macratis fonoris, Antechinus flavipes, Sminthopsis murina, S. crissicaudata aud Isuodon obesubes, and the rodents ire Hydronys vhresogaster, Rartus fuselpes, R. lutrentus and Noaromys mitcheltii. We cannot exclude the native rodents as original hosts of our Brachyiaimasp., bur we eansider that they are less Nkely hosts than ure the marsupials. The presence in the study area al any time of the last three rodents on ow list iy Cousidered doubiful!®. Aydromyy vhrysopasier almost certainty 1s or was in the general area and is very common i newhbouring areas. Brachy/ofnine was not founcl in 49/7. chrysogaster examined (rom S_ Aust. and six from Vietoria**, or in 32 from Tasmania’, No Trematodes were found (0 47 Rattus Seseipey [ror Vieloria’?. Aruchylaima sp. was collected fram R. fuscipes trom Brindahella Ranges, A,CT?*, Thirty & fuscipes fed with metacereariae of Brachplaine aatechint did not develop adult trematodes, nor did seven white mice’, Of the recorded hosts of Brachy aime spp. in Australia, Desyurus viverrinus and Iroodon obeselus are regarded as once possible inhabitants of the stucly area, Thoueh Despyurns vivecrTus 1s now lovally eXtinel, and fyeedorn obesulus probably extinet in that area, the latter is still living in the Adelaide Fills, and may have heen formerly in the Dower Tight areal Antechinus flavipeois the only species of the genus which has possibly been in the area. UP muy still be extant. Antechinus swainsoni and A. stuariti have never heen found in-S, Aust, Lencosdrdid Mélangleuce does toy oceur jn Seth Australis. Native birds evident in the experimental area ' Muckerrax, M.d_ (1498) Prac. Linn. Soe, N.SW. 83, , 160, * Spratt, D. M., Beveridge, 1 & Walters, kK. (Unpublished) “A catalogue of Australasian monotremes and marsupials and their regarded ' helminth parasites,” ” Mawson, P.M., Angel, L. M. & Edmtoneds, 5, J, 11986) Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 19, 219-325. ‘ Jotmston, §, J-(1913) Prac, Linn. Soc, N.SAV, 37, 727-740, " Sandars, 1. F (1957), J. Helminth. VW, 263-272, 8 Serie 8. J. (1917) J. & Prov, R. Soe, NSW. 30, | * Poistey, FR. & Howell, M4. (1975) Ini, Jour, Parasil, , S, 441-447) 9 () buntgleton, G, BR. (1985) Aust. Wildl, Res, 12, 447-445 " Singleton, G. R. (June 1986) Pers. Comm. '"-Yamaguti, S. (1971) “Synopsis of digencti¢ trematedes of vertebrates", Vol, 1, 1074 py, (Kkeigaku Publ, Co., Tokyo). N" Rudolph, C A, (819) “Entozoorum synopsis ai sees mantissa duples ¢t indices looupletissimi ” ervin, 'F Dulaedin. F. (1845) "Histoive natoeelle clos Helminthes OU vers intestingaus", Paris, which are likely to eat snails are Gyrnarhina ribicern, Corvus coronvides, C. mellori, Colluricincla harmonica, Strepera versicalor, Corcorux melanorhamphos and Pomatastomus supereiiiosus, and the introduced birds, starlings and blackbirds, We know of no trematodes from starlinws or blackbirds in Australia, and there are no records of Brachylaima spp. ‘from the native birds mentioned, Life History: Metacercariae have been found in the kidneys of It.of 30 of the gustropod Strangesia capillacea, from the areas where Aprectinus sruaeri/ was rapped’. There were no other stages found — ie. nv cercuriae in slime trails nor sporoeysts in the digestive gland, Two other snail genera were not infected, Feeding experiments showed that the metacercuriae were the larval stage of Brachyleima antechini. Although we fave looked for snails in the study area singe we first became interested in che trematodes from mice, we have Not found any native species, The introduced snails, Cernuelle virgata and Thebe pisaru, are locally abundant. As Tice in the area are known ta eal a yanety of invertebrates, infection of the mice presumably oceury by eating snails containing metacercariac, Invertebrate rissue was found in the stomachs of 39% of mice living in and adjavent 4) rice stubble im N.S andl it is considered likely That mice would ent snails when availabte*, Inveriebrare issue ts als0.a common dlary componenl in mike from the Victorian mallee’. We wish to thank friends and colleagues for advice and help given in this project " Leoss, A, (1899) Zool, Jahrb. Syst, 12, 521-784. ; * Reynolds, B.D. (1938) J. Parasit. 24, 245-248. 5 Punin, V. ta. & Sumenkava, N. 6 (1963) (Russian text) Triidy. Inst) Zool Akad. Nauk. Kavakhxk, SSR, 19, 83-8. 'S Timon-David, J. (1954) Campi, Rend. Soc. Biol., Paris. 148, TARTU, i Mee Cpalty, & Montolin, 1. (1986) Z. ParasiiKele. 2, '* Kemper, C. (1956) Pers, Comm, Lb * Baugh, SC (1962) 2. ParasiiKde, 21, 502-512, " Kanelyt, H. & Machida, MM, (1977) Rul. hath. Sei Mus, Ser, A. (Zool). 3, 125-129, 4 Vamaguti, 5. (1975) “A synoptical review. of life histories of digenetic trematodes of vertebrates with special reference to the morphology of their larval forms,” 596 pp. (Keigaku Publ, Co,, Tokyo), * Angel, L. M. (1938-1967) Unpublished data, Obendort, D. L. & Smales, L. RB. (1985) Aust. J. Zool, 33, 33-33- 4 Cyhendor?, 1,4; (1979) Aust, 4. Zool, 27, 867-879, *5 Spratt, Uk ML (1986) Pets. Comm. *> Rumford. M. (1985) “Food quality, diet and reproduction of house mice on irrigated cereal farms.” Unpobl. PhD. Thesis, Australian National University ery = L MADELINE ANGEL, Souh Austealian Museum, Norih Terrace, South Australia. ane G. J. MUTZE_ Vertebrue Pests Cantera! Auihority, Depaetment of Agriculture, South Australia. REPRODUCTION AND GROWTH IN CAPTIVE DEATH ADDERS ACANTHOPHIS ANTARCTICUS (SQUAMATA: ELAPIDAE) Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION REPRODUCTION AND GROWTH IN CAPTIVE DEATH ADDERS ACANTHOPHIS ANTARCTICUS (SQUAMATA; ELAPIDAE) A captive calony of 4Acunthaphis antarcticus has been maintained at Whyalla, South Australia since 1975, Several papers have described the birth of individual elutches into the colony!?4. Mirtschin has outlined (he maintenance schedule for the colony’ and the release of death adders bred at Whyalla’, This paper presents new data on the biology of A. antarcticus kept at Whyalla, including seasonality of mating and births, primary sex ratio, clutch size, caudal luring, growth and maturicy. Adult snakes were callected from Iran Duke (33° 18'S, 137'08'L), Port Germein (33¢01'S, 138"00'L), Tumby Bay (34°23'S, 136°06'E) and Ardrossan (34°25'S, 37954'E). They were housedt in enclosures deseribed by Mirtschin* ar temperatures: of 27-30°C and ed entirely on house mice (Mus musculus) and rats (Rattus norvegicus). Neonates xecepted pink mice, Snakes were fed older, larger mice or rats commensurate with increasing body size and their ability to consune larger food items. Dates of mating and births have been recorded from the foundation of the colony. Weight (gm) using a Mettler top-loading balance and total length (cm) using a centimetre rule were measured for snakes in the colony of known age in February, June, August and December 1982. Snakes were measured and weighed from clutches barn in 1979, 1981 and 1982. Primary sex ratios were determined by probing® for seven cluiches born between January 1982 and April 1983 (Table J). Chitch size was défermined for 14 clutches borti between February 1976 and April 1983, Length and weight against jime and length against weight were examined by least-squares regression’. Linear (Y = a + bX), exponential (In¥ = a + bX), logarithmic (Y a + bInX) and power (InY = a + bln X) equations Were used to find the besr fit ta ihe data, where Y = the dependent variable, X = the independent variable, a = the y-intercept and b = the slope of the fitted fine. For each regression the coefficient of determination (R2) was used as the criterion for which equation best fit given ser of data, Daw were treated without regard to sex, The A. avturcticus. reported. ‘here show an annual reproductive cycle’, mating shortly after winter Tattt t. Dales af birth, sex ratios and clutch sizes for death adder clutches born in captivity at Whyalla Clutch Date male female umnsexed total 1 10. 111.1976 — _ — 24 2 20.41.1976 — oe -- 19 a 13i37.1977 — — = 1G 4 10. ii).1979 = = = 24 5 28,i.1981 — oa — IL 6 3su18RP | = = 18 7 G. ii. 1982 7 8 2 i7 8 10,44, 1982 12 Is — 27 9 10.11. 1983 7 17 — 24 10 10,0, 1983 4} 11 — 16 1) Vii, 1983 16 17 _ 33 42 ZL ii, 1983 7 14 _ 21 3 Vi 1983 8 17 — 25 14 221984 ¥ 7 — 16 mi brumation and giving birth betore brumation the folluwing year, Mating was observed 24 times prior to March 1983. and fourteen clutches lotalling 285 neonates were born into the colony during the same period (Fiz. 1. Table 1). Mating was at its height (n October and births peaked in February and March, Gestation takes four-five montis over summer. Minor mating activity occurs shortly after parturition. 15 Y O Z a 0.05) (Table 2). Growth by total Jength was best described by rhe linear equation: L — 15.907 + 1.2U1T where T is as above, aud L = length (cm) (Fig. 3), Correlation coefficients of exponential and lowarithimic models where significantly different from the tinear model (P's<0.001) but the power model was similar (P >0.5) (Table 2). The relationship between weight and total length is given by the power equation: InW = -6,761 + 3.088InI, where W and |..are as above. Correlation coefficients for tle Linear, logarithotic and exponential models were all 500 a Bi °° 1 r* + zt 100 So = * + mM . sl ' s+ om , * oe & ’ ' x (yet 29+ 128e Gi ONO) hg Ne zou 2 | mO.97 (Ped Hor) ] . ee ee a | Q 12 24 56 44 AGE (mo) Fig. 2. Growth by weight (gm) of captive 4, aetarcticus over a four year period, Fach symbol may represent More (han one data point, significantly different from the power modet (P's < 0,005) (Table 2, Fig. 4). In the field newborn A. antereticus appear in autunin measuring 42 cm snout-vert length and grow to 20 em hy the end of che calendar year and 30 em by 24 mol, This curve considerably underestimates the curve reported here over that time period for captive animals, but it does predict actual fourth year size accurately if extended on ut the same gradient. The results reported here may be taken as an apcmun curve lor captive death adders. The initial difference in the growth curves may be because juvenile death adders at Whyalla are fed mice and wild populations take mostly reptiles in younger life’. Wild A. aatarcticus do not reach sexual maturity waril 24 and 42 mo for males and Semales, respectively’. TABLE 2. Comparison of regression ediations Jor grow?h on weight, grow/h on total fength and weigh? vn total length in captive death adders at Whyalla. Equation R? Weight vs Ape W= 4.009 + 9.434T 0.869 Wo 230.233 + 147.134In1 N.O4z InW R22 = 01236 0,942 uW = 0.217 + 1.533inT 0.885 Length vs Age L = 18,907 4 1.2tIT 0.941 TL = - 4,067 + 16,330InT OBIL lunL = 2,789 + 0.0397 0.923 Inl, = 2,356 + 0.462InT 0,893 Weight vs Lengtt W = | 221.04) ~ 7.499. 0.855 W ~ —614,020 + 320.40Mn1, 0.770 InW — (286 + 0,09XI 01.939 faW = — 6.7) + F.08SInL 0.966 a LENGTH (m) i) On . ry * z i] yrl5.907+1,211% N=206 . re 0.97 (P<0.001) 0 2 24 36 48 AGE (mo) Fig. 3. Growth by length (cm) of captive A. antarcticus over a four year period, Each symbol may represent more than one data point, Newly mature females measure approximately 30 cm in length and males 44 cm’. In captivity these lengths may be reached in ien and fifteen months, respectively, Hay & Magnusson's death adders matured at similar ages to wild populations’, Maturity is generally related to size rather than age in repriles'¥:20_ This would explain why some specimens held at Whyalla have been observed mating at 19 mo}. 'Mirtschin, P. J. (1976) Pferpetofauna 8, 16-17. 2Hudson, P. (1979) Herpetofauna 11, 1113, 3Mirtschin, P. J. (1982) Herpetofauna 13, 14-17. 4 (1985) Jn G, Grigg, R. Shine & H, Ehmann (Eds) “Biology of Australasian frogs and reptiles”. (Royal Zoological Society of NSW, Sydney). pp. 505-509, i) (1983) 8. Aust, Nat, 58, 24-28, “Fitch, H. S. (1960) Herpetologica 16, 49-51, ‘Sokal, R. R. & Rohlf, FJ. (1981) “Biometry, 2nd Edn”. (W. H. Freernan & Co., San Francisco), §Fisher, R. A. (1930) “The genetical theory of natural selection”, (Clarendon, Oxford). °Saint-Girons, H, (1966) Mem. Inst, Butantan Simp. Internac. 33, 105-114. Hay, M. & Magnusson, W. 13-15. 'iCoyger, H. G. (1983) “Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia, 3rd Edn”. (A. H. & A. W. Reed, Sydney). Ek. (1986) Herp. Rev. 17, G.R. JOHNSTON, 5005 F 2 1007 Ee Inye—6 7814 3, 08Sine ion) ~~ N=206. i 7=0,98 (P and nor is fascicliasis a siznificant problem of sheep and cattle from the study area (Regional Vererinary Laboratory, Bairnsdale, pers. comm.) My thanks to 1. Beveridec for identifying the cesrodes aud D. Kemp for identifying the ticks. TABLE |. Sité in host anid abundance af infections with Oesophagostomvides longispicularis, ©: gilrneri aa Phascolostrongylus turleyi from seven worsbars. Site in Host ileum Caecum Coton Wo. Parasites/Host Parasite Mean Range Mean Range Mean Rage OL longispicularis 7 0.58 0.71 n-§ 23.7 0 62 O17 giltaert 54 0-29 6.14 a1 3.7 0-15 F turleyi 4a 0-294 0 a 47.7 0-113 Lee ccc nee te: ae 130 'Doube, L. J. (1982) Proc 4th Int. Conf. Wildl. Dis. Beveridge, I. (1976) Aust. J. Zoot. Suppl. Ser. No. 44. Assn. Sydney 1981, 63-75. 5Seddon, H. R. (1967) “Diseases of Domestic Animals 2Spratt, D. M. & Presidente, P. J. A. (1981) Aust. J. Exp. in Australia. Part | Helminth infestations.” Revised by Biol. Med. Sci. 59, 713-721. Albiston, H. E. (Commonwealth Department of Health, 3Norris, K. C., Mansergh, I. M., Ahern, L. D., Belcher, Canberra). CA. A,, Temby, I. D., Walsh, N. G. (1983) Fish. Wildl. Div. Vic. Occ. Paper 1. LESLEY SMALES, Biology Department, Capricornia Institute, Rockhampton, Qld 4702. THE OCCURRENCE OF DESMONEMA GAUDICHAUDI (LESSON) (SCYPHOZOA, SEMAEOSTOMEAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN WATERS WITH RECORDS OF FISH-JELLYFISH SYMBIOSES Summary GRIEF COMMUNICATION THE OCCURRENCE OF DESMONEMA GAUDICHALU/DI (LESSON) (SCYPHOZOA, SEMAEOSTOMEAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN WATERS WITH RECORDS OF FISHJELLYFISH SYMBIOSES The genus Desynoneme L. Agassiz, 1662 (Scyphowve, Semiaeastamede) currently contains three species.t I has an Amrarcti¢ re sub-Antarctic distribution?) but is unfecotded in Australlan waters (the record of 2 rosea Apassiz & Mayer trom Largs Bay, & Aust, refers 10 @ species of (yanea — see comment at end of this note). Iwo specimens of #2 gawidichandi (Lesson) are recorded lwte for South Australian waters, Both were found in symbiotic relationship with lishes. Other jellyfish-fish symbioses frona southern and eastern Australian waters are documented. Maserial is deposited in the South Australian Museum (SAM). Numbers prefixed by A refer ta registrations in the natebooks of RYV.S. Desnonewia guudicN@uds (Lesson) (SAN H348 (A1156)). Bell width to turnover edge |] cms same measurement with bell taid Mad 14 cm; 10-[5 tentacles/graup. Coll. S.A. Shepherd, 29-iv.1969, 1 m depth, West Island (N. side), Encoumer Bay, With SAM F5615 {A1157), a juvenile trevally Pyendocarenx dentex (Bloch & Schneider) tearlier Usacarantx georgianus (Cuvier & Valenciennes)) “living under the mantle” D. gaudichaudi SAM A349 Bell width to turnover edge 13 cm; same measurement with bell laid fat 15 cm; & 20 tentacles/group. Coll. W. Pots and 1. Phillips, 19.31.1986, opposite Point Camphell, Coorong. SAM F4616, with ¥ small hardyheads, tamaly Alherinidae (partially decomposed), among dentacles (possibly Atherinosome miicrestama (Ginther), the only member of the family currently recorded from the Covrongs), Previous records of D. ganelichaudiwith “juvenile fishes, mostly of the genus Trachurus”, family Carangidae, have been recorded from New Zealand. Symbioses between jellyfishes and fishes have been reviewed comprehensively,” Further records from Australian waters are as fellows: {. Unnamed species in association with juvenile yellowtail scad, Trachurus mecullocki Nichols.4? 2, Pseudorhiza haeckeli Haacke (Rhizostomiesé) (a) ALOIS, coll. S. A. Shepherd, 141.1968, near surface, Aldinga Reef, S, Aust, off “Aldinga drop-olt”), SAM F5614 (A1OL7), 3. small Pseudocaranx dentex and several Sirene menoni Kramp (Hydrozoa, Leptometusae} (A116) im association with the rhizastame. (b) SAM A350 (A1391). Coll.'S. A. Shepherd, 254.1973, depth 3 om. West Island, 15-16 small PR dentex (four 'Larson, R. (1986) Biology of the Antarctic Seas XVI, Anlarctic Res. Ser. 41 (3), 59-165. “Kramp, P-L. (1961) J. Mar. Dial Assoc. LK. 40, 1-469. sO Sullivan, 1 (482) ANARE Research Notes 4, 1-33, ‘Agassiz, A, & Mayer, A, G, (1898) Bull, Mus, Comp, Zool. Harvard 32f2), 15-19. *Ghover C.J. ML, unpublished data. ‘Kingsford, M., in Larson, R, (1986) Hiolopy of the Antarctic Seas XVL. Antarctic Res Ser, 41(9), Frontispiece and pp. 102,. 148. IMansueti, KR. (063) Copeia (1963, 1), 40-8o. sampled, SAM F3905), and One small amphipod in asyouation with the jellyfish, tc) Jellyfish identified but not retained, 230.1975, Glenelg, S. Aust, with juvenile ®& dentex (SAM F4238). 3, Cetostylus moaseicws (Quay & Gaimard) (Rhizostomeac) SAM H351 (A884), Bell width 27 cm, Coll. R. V. Southeort, 7.1965, Pore Hacking, NSW, with juvetiles of T7 meeccteliochi (SAM P5617 (A886). This association has been figured previously, Plate 15!. 4. Chrpsaura sp. (Senvaeosiomeae). Coll. R. ¥. Southeort, 17,4.1980, “Cape Jervis Station” of S. Aust. Dept. Fisheries, Gulf St Vincent, near surface, from F. KR. V. Joseph Verco, (a) SAM H352 (A2305) with P dentex, SAM F561] (A2315). (b) SAM 4353 [A2306) with F dentex, SAM P5612 (A2316). (co) SAM FI354d (42307) with one juvenile mosaic lcatherjacket, Lwhalichthys mosaics (Ramsay & Ogilby), SAM F5613 (423345), (illustrated previously, Plate 14!2), {d) A231, with P deniex, SAM F5610 (A2317), (There were 0-4 # dentex symbiotic with each Chrysaore.) S. Cranec copitiata (L.) (Semaeastomeae), with juvenile leatherjackers (family Monaesnthidac) (lidstrared previously, Plates 14, 16!). 6. Cofostyhus mosaicus. Bass Strait, with juveniles of E. SHasateus Namenclatorial note Desmonema rosea Agassiz & Mayer, 1B9B,* fram Lares Bay, South Australia, is clearly a Cyaneo and nol a Dexsmonema, since it has both radial and concentric musele strands in the subumbrella, andthe tentacle origin sites are U-shaped, not linear. Mayec!* synanymized this species with Cyanea annaskala von |endenfeld, including in the synonymy also C rvwellerianthe Haacke, 1887," from Gulf St Vincent, South Australia, Kramp (1995)!4 concluded that both of these last-named species are synonyins of C expillva(l.). Womay be safely stated that in Gull St Vincent there occurs one species of Cyanea, C. capillata (L.). By transferring Lt rosea to Cyane in 1910, Mayer created a potential secondary hontonym of Crenea rosea Quoy & Guimard, 1824, from the Grear Harrier Reef, which Kramp*4 has regatded ns a doubtful species al Craned, but possibly also a synonym of C capitate. Thus four synonymy are available for C: rosea {Agassiz, & Mayer). *Seott, T. DE (1962) “The marine and fresh water fishes of South Austria.” Handb. Flora & Fauna S. Aas. (Gove Printer, Adelaide}. Scott, T, D., Glover, C J, M. & Southoott, RY, (t974} “The marine and freshwater fishes of South Australia" (Second Edition). tfandb. Flora & Fauna 8. Aust. (Govt Printer, Adelaide). "Southear, ® ¥. (1982) Jellylishes (Classes Scyphozoa aul ifyikrozoa). pp. 15-59. fn Shepherd, S. A. & Thamias, T. M. (Eds) *Marine invertebrates of southern 132 Australia.” Part I. Handb. Flora & Fauna S. Aust. (Govt 12Mayer, A. G. (1910) Medusae of the World. Publicn. Printer, Adelaide). No. 109, Carnegie Instn. ‘Last, P. R., Scott, E. O. G. & Talbot, F. H. (1983) !3Haacke, W. (1897) Jena Z. Naturw. 20, 588-638. “Fishes of Tasmania” (Tasmanian Fisheries Development !4Kramp, P. L. (1965) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 89, 257-278. Authority, Hobart). R. V. SOUTHCOTT, 2 Taylors Road, Mitcham, S. Aust. 5062 and C. J. M. GLOVER, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000. VOL. 111, PARTS 3 & 4 30 NOVEMBER, 1987 Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Incorporated Contents. Barker, S. Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) - 133 Beveridge, I. & Sakanari, J. A. Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) in elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North American coastal waters - - - - - - - - - 147 Christophel, D. C. & Greenwood, D. R. A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden Grove, South Australia - - - - - - - - - 155 Beveridge, I. & Campbell, R. A. Trimacracanthus gen. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha: Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of T: aetobatidis (Robinson, 1959) comb. nov. and 7, binuncus (Linton, 1909) comb. nov. - - 163 Geddes, M. C. Changes in salinity and in the distribution of macrophytes, macrobenthos and fish in the Coorong Lagoons, South Australia, followig a period of River Murray flow - - - oe - - - 173 Dulhunty, J. A. Salina bed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia - 183 Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Floriceps minacanthus SP. nov. (Cestoda: ba cat from Australian fishes - - - - - - 189 Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) from Australian elasmobranch fishes and a re-assessment of the family Hornelliellidae - - - - 195 Brief Communications: Davies, M., Watson, G. F. & Miller, C. A. New records of Uperoleia (Anura: Lepto- dactylidae) from Western Australia with supplementary osteological data on Uperoleia micromeles - - - - - - “ - 201 Reay, F. Australian plant nematodes: Longidorus Micoletzky, 1922 and Paralongidorus Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, 1963 (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) - - 203 Sokol, A. Yabbies at Dalhousie Springs, northern South Australia: morphological evidence for long term isolation - - - - - - - - - 207 Alley, N. F. Middle Eocene age of the megafossil flora at Golden Grove, South Australia: preliminary report, and comparison with the Maslin Bay flora - - 211 Errata: Smales, L. Parasites of the Wombat Vombatus ursinus from The Gippsland Region, Victoria - - - - - - - - - - - 213 PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000 OF TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED VOL. Ill, PART 3 EIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) BY S. BARKER* Summary Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) are described: S. aglaia sp. nov., S. alecgemmelli sp. nov., S. arida sp. noy., S. atra sp. nov., S. caillaina sp. nov., S. chamelauci sp. nov., S. duggunensis sp. nov., S. earina sp. nov., S. gardnerae sp. nov., S. gordonburnsi sp. nov., S. goudiana sp. nov., S. jimturneri sp. nov., S. kanangara sp. nov., S. lauta sp. nov., S. livida sp. nov., S. sundholmi sp. nov., S. vanderwoudeae sp. nov. S. viridissima sp. nov. KEY WORDS: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Stigmodera (Castiarina), New species. FIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA; BUPRESTIDAE) by 5S. BARKER* Summary Barker, S. (1987) Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Custiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 111(3), 133-146, 30 November. 1987, Eighteen hew species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) are described: §. aglaia sp, nov., S. alecgemmelli sp. noy., 5. arida sp. nov., S. atra sp. nov., S. cai/laing sp. nav., S. chamelauci sp. nov., 5. dugganensis sp. nov, 5, earirta sp. Nov, S. gardnerae sp. noy., 8. gardanburnsi sp, nay, 3. goudiona sp. noy,, 8. jimlurneri sp. nov., S. kKanangara sp. nov, §. lauta sp, nov., 8, livida sp. nov., 5. sundholihi sp, nov, 5, vanderwoudeae sp. nov, 5, viridissima sp. nov. Key Worps- Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Siégmodera (Castiarina), New species, Introduction Fighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) are described herein and placed in species groups. This brings the number of known species to about four hundred. Most of the new species have emerged from recent collecting, however several have been known for a long time, but confused with other species. All of them have been placed in species groups on the basis of the structure of their male genitalia and external morphology. All previously recognised species groups are listed in Barker (1986); an additional three groups are detailed here. Materials and Methods Male genitalia were dissected from selected specimens, cleaned of attached muscle and glued dry onto a piece of card before they were photo- graphed and printed at the same magnification. Genitalia of known species are included for comparative purposes, The abbreviations used in the text for museum and private collections are as follows (Watt 1979): ASSA Mr A. Sundholm, Sydney, N.SW.; BMNFE! British Museum (Natural History), London; EAQA Mr E, E,. Adams, Edungalba, Qld; GBYA Mr G. G, Burns, Morning- ton, Vic; JGAA Dr J. Gardner, Adelaide, 8. Aust.; JHAQ Mrs J. Harslett, Amiens, Qld; JSBQ Mr J. Sedlacek, Brisbane, Qld; ITNA Mr J. R. Turner, Hazelbrook, N.SW.; MHSA Mr T, M, 38. Hanlon, Ryde, N\SW.; MPWA Mr M. Powell, Attadale, W.A.; NMVA National Museum of Victoria; MMSA Macleay Museum, Sydney; OMBA Queens- land Museum, Brisbane; RMBB L’Institut Royal de Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels; SAMA * Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O, Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. SDOT. South Australias Museum, Adelaide; WAMA Western Australian Museum, Perth. Stizmodera (Castiarina) alecgemmelll sp. nov, FIGS 1A, 2D Holotype; o, Stanthorpe, Qld, Deo. 1958,. +4. Gemmell, SAMA 1 21178. Allotype; 9, Stanthorpe, Qld, E. Sutton, SAMA I 21179, Paratypes: Qld: 1 o', same data as holotype; | co, 1 9, Stanthorpe, 27,x1.1926, S. M4. Haison, SAMA; 1 9, Stanthorpe, Nov. 1925, SAMA; | cr, Stanthorpe, E. Sutton, SAMA; 1 9, Glen Aplin, 26.xi.1941, A. Gemmell, FHAQ; | o, 2 99, Amiens, 26.xi1.1984, .( Harsleitt, JHAQ; t oc, Fletcher, E. Sutton, SAMA; 1 @, Stanthorpe, & Sution, JSBQ; 3 9 9, Stanthorpe, 202t1 1981, Turner, JTNA; 1 of, Milmerran Dec, 1947/Jan. 1948, Macqueen, ASSA. N.SMW,: 1 o&, Coona- barabran, 7.xi,1975, S. Barker, SAMA; 1 9,4km E Rocky Glen, 3.%i,1981, 8, Barker, P Kempster, H- Vanderwoude, SAMA; i o, 6 km SW Rocky Glen, 3,xi,1981, S. Barker P G. Kempster, H., Vanderwoude, SAMA; 2 ao @, 9 km N Coona- barabran, 5/6.xi1.1983, A. Sundhalm, ASSA; 1c, 8 km N Coonabarabran, 8.43.1983, 4. Sundholm, ASSA; 1 o, 7 km N Coonabarabran, 5.xi.1982, A. Sundholm, ASSA; | co, Coonabarabran, 6.x1,1982, A. Sundholm, ASSA; 2 oo, 1 9, 5 km WN Coonabarabran, 4.x7.1983, 4. Sundholm, J, Bugeja, ASSA, Colour: Head, antennae, pronotum dull green. Scutellurn blue. Elytra yellow with following black markings with blue reflections: narrow basal margin; broad pre-medial fascia not reaching margin; broad posi-medial fascia reaching margin, projecting anteriorly in centre of each side of atiterior margin; pre-apical mark covering apex, all S. BARKER 134 NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA 135 tnarks conilient along suture. Ventral surface and tees dull green Hairs silver Shape and sevlprvre: Head closely punctured, inedian sulous, shart muzzle Antennae, seements: 1-3, obconic; 4, half toothed; 5-11, toothed, Pronotum closely punctured, very small basal fovea extending to apical margin as glabrous line, basal natches on each side more lateral than medial; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin almost straight; laterally parallel-sided at base, angled inwards, rounded to widest part before centre, rounded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum sculiform, glabrous, excavate, Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals convea, heavily punctured laterally and apically, smooth medially; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concaye, rounded posteriorly then narrowed io bispinose apex; both spines small, margin rounded between, apices diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, dense medium length hairs, 87: truncate in males; rounded In females, Size Males, 13,040.24 » §5,3+6,09 mtn (17). Females, 14.240.28 » 5.84013 mm (J) Male genitalia; (Fig, 1A), Parameres more or less parallel-sided for most of length, slightly widened, rounded apically. Median lobe blunt, sides angled away, Apophysis of basal picce medium width, angled to apex. Remarks: Member of S. simufata C & G species group. Has been confused with 8. Durchetli C & G (Holotype, MNHN). Aedeagus of S, burchellii C & G (Fig. 1B) similar shape but longer and narrower. Apex of median lobe puinted, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis.of basal picce medium widrh but not tapered apically. S. durchelliis coastal species with ted margins on elytra. S, elegentnelli is found inland and does not have red margins. Named after the late Mr A. Gemmell, Glen Aplin, Qld, Stigmodera (Castiarina) arida sp. 15v. FIGS IC, 2B Hotlolype co, Vic. NMYVA, Allotype: 9, Sofala, N.SW., 26-x1.0083, A. Sundaolm, SAMA | 21180. Paratypes: Vie; 1 oo, 3 9 9, NMVA. Colaur> Head dark blue, Antennae, segments: |, 2, dark Blues 3-11, bronze, Promotum dark blue medially, red laterally. Scutellum dark blue, Elytra red with following dark blur clytral markings: narrow basal margin; very broad pre-medial fascia nov reaching margin, but cxpanded anteriorly to basal margin, enclosing basal spot on each side: very broad post-medial fascia expanded anteriorly from centre of anterior margin on cach side and on suture, expanded posteriorly from ventre of posterior mangin on cach side and on suture; mark covering apex. Ventral surface: pre-sternum variably dark blue medially, red laterally; meso-and meta- sternum dark blue or variably dark blue and red laterally; abdomen red, Legs: femora and ubiae bluc; tarsi blue-green. Hairs silver, JShupe and sculpture: Head closely punctured, broad median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae. sepinenta: 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin as impressed line: apical margin projecting medially, basal murgin barely bisinuate; laterally angled oulwards from base, rounded to widest part anteriorly, rounded and nartowed to apex, dorso- ventrally fattened for one third of distance from base. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, extuvate. Each elylron ptinctale-striale, intervals convex, punctured more heavily laterally than medially; laterally slightly angled our from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly then tapered, rounded to spincless apex; minute indentation frorn apical Margin lo suture without obyious spines, apices diverging slightly, apical margin rough. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse very short hair. Sy: narrowly truncate in males; rounded and pointed in females. Size: Mates, 12,7 « 4.9 mm (2). Females 13.4 3.1 mm (4). Male genitalia; (Fiz, 1C). Parameres parallel-sided hasally, rounded posteromecially, slightly widened, rounded apically. Median lobe sharp, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece short atid slender. Remarks: A member of S. distinevenda Saunders species group. External morphology mast closely resembles §. pilitaris Carter (Holotype male, RMBEB), bui male genitalia are different. In S. Fig. 1. Photomicrographs of male genitalia of (he following Srigmeodera (Castiarines species: A. §, aleceemmelli sp. nay, B.S burcheili C & G, C. 5, avide sp, nov, D, 4, miliaris Carter, E. S. dugganensis sp_ nov., &. $. cehamelauel sp. nov., G. S, vanderwovdere sp. nov, H, & gordumburnsi sp. nov. LS. klugiC & G, J, S, caillaina sp. nev., K. & goeudiona sp. nav, L. &. ‘vida sp. nov., M. §. wridissima sp. now., N, & earine sp. pov,, O, S. sundhofmit , Hornsby, N.SW., Schrader, SAMA | 21185. Paratype: | or, no data, RMBB, Colour: Head and antennae blue-green. Pronotum green medially, blue laterally, Scutellum blue, Elytra yellow with following black markings with blue reflections: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia teaching margin with projection from posterior margip; posi-medial fascia reaching margin, concave posteriorly; mark covering apex, all marks contfuent along suture. Ventral surface dark blue. Legs blue-green. Hairs silver, Shape and sculprurer Head closely punctured, median sulcus, shor muzzle. Antennae, segments: 1-3, obconic: 4-11 toothed, Pronotum closely punctured, small basal fovea extending Lo centre as glabrous line; apical margin slightly projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally angled outwards from base, rounded to widest part postéromiedially, tapered to apex, dorso-ventrally flattened on basal half, shallow foves at each basal angle; Scutellum scutitorm, glabrous. Mat. Each elytrim punctate-stnate, intervals convex, punclured; laterally angled our from base, routrded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex: small marginal spine, small sulural spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging, apical margin subserrate, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs medium length. S7: truncate in both sexes, Size: Miles, 14.9 » 6.2 mm (2). Female: 19.7 8.5 mm (1). Male genitalia: (Fig, (J). Parameres parallel-sided basally, widened posteromedially, parallel-sided anteromedially, rounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely rounded away. Apophysis of basal piece narrowed, Remarks: Belongs in 5, cupricollis Saunders species group, Most resembles S. deyrollei Thomson but male genitalia are smaller, apically wider and apophysis more constricted chan in & deprolles Barker (1986, Fig. 1M). 3. catllaine is smaller than & deprollei, pronotum of S. deyrollel is green and underside green not dark blue as in S, caillaina. Name refers to colour of pronotun and is derived from caiainus L., blue-green. Stigmodera (Castiaring) goudiana sp. nov. FIGS IK, 2Q Holotype: x, Sea Lake, Vic,, Nov, 1916, HS Gotelie, NMVA. Allatype: 9, same data as holotype, SAMA [ 21184. Paraiypes NISW.s L oc, Roto, 30.2.1981, JR, Turner, ASSA; 2 oc, 1 km S Matakana, 30.x.1984, A, Sundholm, J Bugeja, ASSA, SAMA! J 9, Roto-Matakana, 28.41.1981, A. Sundholm, ASSA. Colour: Head black with bronze and blue reflections, muzzle blue. Antennae and pronotum black with bronze and blue reflections. Scutellum black, Elytra yellow with following black markings: narrow basal margin; incomplete pre-medial fascia, represented by mark on cach humeral callus and one on suture confluent with basal margin around scutellum; incomplete post-medial fascta repre- sented by mark om cach side and one on suture, confluent in some spevimens; niark covering apex and spines, lasi two marks may or aay not be confluent along suture, Ventral surface black with bronze and blue reflections. Legs; femora and tibia blue; tarsi bluc-green, Hairs silver. Shepe and s¢cstipture; Head closely punctured, median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segitents: 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed. Pronatum shallowly Punctured, narrow basal fovea, basal notches on each side more lateral than medial; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally rounded Tay $. BARKER from base, widest posteromedially, rounded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate. Each clytron punctate-striaie, intervals convex, punctured, lateral margin flattened; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, suncaye, rounded posterlorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; both spines sharp, margin rounded hetween, apices diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hairs, 34: truncate in both SEXES, Sizer Males, 10.8 « 4.3 mm (4}, Females, 11.8 « 5.2 mm (2). Mole genitelia: (Fig. 1K). Short. Parameres widened basally, rounded posteromedially then widened, rounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece narrow. Remarks: Member of S, delectahilis Hope species group, closest to S. dessarti Barker (1986, Fig. 30) from W_A. Paramcres in that species are narrower und its has red elytra. Namved after late Mr W. Goudie, Sea Lake, Vic. Stigmodera (Castiarina) vida sp. nov: FIGS IL, 2G Holotype o, Bukey, Qld, Jan. 1934,F HW Hilsan, NMVA, Allotype: ?, MacPherson State Forest, 27 km NW Central Mangrove, Qld, {7.xii.1979, £ & D. Gardner, SAMA I 21187. Paratypes Qld: 1 o, | >, Eukey, 29.1975, & Barker, SAMA; 3 9 9, Glen Aplin, 28.x.1975, S. Barker, SAMA; 2. 0'o, same data ay holotype, NMVA; 1 0, 1 9, Mt Tambourine, 26.xi1.1937, G Oke, NMVA3 1 9, Durack via Brisbane, 19,x.1978, G. G. Burns, GRVYA; 1 9, Amiens, 9.xi17,1979, T. M.S. Hanlon, MHSA; | 9, Stanthorpe, Dec. 1981, A. Sundholin, ASSA. N.SW.2.1 of, Grafton, SAMA: 4 cu, 2.99, Armidule, Deg, 1953, CG. L. Gooding, SAMA; 5 wo, 2 949, Glenbrook, 7) J) Hawkeswood, SAMA: 5 oo, 2909, 96km SE Cessnock, 14,.xi1.1979, 1 & D, Curdaer, IGAA: 14 oo, 6 9 9, Appin, Nov, C Dveuquet, RMBB; 8 coor, 4 O 9, Glenreagh, Ocr. 1922, C. Deuguet, RMBB; I co, 4 99, Mendaouran, Nov. 1933, C. Derequer, RMBB; 1 9, 73 km ENE Windsor, 18.xi,1984, 7 M.S. Hanlon, MHSA;7 oor, 3 9 9, Dunnedao, L-xiL.1985, A. Sundhoim, ASSA: 1 o, Sandy Pt, Sydney, Lxii.1980, A, Sundhofm, ASSA; 1 co, Hassans Walls, Lithgow, 28.xi.1982, JR. Turner, ASSA; 1 9, Hill End, 24.x1.1983, . . Tiermer, ITNA: I 9, Dangar Falls, 14,x37,1983, 0 R. Tiurrer, JTNA; loo, 1 9, Fitzroy Falls, Jan. 1941, C2 Denguet, MMSA, Vie: 2 oo, Rushworth, 7.91,1976, G, G. Burns, GBVA; 1 cf, 1 @, Inglewood, 9,x1,1977, G. G, Burns, GBVA, Colour; Head and antennae blue. Pronotum variably black medially, blue laterally. Scutellum black. Elytra yellow with following black markings with blie reflections: narrow basal margin; pre- medial fascia not reaching suture but ¢xpanded anteriorly over humeral callus and posteriorly reaghing lateral margin in some specimens, not expanded posteriorly in others; very broad post- medial fascia; mark covering apex and spines, last three marks confluent down suture. Ventral surface and legs blue, Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured, shallow median sulcus, very shore muzzle. Antennae, seements: 1-4, obeonic; 5-11, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, marrow basal fovea extending to apical margin as glabrous line; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, angled outwards and rounded to widest part anteromedially, rounded and narrowed apically, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, flac. Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals flat medially, convex elsewhere, smooth; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly then Warrowed, rounded to bispinose apex; small sharp marginal spine, very small sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hair. 57: truncate in males; rounded in females. Legs, male: tarsal pads missing on all legs from tarsomeres | and 2, each replaced by single median spine. Size: Males, 7-5+0.08 x 2.8£0.02 mm (57), Females, 4.14010 ~ 3.0+0,04 mm (36). Male genitalia; (Fig. 1L). Parameres widened basally, notched anteromedially, parallel-sided, rounded apically, Median lobe pointed medially, sides angled axway obtuscly. Basal piece medium width. Remarks: Member af 8. flavopicta (Boisduval) species group, Most like §. Sicelar C & G from & Aust., figured under its synonym S. aliceae Barker (1980, Figs 20, 36), Apophysis of basal piece is wider than in S. bicolor and median lobe sharper. Also 8, bicolor has unicolorous pronotum, Often misidentified in museum collections as S. flavavaria Saunders (replacement name for & flavopicia C & G, primary homonym of 5, flevapicta (Boisduval)). Original description and illustration indicate that S. flavevuria Saunders is known green morph of S. flavopicia (Boisduval). Name refers to hicalouraus prometuor and is derived from /iviedeus L., black and blite NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA 141 Stigmodcra (Castiarina) yiridissima sp. nov, FIGS IM, 2H Holotype; o, Dunmore State Forest, Old, 2.i.1985, M, Powell, SAMA 1 21188. Allotype: >, sane data as hulotype, SAMA | 21189, Poralype; Qld; | o, same data as holotype, MHSA. Colour: Head, antennae, pronolum and sculellum green, Elytra yellow with following black markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching margin, expanded anteriorly to humeral callus; post-medial fascia reaching marvin; mark covering apex and spines, last three marks confluent along suture, Ventral surface and legs green. Hairs silver. Shape and sen(pture; Head closely punctured, shallow median sulcus, very short nuzzle. Antennae compressed, segments; t-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, narrow basal fovea extending to apical margin as impressed ling, basal notches on each side more lateral than medial; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuates laterally angled outwards trom base, rounded al widest part anteromedially, rounded and narrowed apically. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate. Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals flat medially, convex elsewhere, 3rd and Sth raised at apex, LOth taised for most of its length: laterally angled oul from base, rounded at humeral callus {widest part), concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; small blupt marginal spine, minute autural spine, margin indented between, apices diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs medium length. Sy: truncare in males; truncate and tridented medially in females, Size: Males, &8 x 3.4 mm (2). Female, 8.9 x 3.5 mm (1). Male genitalia: (Fig. UM). Parameres parallel-sided basally, rounded posteromedially, parallel-sided anteromedialy, faintly notched, rounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acuicly angled away. Apophysis of basal piece wide, Remarks: Member of S. eruentate (Kirby) species group. Because of its colour, pattern, shape of pronotum and raised intervals on elytra this species is distinct within S. erwensere spectes group. Name refers to colour ol head and body and is derived from piridts L., green. Stlgmodera (Castiarina) carina sp. nov. FIGS IN, 2l Holotype cr, 33 km N Israelite Bay, W,A., 24.x.1980, S. Barker, P G, Kempster, WAMA, Allotype- 9, same data us holotype, WAMA. Paraiypes W.A2 9 oo, 3 99, same data as holotype, WAMA & SAMA, Coiour) Head, antennae, pronowum and scutellum green ov bhie-green. Elytra Orange with Following black markings with blue reRections: narrow basal margin; broad pre-medial fascia, not reaching inargin but expanded anteriorly to humeral callus and posteriorly reaching lateral margin; broad post- medial fascia reaching margin: apical mark, all marks confluent along suture. Ventral surface and legs green or blue-green, Hairs silver. Shape and scuiplure: Head closely punctured, shallow. median sulcus, shor! muzzle, Antennae, segments: L-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, narrow basal fovea extending to near apical margin as impressed line; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel- sided at base, rounded to widest medially, rounded and narrowed to apex. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate. Each elycron punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bixpinose apex; both spines small, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hair, Sj: truncate in both sexes, Size; Males, 9340.25 » 3.1+0,09 mm [1)), Females, 9.74.0.28 » 3.310,08 mm (4). Male genitalia: (Fig, 1N), Parameres parallel-sided basally, rounded posteromedially and slightly widened, faintly indented, rounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece median widih. Remarks: Member of S. ervenrata (Kirby) species group. Must resembles 5, moritigera Oke which bas blunter median lobe and broader parameres (Barker 1983, fig, IW), S. otontigeria has bicolorous pronotum and occurs in Australian Alps, Name refers to colour of head and body and is derived from eurines L.. green. Stigmodera (Castiarina) sundholau sp. nov. FIGS 10, 2L Halaiype: of, 4m W Paluma, Old, 3.4,1986, BB, & & WS Adams, SAMA 1] 21190. Allatype: 9,4 km W Paluma, Qld, 77.1986, & E && Wes Adanis, SAMA 3 21191- Peraivpes; Qld; 3 to, 2 90,4km W Palma, 41.1986, 4. Sundhoim, ASSA; 1 oo, 5/6/7U. 1986, Paluma, ££ & BOM Adams, POA 4c. 8 2, 4km W Paluma, 677/8/10.1,1986, J Bugeia & A, Sundioim, ASSA. 42 S, BARKER Colour: Head black wilh blue-green reflections, Antennae, segments: 1, 2, blue-green; 3-11, bronze. Pronotum black with blue-green reflections. Seulelluin black woli Glue ceflevions. Elytra yellow with following black markings; narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia reaching margin, expanded anteriorly from anterior margin aver humeral callus, enclosing elongate yellow basal mark and variably an clongate yellow mark on margin at humeral callus; post-medial fascia reaching margin and expanded anteriorly From antcnor margin, in some specimens fascia conflucnt enclosing yellow mark in middle of elytra and one on tateral margin; mark covenng apex and spines with large mark between it and posi-medial fascia, yellow vlosest to suture, red from centre Lo margin, all marks broadly confluent along suture, Ventral surface green with blue reflections. Legs: femora and litsae blue; tatsi blue-green. Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured, median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segmenrs: 1-3, obconic; 4 half touthed; 5-11, toothed, Pro- notum closely punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin as impressed line; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally widest at base, rounded and narrowed to apex, elongate shallow fovea at each angle, Scutellim cordiform, punctured, excavate. Each elytron punctate-striate, scurellary, 3rd at anterior part, Sth and 7th imervals slightly raised and smooth, rest flat and heavily punctured, lateral margin flattened; laterally angled oul from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; small sharp marginal spine, minute sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, mpderately hairy, hairs short. Sj: truncate in males; truncate and indented medially in fernales. Size: Males, 9540.10 x 3.640,04 mm (28). Females, 10,0 +0.20 x« 3.8+0,09 mr (8). Male genitulla: (Fig 10), Parameres parallel-sided basally, widened posteromedially, rounded apically, Median tobe blunt, sides obiusely angled away, Apopliysis ol! basal piece breve. Remarks: Member of 5. Sella Saunders species proup (listed under nexc species). Alittougty this species resembles S. gentilis Kerremans, genitalia are most like those of S. imttator Carter (Fig. 1P), which, although broad upically are not spoon. shiuped, Rlytral colour resembles 5, geasilis but upper surtace of S. seneilis is heavily punctured, while that of S. suadheda is glabrous und elvtral patterns are quite differenr. Also & gensilis is much smuller species than S, sundkolmi. Named after Mr A. Sundholim, Sydney. Silymuders (Custiaring) aglaia ep. nov. FIGS 10, 2M Holotype: oo, 4 ki W Paluma, Old, 4.1, 1986, A. Suadhoim, SAMA J 2121). Allotype: Q, same data as holotype, SAMA 1 21201, Colour: Head black, muzzle blue. Antennae green. Pronoturn and scutellum black with bronze reflec- tions, Elytra yellow. with following black markings: broad basal margin; broad post-medial. fasvia angled anteriorly but reaching margin; apical mark, all marks broadly confluent along suture enclosing & pre-medial yellow mark on each side reaching miarein, large red pre-apical mark along each Margin, merging into yellow closest jo suture, Ventral surlace green with geld reflections, Legs: femora and tibjse blue; tarsi blue-green. Hairs silver. Shape and sculoture: Head closely punctured, median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segments l-4, obconic; 5-1), toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin as impressed line; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rouided posteromedially and narrowed to apex, round fovea on each side more hasal thac medial, shallow fovea al each basal angle. Scutellum seutiform, glabrous, excavate, Hach elytron puncrate-stiiate, intervals convex, punctured lightly from suture to 6th, punctured heavily from 7th interval to margins laterally angled out [rom base, rounded ai himeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp marginal spine, small sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments Blabrous, moderately hairy, hairs short. $4: truneate in both sexes. Sizes Male, 3,0 ¥ 8.5 mim (1). Male genitalia: (Fig. (Q). Parameres widened basally, rounded and narrowed apically, Median lobe sharp, sides angled away, Apophysis of basal piece moderately wide, Remurks: Belongs in S, betla Saunders species proup comprising & fella Saunders, 8. agiaia sp- nov, 4. dedi Carter, S gentilis Ketremans, S. imitator Carter, S. kerremansi Blackburn, §. kershawe Carter, S. artrginata Barker, 5. sundholmi sp. now, Closest to. gentilis Kerremans (Pig. 1R) which has parameres more or less parallel-sided on apical half, sides of qnedian lobe acutely angled away. 8. gerttilis has four yellow spots on each elyiron while §, aeleta has (we. Only female specimen available is headless. Name derived from aglaes Cir, beautiful. NEW SPECIIS OF STIGMODERA 143 Stigmaderg (Castiarina) atrs sp. nov, FIGS IS 2K Holotype, 4 kin W Pahima, Qld, 61.1986, A. Sundholm, SAMA U 21192. Allotype 9,4km W Paluma, Qld, 5.1986, & E Adams, SAMA I 21193. Paratypes: Od: 1 o, 1 9,4 km W Palumea, 41,1986, A, Suyadhoim, ASSA: 1 o, same data as allotyne, EAQA. Colours Head black with blue reflections. Antennas, segntents: 1, blue; 2-11, bronze-zreen. Pronotun; and sculelluor black with bronze-preen and blue reflections. Elvira yellow with following black markings: basal margin; pre-medial fascia; post-tnedial fasvia; apical mark, all confluent and teaching margin enclosing eligi yellow spots, three ln middle of each elytron and one on lateral margin at cach humeral callus. Ventral surface bronze green. Legs blue, Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured, median sulcus, medium length muzzle, Antennae, segments: 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed, Pronorum closely punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin as impressed line, basal notches represented by glabrous area on each side more lateral than medial; apical margin with slight medial projection, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to widest posteromedially, rounded and narrowed to apex. Scutellum cordiform, glabrous, cxcavate. Kagh elytron punctate-striate, intervals convex, glabrous, 3rd, 5th and 7th faintly raised at apex; laterally angled out from base, founded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; attenuated margittal spine, minute sutural spine, miarein indented between, apices diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs short. Sy; truncate both sexes. Size: Males, 9.4 ~ 3,2 mm (3). Females, LIL 3.8 mm {2}. Male genitalia: (Fig. 1S), Sinuous in lateral profile, apex curved upwards, Parameres parallel-sided basally, rounded medially, straightened, widened, Tounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides angled away. Apaphysis of basal piece moderately wide. Remarks; Second member of 8 edligua species group, In & obfigua Kerremans (Fig, IT), parameres ate slightly widened basally, rounded at middle then slightly narrowed, rounded to apex. Median lobe blunt, sides angled away. Apophysis af basal piece Sroad, The iwo species are easily distinguished as S. oblique has green head, pronotum atid under- surface and has yellow, black and red markings om the elytra, S. efra could be confused with & octosignata Carter which has similar markings, That specics has: antennal segments 1-4, obconic; bispinose elytral apices; marginal spine not atten- uated to the same degree. Name refers to predomi- nant colour and is derived from a@tra L., black. Stigmodera (Castiarina) lauta sp. pov. FIG, 25 Holotype 9, 4km W Paluma, Old, 4.(.1986, .4, Sundholm, SAMA | 21194. Paratype; 9, same data as holotype, ASSA- Colour: Head black with blue muzzle, Antennac, segments: 1, blue; 2-1], bronze-green. Pronorunt and scutellum black. Elytra ycllow with confluent black markings enclosing an elongate pre-medial yellow mark on each elytron and yellow mark at each humeral callus; red post-mnedial mark broader Of margin, not reaching suture Veniral surface bronze-green. Legs blue. Hairs silver, Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured, plabrous, median suleus, medium length muzzie Antennze, segments; 1-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed, Pronotum shallowly punctured, glabrous, basal fovea extending to near apical margin as glabrous line; apical margin with slight medial projection, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, routed to widest part posteromedially, rounded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum cordiform, glabrous, excavate. Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals Plat medially, convex at base and apex, glabrous; laterally angled owt from base, routided at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly, tapered to bispinose apex; marginal spine larger than minute sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral surface with shallow punciures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hairs. Sy: leuncaté and indented medially in females, Size; Females, 10.3 » 3.8 mm (2), Male genitalia; Unknown in this species. Male genitalia of S gracilior Carter are illustrated (Fig, IL) as only species {n group tor which males are available, Parameres are curved upwards, spoon- like apically, Parallcl-sided basally, widened, rounded apically. Medial tobe pointed, sides angled away, Apephysis of basal piece medium width. Remarks: Fourth metnber of S. gracilier species group on basis of external morphology. Easily disunguished from other members of group by elytral colour, S, yrereilier is red and black, §. sulfured Deuduel is yellaw and black and & ocfasignaia Carter is black with yellow spots. Name is derived from fewzus L., splendid- \44 S. BARKER Stigmoder (Castiarina) gardnerae sp. nov. FIGS IY, 2F Holotype: of, between Black Hill and Swan Reach, S. Aust., 6.x1L0984, S. Barker, H. barderwoude, SAMA I 214195, Allatype: 2, between Black Hill and Swan Reach, S. Ause., 9x1. 1984, J & DB Gardner, SAMA | 21198, Poratypes WAS 1 9, | 9, Afghan Rock, Balladonia, |iii.1975, S Barker, SAMA: 2 ae, Pindar, 21.1.1953, S. Barker, SAMA; 2 & ct, Borden, 27HiA9SH, .L AL. Watson, SAMA: | cr, Beverly, Ho DuBoulay, SAMA; 2 oct, | 9, Bejugrding, 29.x11.1951, &. P McMillan, SAMA; | co, Piawanning, 22.17.1950, R. RB McMillen, SAMA; 2 oo, Bucla, 64.1979, TL Hawkeswood, SAMA; 3 oo, Cranbrook, 4.1.1954, 4. ML Douglas, WAMA; 1 cr, Yellowdine, 21.10.1962, L. McKenna, A, M, Douglas, WAMA; 1 &, Lake Grace, 8/12:xi1. 1969, K. & E Carnaby, WAMA; 1 oo, Fitzgerald Riv. N.P., 8/12.i1.1984, 23.11.1985, R. PR McMillan, WAMA; 3 oc, Yellowdine, 14.1.1979,. 28.1.1979, T. M.S. Hanlon, WAMA;3 oo, 5 km S Mt Holland, 27.11.1979, 7 Mf. 8. Henlon, WAMA; Io, Dedari, 20,1,1982, & Jfantvch, 7. if Houston, WAMA; | cr, Porresrfield, 10.11.1979, T Af, &. Hanion, WAMA; | ot, Skim N Galena, 21.11.1979, M. Powell, WAMA; 2 co, 1 9, Dedari, WAMA; 1 &, Cunderdin, Dec./Jan. 1919, WAMA; I cr, Pixwanning, WAMA; Lo, Lake Grace, WAMA, S. Aust bo, } OQ, Mundoora N.P, 31-xi1.1949, 8. Barker, SAMA; 2. cot, McDonald-Ferries N.P., 7.1.1970, 161.1980, S. Barker, SAMA; 3 ¢ or, same dita as Holotype, IGAA; 1 9, between Black Hill and Swan Reach, 2.xii. L984, J & D. Gardnes S, Barker, IGAA; 1 @, Lyndoch, SAMA; 3 oe, 1 9, 5, Aust, SAMA; | or, no data, White coll. SAMA, Vie. boo, Birchip, 10.1.1902, SAMA; 2 oor, Mallee clistricl, A. 7) Smith, NMVA; 1 &, Merzinec, Jan. 1937, Fo, Wilson, NMVA; 1 co, Gypsum, Nav. 1926, C. Qke, NMVA; 1 oO, Inglewood, 14.1928, € Oke, NMVA; 2 cro, Hattah, 25.x1.1950, J Plant, NMA; 1 cr, Sea Lake, 12.41.1916, Goudie, NMYA; | o, 1 @, Inglewood, J Dixon, NMVA} 1 of, 1G, Mallee district, French coll, NMVA; 2 oc, 2 9, Lille Desert, ¥, Hateley, GBVA: G, Glemlee via Kiata, 8.ii1.1978, G, G. Burns, GBVA; 1 @, 30,5 km NW Yanae, 15.41.1986, G. G. Burns, GBVA; | o&, Benetook, 25.41.1957, A. L. Brown, NMVA, Colour: Head blue. Antennae, scgiments; 1, 2, blue; 3-11, bronze. Pronotum variably divided medial blue mark, testaceous laterally, scutellum blue. Elytra yellow with fullowing blue markings: narrow {rasal marpin; clongate mark over humeral callus mecting basal margin; small pre-rnedial spot on eath side Closer to suture than margin; elongate post-medial mark from margin 16 middle of each elytron or reduced to a medial spot; diamond- shaped pre-apical mark on Suture may or may not reach apex, reduced to small spot in some specimens; mark covering apex and spines, apical margin red, Ventral surface testaceous. Legs: femora and tibiae blue; tarsi bronze-gteen, Hairs. silver. Shane and sculpture: Head closely punctured, broad median sulcus, Antennac, seginents: 1-4, obconig; 5-1, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending Lo centre a5 impressed line; apical inargin straight, basal margin bisinwate; laterally parallel-sided at base, angied outwards then rounded at wides| part \% distance from base, twpered) to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate, Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals convex and punctured, the inner intervals shallowly the outer intervals deeply; laterally angled out trom base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly, tapered to bispinose apex; very large marginal spines, small, sharp sutural spines; margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging, margin subserrate from centre to apex, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, hairy, hairs short, 57; truncate in both sexes, Legs, mule: tarsal pads absent on legs 2. and 3 on iarsal segments 1-3 replaced by median spine. Size: Males, 10.1 +010 » 3.740,05 mm (34). Females, 10,7+0.21 » 4.04 0.09 mm (17), Mate genitalia: (Tig. \V). Parameres gradually widened, medially parallel-sided for short distance then gradually rounded, abruptly rounded apically. Median lobe pointed, sides angled away, Apophysis of basal piece narrowed, Remarks: Third member of $& mustelamajor Thomson (Holotype male, Australia, MNHN) specics group. 5, yrestetwmutyor occurs in castem Australia li moderately high rainfall areas. Lateral surfaces of pronotunk and ventral surface red, elytral markings are similar lo S. gardnerae but inuch heavier and it is much broader than &. gordnene. S. erasma Carter (Holorype male, Gippsland, NMVA) was synonymised with S&S niustelamojor by Barker (1979). lt has heavy black markings with elyiral villae and occurs in sub-alpine eastern Australia. S. gerdnerae occurs in mallee babitat and has lighter elytral markings than other two. Genitalia of ull three are illustrated (Pigs. 1V, TW, 1X), | consider all three valid species on hasis of their male serlalia and dishunce distribution, Named afier De J. Garciner, Adelaide. NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA bs Sligmodera (Castiarina) Jimturneri sp. nov, FIGS ly, 2N Holotype: &, Hill End, N.SW., 17.4,1984, FR. Tiirner, SAMA f 21197. Alletype: 9, Hill End, N.SW., 9.41,1983, ZR. Turner, SAMA FT 2198, Colour; Head, antennae, pronotum and scutellum coppery with dark blue reflections. Elytra pale yellow with following black markings with dark blue and purple reflections: narrow basa! margin; pre-medial fascia represented by elongate mark on each side reaching margin but not suture and by elongate mark slong siture, in allotype marks confluent forming fascia angled anteriorly from suture, reaching margin; broad post-medial fascia reaching margin, projecting anteriorly and poster- rorly along suture and anteriorly in centre on each side from anterior margin; mark cowering apex; marks may or may not be confluent along surure. Ventral surface: sternum and legs coppery-red with dark blue reflections; abdomen testaceous. Hairs silver. Shape and scalprure: Head closely punctured, median sulcus, medium length muzzle, Antennae, segments! 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed, Pronotum closely pyinclured, basal fovea extending to centre as glabrous line, basal notches on each side more lateral than medial; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; Iterally angled outwards from base, rounded and slightly bulbous posteromedially, tapered to apex. Scutelluin sculiform, glabrous, flat. Bach elytron punctate- striate, intervals convex, punctured, more so laterally than medially; laterally angled out fron base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp marginal sping, minute sutural spine, margin rounded and indented berween, apices diverging, apical margin subserrate. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal sezments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs moderately long. Sy: truncate it male; rounded and shghtly pointed in female. Size: Male, 16.7 «x 6.6 mm [1). Female, 17.6 x 6.8 mim (1). Male genitalia: (Fiz. 1¥). Parameres widened basally, rounded and narrowed apically, Median lobe with sharp point, sides rounded away until they are horizontal, then dropping away vertically. Apophysis of basal piece short, medium width. Remarks; Member of S. fulviventris Macleay species group. Aedeagus iol as heavily chilinised as ceher members of §, fulviveniris Macleay species group (Barker 1986, Figs 2), 2K, 2L). Closest to &. arhertonensis, larger species. Distinguished from other members by coppery-red colours of head, thorax and legs, Named after Mr J, R, Tunes, Hazelbrook. Stigmodera (Castiarina) kanangara sp. nov. FIGS 12, 2R Holotype: Cc, Kanangara Walls, N.SW,, 20.71.1982, JR. Turner, SAMA I 21199. Paratypes: Z o ct, Hill End, NSW, 14/19,1,1984, JR, Turner, TNA, Colour: Head, antennae, pronotum and scutellum green with gold reflections, Elytra orange with following green or blue-green markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia represented by angled vitta over each humeral callus and elongate mark along sulure; post-medial fascia reaching margin, extending anteriorly and posteriorly along suture or represented by medial mark on each side, diamond-shaped mark on suture; pre-apical mark on each side angled anteriorly and meeting at suture; mark covering apex and spines or absent in some specimens, murks may or may o01 be con- Fluent along suture. Ventral surface: sternum and all or part of 1st. abdominal segment green; at least last four visible abdominal segments testaceous, Leas green with gald reflections, Hairs silver, Shape and sculpryre: Head closely punctured, median sulcus, short muzzle. Antentiae, segments: 1-3, obgenic; 4-11, toothed, Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending tO centre as glabrous line, basal notches on cach side more lateral than medial; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin bisinuale; laterally parallel- sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to widest posterobasally, rounded and narrowed to apex, lateral margins compressed for more than half basal length, Scutellum scutiform, elongate, glabrous, flat. Each elytron punctale-striate, Intervals convex and wrinkled; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed ro bispinose apex; small Marginal spinc shghily angled inwards, small! sutusal spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs medium length. S;: truncate in males, Size: Males, 12.5 x 4.7 mm (3). Male genitalia: (Fig, LZ), Parameres paralle-sided basally, rounded outwards posteromedially, rounded then parallel-sided, rounded off apically, Median lobe pointed, sides obtusely angled away. Apophwsis of basal piece medium width, 146 S. BARKER Remarks: Member of S. straminea Macleay species group (Barker 1986, Fig. 2N). Elongate body, flattened pronotum and angle of marginal spine distinguish it from other group members. Named after type locality, an aboriginal place name. Errata; Barker, S. (1986) Trans. R, Soc. 8, Aust, 110(1), 1-36, 30 May, 1986. p, 2 insert [g] 8. cupricollis Saunders, p. 9 paratypes of S. rufa sp. nov. 2 vo, 3 99, Meekatharra, W.A., 5.vili.1972, not Mary Springs, W.A., 8.ix.1970. p. 20 paratypes of S. blackdownensis, 3 oo, 1 9, Blackdown ‘Tableland, 23,ix,1973, E. E. Adams, ANIC, AWHQ not EAQA, AWHQ. p. 24 Allotype 9, WAMA not SAMA I 21172, p, 33 insert pseuderythroplera Barker 1983, Trans, R. Soc. S§. Aust. 107, 162 Q. Acknowledgments 1 wish to thank the following for assistance: Dr G. F, Gross and Dr E. G. Matthews, South Australian Museum; Dr J. Lawrence and Mr T. Weir, Division of Entomology, C.S.1.R.0.; Dr G. B. Monteith, Queensland Museum; Dr T. F. Houston, Western Australian Museum; Dr A. Neboiss and Mr K. Walker, National Museum of Victoria; Miss C. M. H. von Hayek, British Museum. (Natural History), London; Dr P, Dessart and M., J. Cools, Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels; M. A. Descarpentries, Muséum National @Histoire Naturelle, Paris; Mr K. T. Richards, Department of Agriculture, South Perth; Mr R. I. Storey, Department of Primary Industry, Mareeba; Miss M. Schneider, Department of Entomology, University of Queensland; Dr D, Horning, Macleay Museum, Sydney; Mr E, E, Adams, Edungalba; Mr and Mrs G. G. Burns, Mornington; Mr & Mrs K. Carnaby, Wilga; Mr H. Demarz, Quinn’s Rocks; Mr T, M, S, Hanlon, Sydney; Mrs J, Harslett, Amiens; Mr A. Hiller, Mt Glorious; Mr M, Powell, Attadale; Mr. R. P. McMillan, Cottesloe; Mr J. Sedlacek, Brisbane; Mr A. Sundholm, Sydney; Mr J. R. Turner, Hazelbrook; Mr A. Walford-Huggins, Molloy; Mr S. Watkins, Summer Hill; Mr G. Williams, Lansdowne; Miss H. Vanderwoude, Dr J. Gardner, Mr P. Kempster and Mr D. J. Williams, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide; Australian Biological Resources Committee for grants-in-aid of research. References BARKER, S. (1979) New specics and a catalogue of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103, 1-23. (1980) New species and synonyms of Srigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera; Buprestidae). bid 104, I-7. (1983) New synonyms and new species of Stig- modera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). [bid 107, 139-169. (1986) Stigmodera (Castiarinu) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae); Taxonomy, new species and a checklist. ibid 110, 1-36. Wari, J. C. (1979) Abbreviations for entomological collections. N.Z. Zool. 6, 519-520. LACISTORHYNCHUS DOLLFUSI SP. NOV. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES FROM AUSTRALIAN AND NORTH AMERICAN COASTAL WATERS BY IAN BEVERIDGE* & J, A. SAKANARIF Summary Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. Nov. is described from the spiral intestine of Mustelus antarcticus Gunther, 1870 (type host), Pristiophorus cirratus (Latham, 1947), Galeorhinus australis (Macleay, 1881) and Hypnos monopterygium (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) from Australian coastal waters, and from Mustelus henlei (Gill, 1863) and Triakis semifasciata Girard, 1854 from California. Metacestodes attributable to the species were identified from Synodus lucioceps (Ayres, 1855) and Sebastes paucispinis Ayres, 1854, also from California. The new species is distinguished by the presence of four characteristic bill-hooks on the base of the tentacle, and by the distinctive shapes of hooks 1(11), 7(7') and 8(8') also at the base of the tentacle. The basal armature of L. tenuis (van Beneden, 1858) is briefly described and illustrated and evidence provided that L. tenuis may be a composite species. Cestodes from Californian elasmobranchs formerly assigned to L. tenuis are re-identified as L. dollfusi, indicating a pan-Pacific distribution for the latter cestode. KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Lacistorhynchidae, Lacistorhynchus, elasmobranchs. LACISTORHYNCHUS DOLLFUSI SP. NOY. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) IN i LASMOBRANCH FISHES FROM AUSTRALIAN AND NORTH AMERICAN COASTAL WATERS by IAN BEVERIDGE* & J, A. SAKANARIT Summary Beverinor, 1. & SAKANARI, JA. (1987) Lecistorhynchus dollfasi sp. nov, (Cestada: Trypanorliynchal in elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North American coastal waters. 7rans. R. Soc. & Ans? 1163), 147-154, 31) November, (987. Lacistorhynchus dollfusi-sp, nov. is described trom the spiral intestine of Mustelus antrcticus Gunther, 1870 (type best), Pristiozhorus cirretis (Latham. 1947), Galeorhinus australis (Macleay, 1881) and ff psros nionopterygium (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) from Australian coastal waters, and from Mustelus henlet (Gill, 1863) and Triokis semifasciata Girard, 1854 from California. Metacestodes attributable ta the species were iWentified from Syodus (vcioceps (Ayres, 1855) and Sebastes paucispinis Ayres, 1854, also trom Califarnia, The new species is distinguished by the presence of four characteristic bill-hooks on the base of the lentacle, und by the distinctive shapes of hooks 1(1'), 7(7'} and 8(8) also at the base of the tentacle, The basal armarnure of . feruis (van Beneden, 1858) és briefly described and illustrated and evidence prowided that L. tennis may be» vomposite species, Cestodes from Californian elasmobranchs formerly assigned to L. fenivis are: reidentified as £. dollfest, indicaling a pan-Pucinec distribution for jhe latter cestode, Key Worns: Cestoda, Lacistorhynchidae, Lueistorhyaciey, elasmobranchs. Introduction lacistarhynchus tenuis (van Beneden, 1858) is an appdrently cosmopolitan cestode parasite of the spiral intestine of sharks and rays. Dollfus (1942) provided a detailed synunymy and deseription of the parasire and summarized distribution records. The type specimens were collected from Galeorhinus gales (Linnacus, 1758) in the North Sea, but the cestode is also known to occur in the English Channel, olf the European and American coasts of the North Atlantic, the African coasts af the Atlantic and in the Mediterranean. Dollfus (1969) subsequently provided additional morpho- logical details based on specimens collected from the Mediterranean. L, fenisis has been reported from sharks and teleosts from the Pacific coasts of North America (Young 1954a; Riser 1956; Yoge & EFidmonds 1969; Pappas 1970; Mudry & Dailey 1971; Buteau ef al, 1971; Heinz & Dailey 1974; Jensen ef af, 1979, 1982) Moser ef af 1985) and South America (Carvajal 1974; Duran & Oliva 1980; Escalante & Carvajal 1984), Limited life cycle Studies were carried out on material of Californian origin by Young (1954b), Riser (1956) and Mudry & Dailey (1971), while the life cycle was completed experimentally by Sakanari & Moser (1985a) using * Central Velerinary Laboratories, South Australian Nepartment of Agriculture, c/o Institute of Medical and Veterinary Science, Frome Road, Adelaide, 5S, Aust. SUM). ' | Institute of Marine Sciences, University of California, Santa Cruz, Catifarnia 95064, (15.4. the copepod TJigrivopus califurnicus (Baker, 1912) and the teleost Guerbusia affinis (Baird & Girard, 1853) as infermediute hosts, and Triawkis semifesciata Girard, 1854 as the definitive host. Studies on the effects of temperature and salinity on life cycle stages (Sakanari & Moser 1985b) and pathology induced by the plerocercoid in Merone saxatilis (Walbaum, 1792) have also been carried out (Moser ef af, 1984; Sakanari & Moser 1986), The genus has nat heen reported from Australian waters (Beumer ef al, 1982) but has been recorded from Galeorkinus australis (Macleay, 1881) and several species of teleosts From New Zealand (Robinson 1959; Hewitt & Hine 1972), Recent col- lections indicate that the genus ix not uncommon in several shark species from South Australian coastal walers including G. australis. In comparing South Australian material with the description given by Dollfus (1992), several discrepancies were noted and tt became evident thar despite the detail of his description, certain critical Features of the oncho- taxy of £, fenuis have not been adequately Jesenbed, Examination of specimens in the Dollfus collection in Paris and material from Californian hosts indicated that two distinet cestode species have in the past been confused under the name L. feniis. tn this paper, the Australian and Californian material is described as a new species, and additonal details of the morphology of L. ¢ensuts are provided to enable differentiation of the rwo species now considered to exist in the genus, Fyidence is alsa provided indicating ihat L. ferwis, as currently understood, may be a compuute of {wo or more species 143 | BEVERIDGE & | A, SAKANARI Materials and Methods Cestodes collected from elasmobrauchs were washed in sea water and fixed with bor 1% buffered formalin ur bot 70% ethanol, In the abserve of laboratory facilities (material collecied on boats), spiral valves were Mooded wilh boiling waler and a small yuantity of voncentrated formalin was subsequently added. [In the labaratory, cestodes were removed from the conrent, washed in water aud stored in 70% ethiunol, Cestades were stained With Celestine Blue, dehydrated, cleared im clove oil aid mounted in balsam, Tentacles were removed from some speclmens and were cleared tn glycerol, then touted itv glycerine jelly, Specimens of Lateistorkkpackus were borrowed fron Me Srilish Museum (Natural History), lendan (RMNH), the United States National Museum Helminth Collection, Washington (USNMHC}, the Dollfus collection from the Muséum. national d'Histoive taturelle, Paris (MNEIN), the Commonwealth Institute of Parasilolagy, Ste Albans (CIP), and the Australian Helminth Colleciion (AKC), South Australian Museum, Adeluitle (SAM}, Unless athe'wise stated, all Australian specimens have been deposited in ARC, and American specimens in USNMHC. Measurements are giver in che text in millimetres, as the range of 10 individual measurements Followed by the mean in parentheses, Terminology for che morphology of trypanorhynch cestodes tallaws Dollfus (1¥42) and Schmidl (1986), The hook uum- bering system employed is that of Dullfus (1942), Lacistorhvachos dollfisi sp. nov, FIGS. t-t6 Tipes: Holorype, from spiral valve af Muste/tes wntareticus Ginther, (870, Youne Rocks, south cous of Kangaroo island, S. Aust,, 23.¥.7985, col- lector B, G. Robertson, SAM V4UR5; 4 paraiypes, same data, SAM V4084; 7 punilypes, same data, AHC 32753; | paratype, sour coast of Kangaton Island, S. Aust... 10.71.1985, collegjar B, G. Robertson, USNMLIC 79544; 40 paratypes, same data ALIC 42754; 3 paratypes, Goolwa, S% Aust, 21.1984, collector R. R. Martin, RMNIT 986. 9,29, 20-22; 19 paratypes, same data, AHC $2755. Materia! excntinted: trom Mustelus antorericus Giiolher, 1370: types; fram Pristiephorus virratus (Latham, 1947): Hi apcaimens, south voast Kangaroo Inand, S Ansa, (AHL $2756); (rom Galewrhinus australis (Macteay, 1XX1): 3 specimens, Young Rocks, Kangaroo istand, 5. Aust. (AIC $2757), S specimens, Pr Willunga, S. Aust. (AH 312, $99); | specimen, worth-western Tasmania (CIP D481), fram Notartivachyus cepedianis (Péeran, 1807); 2 specinens, Young Rocks, Kangaroo Island, S Aust, (ANIC S2758), fram Hepes reomeplerveiuet (Shaw & Nodder, 1795): | specimen, Holdtast Bay, & Aust, (AUC 52759), tron Mustelus testes (Gill, 1863;¢ 14 specimens, Monterey Bay, California, U.S.A. (MNHN Bb28); | specimen, Bodega Ray, Culitornia, USA. {MNHN Bb28); trom THrdts sertifesciata Girard, 1854: 13 specimens, Monterey Bay, California, U.S.A. (USNMHC 79591) from Synodus ucinesps: 2 nelacestades, Matibu, California, U.S.A, (USNMHC 74836); from Sebastes paucispinis Ayres, 1854: | metacestode, Malibu, California, USA. (USNMHC 76804), Description (from types): Small cestodes, maximum length 50, maximum width 1.20, maximum number of proglottides 48, Scolex actaspedote, 1,52-2.40 (1-74) Jong, maximum width im pars bothridialis 0.26-0.41 (0.35) bothridia 2, patellitorm, with slighlly indented posterior margin, shallow, without Promineitt riet (Fig, 7}; diameter of bothridia 0.33, 0.38; pars bothridialis (.28-0.42 (0.36); pars vagin- alis narrower than pars bothridialis, cxtremely variable in length, 0.86-1.70 (1.12); pars bulbosa slightly wider than purs vaginalis; tentacle sheaths arranged in regular spirals; bulbs clorigate, 4-6 times as long as wide, 0.33-0.46 (0.39) long by 0.06-O.1L (0,09) wide; origin of retractor muscle im anterior third of bulb, continued posteriorly by band of nucleated, non-miuscular tissue (Fig. 13); scolex markedly swollen immediately pusterior to bulbs, swelling variable if length, stains intensely; bulbs terminate either just anterior ro swelling or extend info it; pars post-bulbosa, when present, 0.10-0.29 (0.16); scolex covered with prominent microtriches, visible unuer light microscope, Tentacles vecy lung and slender, up to 1.9 long, 0.20-0,40 (0.29) in diameter; slight swelling at base, 0.30-0.54 (0.41) in diameter: armature hetecomor. phic, poeciloucanthous; armaiute at base of proboscis distinctive: remainder relatively uniform: hooks hallow. Base of probascis with bare area on esiernal suface (Fig. 6); bothridial and anti- bothridial surfaces al hase with 5 oblique rows of filifonm huwks ranging in length from 0.006.0.014 (0.012) diminishing in size posteriorly (Fig, 4); ex- ternal sui face of husal swelling with four pairs pf large bill-hooks or four on antibothridial side and three on bothridial side, cach with shurply recurved blade, na guard and exiremely broad base; howks af first pair (a) 0,022-0.026 (0.024) long, secund pair (bh) 0,020-0.024 (0.021), third pair (c) O016-0.022 (0.019), Fourth pair (d) 0.08-0,014 (0.012) long; space between pairs of bill-hooks on external surface af proboscis occupied by six tilifurm hooks. Basal hooks I{1')on internal surface (Fig. 4), represented by three-four pairs of Jarge, slour. spinilorm hooks followed anteriorly by four- five piiirs of overlappiie hooks with small triangular blades, small guards and narrow, clongate handles; anteriorly in meta- basal region, hooks 11’) become lnrger, miere Luencinatle O.012- 1,018 (1,014) long, with relatively large blade and broad base: Basal honks 2(2'): 149 NEW CESTODE IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES 2 SA , Pe oar BAA a if” Que” : S : ae =< A T NF [FF j py Hel Lf fe fi ELE ) s £ a LB ra i , ECS Ye ing an é eZ: < os eer 7 ST an, Th La ANsak SAMA AY ae “SNS ere \ basal region, ; 6, basal Tegion, +4, gion, bothridial surface; 3, metabasal region, external surface internal surface; bothridial surface to right; 5, basal region, bothridial surface; a-d, bill-hooks external surface, bothridial surface to right; a-d, bill-hooks, Scale linc 0.01 mm. Hook numbering system follows Dollfus (1942). Figs 1-6, Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. Tentacular armature. 1, metabasal region, internal surface 0.35 mm anterior to base of tentacle; 2, metabasal re; 1) L BEVBRIDGE & 1. A. SARANARI hooks of first four or five rows acicular, small: anleriorly, nex five pairs adjacent to elongate handle af hooks 1(1'), sinuous, apex usually directed externally; in meta-basal region, hooks 2{2') become large, Unelnate, 0.012-0,018 (0.015) long with prominent hlade and extremely broad handle. Hooks 3(3'), 44°), 3(5') similar in basal and meta- basal regions, lung, slender, willy diminitive base, handles absent, blade recurved at apex; lenpilis in meta-hasal region; hooks 343’), O.018-0.022 (0.619) long, hooks 4(4'), 0.018-0.020 (0,018) long; hooks StS’), smaller, 0.4008-0.014 (0.011). Hooks 6{6') tiny, acicular, slightly larger in basal region compared with meta-basal revion, with thickened base, in- seried in meti-basal region, slightly anferiar to level of hooks 5(5') atid 747"), 6,003-0,006 (0.005) Tong in Mmeta-lyasal region. Hooks 7(7) and 8(8') commence anterior co Large bill-huoks; initially, 7 Jarger than 8, both with large, expanded bases and acicular shafts: antetiorly, in meta-basal region, & larger than 7, both uncinate with gently curving blades, bases insignificant: hawks 7(7') 0.006-0.010 (0,008) tang; hooks 8(8') 0.010-0.018 (0.014) long, Hooks 9(9), in form of double chainette, com- menace anterior to level of bill-hooks as deltoid plaques; hooks become smaller and acicular in meta-basal region with slightly thickened bascs, 0.003 -0.0(K) (0,004) long. Neck fegion extremely long and slender, 4.0-t4,0 (7.6), tegument with prominent folds, giving appearance of segmentation; miture segnients longer than wide, length 1.3-3.6 (2.3), width O.O8-1.12 (1,97), acraspedote, Genital alnum in posterior part of lateral margin, 0,9-2.2 (1.6) from anterior end, surrounded by sphineter-like con- densation of muscle fibres and parenchynia. Herma- phroditic sac pyriform, |hin-walled, 0,32-0.40 (0,37) by 0.63-0,19 (0,15); common genital duct of variahte lenath, divides witht hermaphrodilic sac into straight vagina and coiled cirrus, both surrounded by glandular cells, Cirrus unarmed, gland cells react arearest density in proximal region of cirries, prior 10 entry ito small, internal, crescentic semival vesicle, External seminal vesicle absent; vas delerens greatly coiled, passes slightly antenurly, then ails posteriurly along mid-line to region of ovary; vasa efferentia mot seen. Testes numerous, approximately 340 in number, occupying entire proglottis medulla. Vawind pierces posterior wall of hermaphraditic sav, passes towards ovary, Lerminaling in very slight enkargement adjacen! to ovarian isthmus. Ovary bi- lobed in dorsa-ventral view, gach lobe 0.20 0.40 (0.28) by 0.17-0.40 (0.24). Mehlis’ gland between owartan Iohes, 0,14-0.21 (0.16) in diameter, Uterus in midiine, extends almost to anterror extremity of scament: yitellaria follicular, cireumecortical, follicles 0.016-G.032 (0,024) in diameter, L/rerine pore slit- like, clearly visible in mature Segments, at level of antetior end of uterus, Single gravid segment secnt tree in gut lumen; 9.8 long by 2.2 wide; testes abserit, ovarian lobes well developed, each lube 1.04 hy 0.48; Mchiis’ gland 0.36 by 6.26; most of proglottis occupied by uterus; uterus terminates below anterior vextremily of segment; eggs ellipsoidal, opereulite, 0.046-0.050 (0.048) by 0.032-0,044 (0,033), aon- embcyonated when laid, Fiyorolegy The Tew species 1s named after R. Ph. Dollfus in reeognition of his importance conrribu- twins to Ihe systematics of the genus. Lacistorhynckes jenyis (van Beneden, 1858) FIGS 17-22 Material examined; rom Gatearhinus pateus (Linnaeus, 1758); 5 specimens, English Channel (BMNEH 1985. 17.17-20), | specimen, Scarhoroigh, England (BMNH L979. 12.89.80); from Be/one befane (Lintaeus, 1758); 3 Metacestodes, S¢ie, France (MNHN Bb14; 55, 56, 58) 2 mctacestodes, Concarneau, France 4MNHN Bb); from Mustelus canis (Mitchell, (815):9 specimens, Woods Hale, USA, (determinal as Rayrchobuthruan bulbifer Dy E, Linton) (USNMHC 4744, 4752, 7699); 7 specimens, Woods Hole, U.S.A. (USNMHO 7950), Description of tettacular armaiure: Meta-basal armature similar to L, dolifust. Base of proboscis with bare area on external surface; bothridial and antibothridial surfaces with five oblique rows of fili- form hooks, dimjpishing in size posteriorly; three pairs of large bill-hoaks with sharply recurved blades and extremely broad bases, Basal hooks 1(1") On internal surface represented By three te four pairs of stour spiniform hooks followed anteriorly by lange Lriangular hooks with broadly curved blades and diminitive handles, considerable discrepancy in size between hooks of bulhridial and anti-bothridial rows, Basal hooks 2(2’} clone, triangular to subu- late, shehtly twisted. Hooks 3(3'), 4(4) and $(59 slender, with dimunitive bases, no handles, blade recurved al tip, ciminish in size 3-5. Hooks 6(6') tiny, acicular, Hooks 7(7') and &(8!) sub-triangutay, large, With prominent, broad blade and expandedt bases; base ul hook 8 overlain by blade af hook 7, Hooks 9(9') in form of double chainette, blades tiny. bases swollen, Specimens from M, canix differ ty shape oF hooks I(1') at base; greater disparity in size between hooks of buthridial and ancibuthricial rows than in European specimens; large hooks with extremely clongate blades. Discussion The accouttt of the tisxonomie histary uf Lacy forhvachus ienvis, compere list of synonyms, and detailed account of its anatomy given by Dollfics (1942), appareutly have been accepted by all subh- Sequent authors, togerher with his lerntative con- NEW CESTODE IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES / h phe nigie + \ fe ¢ | f ee rs wig | D [EGY HOOVES 6 | [pfs {| eres eee on Efe iF 2 | bey QS OR ae | | fl {> - 3 | te : Zc (on \ ri oe 8 a ES: | eagle We i i lela® | i ra) et eRe i ent, te, os Figs 7-16. Lacistorkynchus dollfusi sp, nov. 7, scolex; 8, anterior region of strobila showing extremely long neck region; 9, mature proglottis; 10, gravid proglottis; 11, neck region of cestode showing folding of surface tegument giving impression of proglottisation; 12, tentacular bulb, showing insertion of retractor muscle; 13, detail of retractor muscle insertion, showing continuation of retractor along internal wall of bulb by nucleated, non-muscular nysues: 14, female genital complex; 15, cirrus sac and genital atrium; 16, egg. Scale lines 0.1 mm. 1. BEVERIDGE & J, A. SAKANARI i + 34 NEW CESTODE IN ELASNOERANCH FISHES \s3 clusion thal ihere Is a single, widely distributed species in this gerius. However, in exumining Australian specimens of Lavistorkivnchas, certain discrepancies with Dollfus" (1942) description were noted. Australian speciiviens have four pairs of bill-hooks t= “serpe a bec" hooks of Dollfus), or three pairs and a single extra book on the external surface of the base of the tentacle, yet Dollfus (£942) was not able to determine thy exael nurnber of his speciinens. Furthermore, the shape of hooks 11) on the base of the tentacle clearly differed from those ilusurated by Dollfus (1942, fig. 246). An examination of the specimens upon which Dollfus had based his description and his drawings (Pigs 244-254) showed that alrhough the drawings were extremely accurate, the specimens were very poor indeed, and che requisite morpho- logical details were not available to him. However, Mediterranean material in Dollfus’ collection 3g well as British material from the type host Galeurhinus galeus collected (rom (he North Sea indicated that the Australian and Californian material described above is different from £. fenwis. Because des- criptions of the basal armature of L. tenuus are incomplete and contain key distinguishing, features, a setles of drawings is given (Figs 17-22), In f. tenuis, there are three pairs of large bill-hooks on the external base of the tentacle, compared with four pairs or four and three hooks in Australian specimens, Honks 1") of the basal region of L. renuis are large and broadly curved with insignifi- cant handles, as Showa by Dollfus (1942, fig. 244), with a considerable disparity in size between hooks in the bothridial and antibothridial rows, By con- trast, tthe Australian specimens, hooks 1(1') have a small blade and very long handles (Fig, 4), In addition, hooks 7(7') and 8($’) of the basal region are much more robust in L, tenuis than in Australian specimens Because of these three major differences, thy Australian specimens are considered Lo consti- lute 4 species distinct From £. tenuis, Material couispecitie with chat described above from Aus- tralian hosts also occurs in elasmobranchs and teleosts fram Californian coasts, Specimens of Lacisterhynchus collected by N. W. Riser from Mustelus henlei (syn. Rhinotriocts fentei) ia Monterey Bay, California, and now im the Dollfus collection (MNHN) as well asa further specimen from the same host species fron: Bodega Bay, California (MNHN 6128) and a series of specimens from Triakis semifasciata from California are identical with Australian specimens, as are metaces- bigs 17-22, Lacistoriyachus tenuis (van Beneden, 1X58), Tentacular armvanie, specimens tron Afasre/us canis, Woods todes collected (roi the leledsis Synwdus fucioceps and Sebastes payeispinis both from Malibu, Cahforma, listed in the material examined. Bevause of the presence of the new species in American waters, specimens of Rivrcoborthriuin bulbifer Linton, 1889, identified by Linton, were re-examined. This vestode species was described from Mustelus canis from the north-eastern Aulantic, and was placed by Dollfus (1942) as a synonym of £ lertuis, Linton (1890) described a further species, A, Aeterospine, which he timself subsequently synonymised with AR. bulhtfer. No material of R. Aeteraspine appears to be extane (J, R. Lichtenfels. pers. comm,) and Linton’s own synonymy of R. Hererospine with R. bulbifer has therefore been accepted. Matesial from the western Atlantic. from ibe same lrost and localiry as Linton’s R. dulbifer, differs From European material in having a greater disparity in size between hooks | and VP at the base of the tentacle, and a different hock shape, Owing to the limited amount of material available [rom European hosts, the extent of variation in oncho- laxy is impossible to determine. The data available at present sugvest that two species may be present, and that &. Aubifer may represent an independent species within Lacisforivachus. However, an extensive collection of European specimens is re- quired and the full extent of lntra-specific variation dacumented hefore such decisions can he made, Adequate collections do not exist {no European museums to enable the problem to be pursued al present, Examination of material currently available sug- gests that specimens of £ tenets from the Mediterranean, the North Sea and the English Channel are morphulogically similar, MacKenzie (1985) has stupgested, an biological grounds, thal more than ane species of Lacitarivrrias occurs in fish in the Nonh Arlantic. By contrast, the specimens of lacistariwnchus from Australian and Californian elasmobranchs clearly represent a species distinc! fron 2, fesitis as presently defined and can be readily distin- guished by features of the onchotaxy, “L. tenuis” as repurted by Riser (1956) and Jensen et at, (1979) Tram California is new attributed to L. dollfusi, Likewise, the life-evele studies of Sakahari & Moser (1985 a, 6), Moser ef af, (1984) and Sakanati & Moser (1984) are alsn atrribintedd lo Z. dotlfun vather than 2. remus. to view of the findings reported here, all other western American Hole, U.S.A, 17, basal region, internal surface: 18, basal region, external surface; 19, basal region, borhridial surface. Tentacular armature, specimens from Belone helane, Séte, France; 20, basal pevion, internal surface; 21, basal region, external slirface) 22, basal region, borhrtdial surtacc. Seale tines 0.0) roam, Hook qumbering vystem follows Dollfus (1942); a-c, bill-hooks 154 | BEVERIDGE & J. A. SAKANARI records should be verified betore the occurrence of 7, fennis in the Pavifie region is accepted. Acknuwledgments Thanks are duc to BG. Robertson, M. G. O'Callaghan and R. R. Martin for collecting clas mobranchs and/or cestndes; to Drs R. Bray, I R, Lichtenfels, A, Petter and A. Jones for the loan of specimens; and to the Australian Biological Resources Survey for financial support. References Heimer, J. P., ASHBURNER, L. D. Burpury, M. E., Jette, R. & IaATHAM, D. J. (1982)-A checklist of the parasites of fishes {rom Australia and its adjacent Antarctic territories. Technical Cotamunication No. 48 ar the Commonwealth Institute of Parasitology. Commonwealth Agriculiural Bureaux, Varnham Royal, England, Bureau, G. H., Simmons, J. &, Bracu, D. EL, Hotz, GG. & StkeMan VOW 1071) The linids-of eesrodes from Pacific and Atlantic coust Triakid sharks. 2 Parasitol, 57, 1272-127K, CARVATAL, J. (1974) Records of cesiodes from Chilean sharks. Ibid. 60, 29-34. Doivr.ts, R. P. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les Tétrarhynques du Muséum de Paris. 47ch. Mfus. nett. Hist. nat, Paris, 6 ene ser WW, 1-466, ——{1969) De quelques cestodes téirarhynques (hétéracanthes er pécilacanthes) recoltés chez des poissons de la Méditerranée, Viv et Milieu 20, 491-542, Duran, L. B. & Oxiva, M. (1980) Estudio parusitologica en Merluccius gayi peruanus Gingsburg, 1954. Bol. Chile. Parasit, 35, 18-21, ESCALENTE, FL. ak CARVAJAL, J. (1984) Larval trypunorhynch vestodes from Peruvian teleost fishes, with descriptions af two new species, Siud. Nearrop, Fauna Erty. 19, 185-194, Herz, M. L. & Daitey, M. D. (1974) The Trypanorhyncha (Cestoda) of elasmobranch fishes from southerft California and northern Mexivo, Prod, Hel, Soc. Wash. 41, 161-169. Hewitt, G. C. & Hise, P.M. (1972) Checklist of Parasites of New Zealand fish and-af their hosts, MZif Mar, Freshw. Sci. 6, 69-114. Junsen, L. A., Moser, M. & Heckmann, R, A. (1979) The parasites of the California lizardlish, Synodus luctoceps, Prac. Helm. Sog. Wash, 46, 281-284. . & Dairy, M. 0 (1982) Parasites of Rocaccio, Sehastes paucispinis, trom southern and ventral California, /bie/. 49, 314-317, Linton, E. (1890) Notes on eritozou of murine fishes of New England. Part I. Annual Report of the Commissioner af ish and Pkishertes’ for 1887, Mashinglen, 719-900, Machemzin, K. (1985) The use of parasiies as biological tags in population studies of herring (Clipe hureneus dyin the Nerth Sea and to the nowh ane west of Scolanad. J cons. Jat. expl mer. 42, 33-64. Mose, M., SAKANARL, LL, WELLINGS, S. & LINDSTROM, K. (1984) tncornpatibiliry benween San Francisco striped bass, Morone sexatilis (Walbaum) and the metacestode, Lacistorhynchus tenuis (Beneden, 1858). J. Fish Diy. 7, 397-400, —----, , REitty, C. A. & WHIPPLE, J. (1985) Prevalence, intensity, longevity and persistence of Anisakis. sp, Sarvae and Lacissorhynehus tenisis inelavestodes in San Francisco striped bass, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine isheries Service, Technical Report 29, 1-4, Munry, 2 R, & Dattry, MLD. (1971) Postenbryonic development of certain tetraphyllidean and trypanorhynchan cestodes. with a possible alternative lite cycle for rhe order Trypatiorhyneha, Can. £ Zoul. 49, 1249-1253, Paveas, P. W, (1970) The trypanorhynchid cestodes from Humboldt Bay and Pacific Ocean sharks. J. Parasitol, 56, 1034, Riser, N. W. (1956) Early larval stages of two. céstodes from clasmobranch fishes. Proc. Helm. Sac. Wask, 23, 120-124, Romnson,, E.'S. (1959) Records of cestodes from marine shes of New Zealand, Trans, R. Soc, N.Z, 86, 143-153. SAKANARI, J. & Moser, M. (1985a) Iniectivily of, and laboratory infection with, an elasmobranch cestode, Lacistorhynchus tenuis {Van Benederi, 1858), Parasitol, 71, 788-791, ——;; (1985b) Salinity and temperature effects on the eges, coracidia, and procercoids of Lacistorhynchs tenuis (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) and induecd mortality in a first intermediate host. [bid. 71, 583-587- ——&{———+(1986) Lesion induction by the plerocercoid Lacistorhyachus tenuis (Cesioda) and wound healing in the striped bass, Morone saxarilic (Walbaum). J. Fish Biol. 28, 289-296, ScHMIDT, G. D. (1986) Handbuok of Tapeworm Identification, (CRC Press {nc., Boca Raton, Ploriday Younc, R. T. (1954a) Cestodes of sharks and rays yn southern California. Proc, Helen Soc. Wash. 21, 106-112, (1954b) A nate on the life eyele of Lacistorkynoties tenuis (van Beneden, 1858), a cestade of the leaparel shark, /bid. 21, 2. Voor, M. & Epmenos, [L. (1969) Matching in vitro of corucidia from oncospheres of Lacutorhpachys tenuis (Cestoda: Tetrarhynchidea). J. Parasitol, 55, 571-573, A MEGAFOSSIL FLORA FROM THE EOCENE OF GOLDEN GROVE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWOOD* Summary A new Eocene plant megafossil locality is reported from near Golden Grove, South Australia. Well preserved mummified leaves, fruits and flowers and impressions are abundant in a lens structure within the East Yatala Sand Pit operated by Monier. Preliminary analysis has identified a rainforest flora containing Elaeocarpaceae (Sloanea/Elaeocarpus), Lauraceae, Myrtaceae (Myrtaciphyllum), Proteaceae (Banksieaephyllum, aff. Neorites), Sterculiaceae (Brachychiton), Podocarpaceae (Decussocarpus, Podocarpus), and the fern Lygodium. Physiognomic analysis of the leaves suggests that the closest analogue is with Complex Notophyll Vine Forest. The Monier Golden Grove Eocene flora has some taxonomic similarity in common with other southern Australian Eocene floras, but has a distinctive character which supports the idea of a regionally diversified rainforest vegetation in southern Australia in the Eocene. KEY WORDS: Fossil, Eocene, Golden Grove, South Australia. A MEGAFOSSIL FLORA FROM THE EOCENE OF GOLDEN GROVE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA by D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWooD* Summary CuHerisToPHEL. D.C. & Greenwoop, D. R.. (1987) A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden Grove, South Australia, Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 11403), 155-162, 30 November, 1987. A new Eocene plant megafossil locality is reported from near Golden Grove, South Australia. Well preserved mummified leaves, fruits and flowers and impressions are abundant in @ lens structure within the East Yatala Sand Pit operated by Monier. Preliminary analysis has identified a rainforest flora containing Flaeocarpaceae (Sloanea/Elaeocarpus), Lauraceae, Myrtaceae (Myrtaciphyllum), Proteaceae (Banksieaephyllum, aff, Neorites), Sterculiaceae (Brachychifon), Podlocarpaceae (Decussocarpus, Podocarpus), and the fern Lygodium. Physiognomic analysis of the leaves suggests that the closest analogue is with Complex Notaphyll Vine Forest. The Monier Golden Grove Eocene flora has some taxonomic similarity in common with other southern Australian Eocene floras, but has a distinctive character which supports the idea of a regionally diversified rainforest vegetation in southern Australia in the Eocene, Key Worps: Fossil, Eocene, Golden Grove, South Australia, Introduction In. January 1986, a fossiliferous clay lens was uncovered during sand quarrying operations at the Monier East Yatala Sand Pit in Golden Grove, South Australia (138°43'30'., 34°47'10'') located approximately 25 km north-east of Adelaide city centre (Fig, 1), The lens was found amidst cross bedded, fresh water sands and the entire depositional sequence suggests a meandering stream system with possible lacustrine elements. While this is the first megafossil flora described from the Golden Grove area, other plant fossils have been reported from the region, Eocene clays containing dispersed plant fossils have been described in several papers (e.g. Lange 1978a, 1978b, 1980), but a precise description of the location of the deposit is not given in any of them, As a recent drilling program by the S, Aust, Mines and Energy Department has indicated that the lateral extent of the new lens is extensive (Neville Alley pers comm.) it is possible that these earlier reports Were based on material from the same system, However, it is known that the earlier material did not come from the Monier quarry, and hence precise geological comparison between the earlier reported material and the Monier Golden Grove Locality may never be possible, They may be palynologically correlated. however. A preliminary palynological analysis (W. K. Harris, Western Mining Co, pers, comm.) placed the lens at the base of the Proteacidites pachypolis Zone of the Eocene. A second palynological analysis (Neville Alley pers, comm.) supports placement in this zone. The deposit is therefore “ Department of Botany, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. SOOL. either just younger than the Maslin Bay deposit located 30 km south of Adelaide or equivalent to it, The Monier Golden Grove deposit is slightly older than the Anglesea deposit in Victoria (Christophel, Harris & Syber 1987) (Fig. 1). f , “ \h GOLDEN GMOVE PA MADLIN BAY @ ,NEMLLGA Pu, wuoLRSEe Sy Fig. | Map of eastern Australia giving the location of the Golden Grove locality relative to the Eocene localities of Maslin Bay, Anglesea and Nerriga, and lwo of the sites trom. which litter was collected for the physiognomic comparison, 156 Materials and Methods Portions of the lens are highly oxidised and plant remains are preserved as brown impressions in beige matrix with no organic remains present, The majority of the lens contains carbonized remains within a grey matrix, and mummitied leaves are floated from this material by placing blocks of the clay in a 2-3% hot aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide to disaggregate the matrix, Many of these leaves are naturally translucent and can be photo- graphed directly with transmitted light (Figs 2-6). The rest are black, opaque, and were observed and photographed with UV light to study the venation detail using the technique of Christophel ef al. (1987). This type of preservation is shown in Figs 7-9, A sample cuticle is then prepared using the method discussed in Christophel ef a/, (1987) and the leaf is mounted between glass slides in Phenol Olycerin. Jelly. All leaves illustrated in this paper are housed in the Adelaide University Palaeobotany collection. Fruits and flowers obtained from the macerate are stored in 1% phenol in 50% ethanol in sealed vials, in the same collection. ¥ 4 an if ~~ a Figs 2-4. Transparent mummified leaves from Golden Grave. Scale bars = Sloanea/Elagocarpus; Figs 3., 4, Lauraceae, B.C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWOOD Components of the Megafossil Flora The commonest leaf taxon from the munsmilied horizons at Goldeti Grove is a serrate-margined notophyll (Fig. 2), This taxon has superficial similarities to Sloanea/Elaeecarpus (Elaeocar- paceae). A recent study of extant species of this family found that leaves of Elaeocarpus L. and Sloanea L. could not be separated, but that they consistently clustered distinctly from other genera in the family and from other architecturally similar families (Moira Turnbull Adelaide University pers, comm.). The Golden Grove fossils similar to Fig. 2 consistently clustered with the extant Sloarnea/ Elaeocarpus complex. Aiother common taxon in the Monier Golden Grove flora is Banksieagephyllum Cookson & Duigan (Fig. 9), As the name suggests, the leaf is very similar to those found in the tribe Banksieac (Proteaceae), but as Christophel & Greenwood (1987) suggested, this could also represent the foliar organ of Musgraveinanthus Christophel (1984). This is supported by the occurrence of Musgraveinanthus in the Monier Golden Grove deposit, which is the only locality other than the type locality (Anglesea) from which it has been \ cm. Fig. 2, Blaeocarpaceae aff, GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA is? reported. Banksieueidites arcuatus Stover, the pallen iype found in Musgraveinanthus inflorescences, is also found as a dispersed grain at Galden Grave. The Lauraceae has been suggested as an important family in Australian Barly Tertiary floras, Based on the characters discussed by Hill (1986) as diagnostic of the family, we haye confirmed at least two comman leaf taxa at Golden Grove (Figs 3, 4) which may be assigned to that family. The importance of the family in the Monier Golden Grove flora is therefore confirmed. Leaves of Myrtaciphyl/um Christophel & Lys are also frequently encountered in the Golden Grove flora (Fig. 7). However, a preliminary investigation indicates that the Golden Grove Myrtaceae leaves belong to different species than the two described by Christophel & Lys (1986), ‘Two leaf types collected at the Momier Golden Grove locality are known only rarely from other Early Tertiary deposits, Table t. These are leaves of Brachychiton (Sterculiaceae) and the fern Lygodium (Schizeaeaceae). Brachychiton Scott & Endl. is very common as impressions in the leached portion of the Jens, where it is recovered in both a three and five lobed form. Less common in the mummitied portions of the lens, it has thus far only been collected in a three-lobed form from that material (Fig. 8). Lygodinum is not only recovered as sterile pinnules (Fig, 6) but has alsa been collected as numerous fertile fronds, These can be seen to con- tain spores, which have yet to be studied and com- pared to their extant counterparts. The gymnosperms are represented at Golden Grove by two genera of the Podocarpaceae, Decussocarpys Laubenf. and Podocarpus L’Herit. ex Pers. sens. strict, Decussocarpus twigs are common, and appear morphologically intermediate helween D. maeslinensis Blackburn, described from Maslin Bay, S. Aust., and D. brownes (Selling) Greetiwoad, from Anglesea (Greenwood 1987), It is. quite likely that the three therefore represent a range of forms in one highly variable taxon, Similar variation can be seen in modern examples of the genus [eg. D. vitiensis (Seeman) Laubent., Greenwood 1987], Golden Grove material of this species has been illustrated earlier by Christophe! & Greenwood (1988), Podocarpus leaves are less common, and while much longer, have epidermal features: identical to Podocarpus platyphyllum Greenwood described from Anglesea (Greetiwood 1987), One further leaf type is reasonably common and has not been reported previously. These leaves are pinnately compound (Fig. 5} and on the basis of their stomatal arrangement and epidermal hair bases can be ascribed to the Proteaceae. They bear a superficial similarity to immature leaves of Neorites L.S,Sm, While the identity of no other leaf taxa have been confirmed, a preliminary estimate of approximately 30-35 leaf types for the deposit is made, However, the present collection contains only approximately 400 leaves, and so the preliminary nature of the estimate must be emphasized, Four fruit/flower types have been thus far recovered, but only specimens of Musgraveinanthus have been identified. Physiognomic Analysis The general elliptic shape, broad lamina, and the presence of well developed ‘drip tips’ on many leaves (ee. Fig. 4), strongly suggest that the Golden Grove flora was derived predominantly from rainforest vegetation. These features are often cited as being characteristic of rainforest leaves, particularly lowland tropical rainforest (Richards 1957). The presence of typical rainforest taxa eg. Elacocar- paceae (S/oanea/Elaeocarpus), Proteaceae (Musgraveinae, Neorites), Myrtaceae (Syzyedum Tae 1, Megafossil taxa at Australian Localities, Loéalily Galden Grove Taxa Maslin Bay Anglesea Nerriga _— FT SSS Austrodiospyros Museroveinanthus Elaeocarpacese Myrteviphyllum Brachychiton Devuxsocarpus Podocarpus Gvrinosianiu Zamiaceac Lauraceae Lygodiurnt Banksleaephyllum Diversity xONNOAY AAD 30-35 R ? be FAGAN ANBKORT ' 10K) + -ee SE C — common (> 10%); X = present (1-10% — possibly more common, but nat assessed); R = rare (< 1% of flaray; ? = similar bul unconfirnied. 158 D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D, R. GREENWOOD Figs 5, 6. Transparent mummified leaves from Golden Grove. Scale bars = | cm. Fig. 5. Proteaceae aff. Neorites; Fig. 6. Fern pinnule, Lygodium. Figs 7-9. Opaque mummified leaves photographed using UV light source. Scale bars = 1 cm. Fig. 7. Myrtaciphyllum; Fig. 8. Brachychiton; Fig. 9. Banksieaephyllum. type), Lauraceae, Podocarpaceae (Decussocarpus, Podocarpus) strengthens this impression, although representatives of some of these families are also found in more open forest types. It is appropriate therefore to compare the foliar physiognomy of the Golden Grove flora to that of modern rainforest. The use of foliar physiognomic analysis for the interpretation of fossil leaf-beds based on forest canopy data has been criticized for ignoring the effect of transportation and the differential input and preservation of leaves prior to sedimentation (Martin 1986; Christophel & Greenwood 1988). Recent research, however, suggests strongly that leaf-litter from each of the main rainforest types recognized by Webb (1959, 1968) and Tracey (1982) has a unique physiognomic “signature” and that this signature is often retained in stream-deposited leaf- litter (Christophel & Greenwood 1988). Work in progress by the second author supports this. The physiognomic features of primary importance are length, width, shape and margin type. Leaf length only will be considered in this paper, as it is sufficient to illustrate the physiognomic signature. Fig. 10 shows the frequency distribution of leaf- length for the four main rainforest types recognised by Webb (1959, 1968) and the frequency distribution GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA 159 for the Golden Grove flora using mummified leaves. As can be seen from the figure, the extant rainforest types can be clearly separated on leaf-length alone, Fig. 11 shows the same data plotted as a cumulative percentage for each length class. The CNVF (Complex Notophyll Vine Forest) forest type has been presented as two separate sites to better illustrate the intrinsic physiognomic variability of litter from NE Queensland (The Crater) and N.SW. 255 + + NM CMVF CNVF * nai2 n=mi2 +. + 205 « + ~~ ~ ~~ + te +o te > 155+ « +. > al > st + we ~ * = eH - . aa Lal - ~ 105 ~ 7” - aa Lal -— ee nH - Hea He <= 4 . oom) te 55 s + ae s > ~~ 7+ + + + =a tHe PS 5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20 255 + tT GOLDEN GROVE Leaf Length 155 ( 10 mm classes ) ' 5 10 15 20 2 (Dorrigo) from this type. Standard errors for the data from these sites are presented in Table 2. These results indicate that the Golden Grove Eocene vegetation was physiognomically closest to CNVEF from The Crater N.P. and less so to CNVF from Dorrigo in northern N.SW. Dorrigo and The Crater fall within the Mesotherm seasonal Torresian zone of Nix’s bioclimatic classification of Australia (Nix 1982). I f snve t MMF i n=12 | ned + : T = + D di ; 4 e + Fi 4 . = -_ oo Land i ee wa HH Lal eo _ Ld ee Lal = + + + +— 5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20 2 ne 5 | | ore a a a 5 10 15 20 25 Frequency % Fig. JO. Frequency distributions of leaf length (10 mm classes) for Microphyll Mossy Forest (MMF), Simple Notophyll Vine Forest (SNVF), Complex Notophyll Vine Forest (CNVF), Complex Mesophyll Vine Forest (CMVF), Golden Grove, and Anglesea. Forest nomenclature follows Webb (1959, 1968) and Tracey (1982). Each of the data sets for the modern forests is based on four samples of 200 leaves collected from litter (Christophe! & Greenwood 1988). Golden Grove data are based on 156 complete leaves from the initial 1986 collections, Standard Errors are plotted. 16D 19, ©. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWOOD Comparison with other Eocene Floras As mentioned above, the Monier Golden Grove flora is similar in age to the Maslin Bay flora and is somicwhat older than the Eocene Anglesea flora. It is younger than the Nerriga flora (Hill 1982) but can still be usefully compared with it, as all are Eocene, Table | Compares the major (as well as. some of the unique minor) taxa from the four deposits, Perhaps the strongest similarities ta the Golden Grove megafossil flora may be seen in the Anglesea locality. While the diversity of the Anglesea Mora is shown as much higher (100+), this represents a composite of six separate fossiliferous lenses. Taken separately, the lenses at Anglesea have a diversity much more similar to Golden Grove (Christophel et al. 1987). The strongest links between the two are the very similar Elaeocarpaceae leaves, Musgravelnanthus, Myrtaciphyllum and Brachychiton, They also have in common Decussecarpus, Podocarpus, Lauraceae, Banksiewephyllum and Lygodium, but these are not restricted to thase localities. Physiognomically, however, Golden Grove is interpreted as CNVF, whereas the New Site lenses at Anglesea were interpreted by Christophel (1981) and Christophel & Greenwood (1988) as being closest to SNVF {Simple Notophyll Vine Forest) from N.E. Queensland (Fig. 11). The diversity of Golden Grave is similar to Netriga, but there are very few shared taxa, and the only feature in common is really the shared importance of the Lauraceae, Maslin Bay has a few taxa in common with Golden Grove, but in general Maslin Bay has a high diversity with no truly common taxa, while Golden Grove has fewer, well represented taxa and hence suggests a quite different. floristic association.. Preliminary physiognomic analysis. of the Maslin Bay flora by the second author has detected minor differences which suggest that the Maslin Bay flora was sourced from a warmer vegetation type (Greenwood unpubl.). The absence of both the Zamiaceae und Gymnostoma Johnson. at the Golden Grove locality is surprising considering the commonness of both at Anglesea and their presence in the other deposits. While further collecting may reveal either or both of these taxa, their absence to date may be taken as evidence that they are not major components of the Monier Golden Grove flora. The preliminary investigation of the Golden Grove Nora has revealed a vegetation typical of the southern Australian Eocene floras studied to date, in that it appears to have been sourced from a rainforest vegetation (Complex Notophyll Vine Forest sensu’ Webb, 1959, 1968) of reasonable diversity in a mesotherm environment (sensu Nix 1982). There are differences between it and the other documented floras of similar age, as is expected based on the temporal and spatial differences in the localities. While numerous similarities in taxa present have been highlighted in Table !, it must be emphasized that these are similarities in natural and form genera, and there is no evidence yet (possible excluding Podocarpaceae) to suggest that Tapbe 2, Standard Error Values for Curiulative Frequency of Length for Fig. 11. length class (mm) MMFTt SNVFY e's HER ARCOLA ROmW Eins an wm PSH rH NNYMSS Mpa kowe ah SSSSCOSH SK Kew aDwMS 195 205 215 225 4 > Pll} ide bi tb Ss Dorriga* ‘The Cratec* CMVF* _ — 0.1 0.2 1.3 24 a9 3.7 3.4 0.7 3.1 3.2 0.8 1.4 24 1.5 1.8 2.3 4Q 1:2 3.1 3,9 1.1 at 23 00 4,2 1.7 0.9 3.7 (.3 1.1 4.2 0.9 5 29 0.6 1.0 1.8 0.4 0.8 Lt 02 0.6 0.7 0,2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.4 0,3 — 03 0,1 — o4 0.1 _— 0.2 - — 0.) *a - 4samples of 224 leaves, fn — 4 samples.of 224 leaves lor 3 wiles. GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA 100 rt s a . 90 bd s e BO ° 3 7 # 70 . ° a 7 ¥ a 60 z . a + cx 50 ‘ o s > we 40 q * S E ° 6 30 , e 20 . 7 . j { * io! é } : 5g AY 25 35 45 55 65 75 BS 95 105 116 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 14) MMF 15 million MIL per month) were sceorded in Oeteber and early November, but by carly December all gates on the barrages were closed, This reduced flow allowed seawater to enter the Coorong so that on December 4 (Fiz. 1H) the longitudinal salinity pattern in the Norih Lagoon showed a block of fresher (<10%o0} Ti. tL. Longitudinal and vertical patterns in salinity (DS oo) in the North and South Lagoons of the Coorong al ¥ sampling times from March 14983 wntil March [985 and estimated monthly barrage outflow from the River Murray, The sampling localities ia the North Lagoon (1-9), in the constricted region between the lagoons {1S}, und in the Sourh Lagoemn (25-75) are indicated, Closure of the burrages is indicated by the solid harizonral bats in the Murray Mauth region, The degree of opening of the main barrages ar Goolwa (Gi) and Tauwiteherie (1) ts Indicated hy the pesirion and size of the breaks in the bars representing the barrages. 196 (a Mes} fas ab O i any 1P 4 45STH OIE Srotion 223545 $55 Fig, 2. Longitudinal patterns of surface salinity on Sand {4 Jume 1984. Note the sharp gradient between Station 9 and Station 25 and the movement of saline water into the région 28 and 9 on June 14. wafer half way down the lagoon bounded by saltier water ta the northern and southern cnds, All barrages remained closed until the final sampling date in March 1985 (Fig, 1§) by which time salinities in the North Lagoon had risen above 35°%on and thase in the South Lagoon to 140°/o0; so that the salinity pattern for the Coosong was very similar to that in March 1983. Water temperature in. the North Lagoon showed a seasonal pattern front a high of 24°C to a low of 11°C, On calm days a small vertical gradient existed, with surface temperatures up to 15°C higher than bottom temperatures, Secchi dise trans- parencies were high (up 10 2.2 m) at the northerly stations in Lhe period of no flow in March 1983 and then fell co around 0.5 m in October. Subsequently, they fluctuated generally between 0.5 and 1.5 m with fo apparens pattern, probably reflecting, local wind- driven turbulence. In the South Lagoon Secchi disc Iransparencies were lower varying between 0.3 and 6.7 m Biological Chlorophyll a levels in the North Lagoon showed a longitudinal increase from Station 1 to 9 in March 1983. Diatoms, along with flagellates at Statyons 7 and 9, were the dominant phytoplankters, During M. ©. GEDDES the flow period from mid 1983 until late 1984 chlorophy! levels fluctuated usually between 5 and 30 mg m7? but higher levels were recorded at Stations | and 3 when Planktonema lautabornei was the dominant phytoplankter (presumably a wash-out from Lake Alexandrina where it is usually abundant (Geddes 1984)}). By March 1985 chloro- phyll levels were tow al Stations 1 and 3, and high at Stations 7 and 9 where Mazellates bloomed. During 1983 and 1984 Ruppia megacarpa continued to be the daminan{ macrophyic in the North Lagoon with Lepilaena cylindricurpa also common and Zostera muelleri common at. the niore northerly stations. The Ruppia and Lepilaeng beds were vigorous, extensive and Mowering profusely tn October 1983 along the length of the North Lagoon, especially from ‘Station 5 southwards, They remained extensive until June 1984 and then died back. They became extensive and vigorous again by December 1984 hut no flowering was observed in October or December 1984, In the South Lagoon Ruppia tuberosa was the dominant macrophyte with Lamprothaninian sometimes common, Over the period Octeber 1983 until July 1984 small specimens of Ruppia were observed in restricted areas, By September 1984 extensive beds of Ruppia occurred throughout the South Lagoon, These were probably produced from seeds thai germinated in the freshening water (D, Paton pers, comm,), In December the northerti and middle areas of the South Lagoon were fringed with extensive beds af Ruppia growing thickly in the shallows and flowering profusely. Ruppia died back during summer as water Jevels dropped and salinity rose. By April 1985 Ruppia was recorded only in the northern half of the Lagoon to Station 6S. The macroinvertebrates and fish collected in the North Lagoon are listed in Table |, Most species were collected on most occasions at Stations | ty 5 where salinities usually ranged from 5-45°/o0, although some species including the polychactc Australonereis ehlersi, the gastropod Salinalar fragilis and the bivalve Nefospisula trigonella, were much less common (han in the earlier study (Geddes & Butler 1984), In March 1984, when salinities fell to 2°%%oo-al Stations 1.and 3 and 5°/oo at Station 5, the polychaetes Cergtonereis aequisetis (formerly C. pseudoerythraensis), Nephyis australiensis and Capitella capitita were not collected from Station | although C. dequisetis was present at Station 3 and all three species were present at Station 5. Numerical dominant species thal remaincd in high abundance in che littoral area during the estuarine phase in the North Lagoon were the amphipods Melita zey- fanica, Paracorophiim and Megamphopus, the COORONG BIOLOGY AND RIVER MURRAY FLOW iW TABLE 1. Mucroinvertelrates and fish collected in hand net and benthic grab sumples tram the Nortit Lagoon of the Coorong from October 1983 until March 1985, (Those marked * were not recorded when similar samples were taken in 1982 (Geddes & Butler 1984),) Fish Arenigobius bifrenatus (Kner) Pseudogohius alorum (Sauvage) Atherinosoma microstoma (Ginther) * Philypnodon grandiceps (Krefft) * Pseudaphriris urvilti (Valenciennes) * Nematalosa erebi (Giinther) Decapods Amphipods. (Crustaceans Macrobrachium intermedium (Sumpsan} Melita zevlanica Stebbing Paracorophium cf. excavatum ' Megamphopus/Podaceropsis/Gammaropsis Ostracod Polychaetes Osticythere reticulata Hartmann ? Ceratonereis aequisetiy (Augener) Nephiys australiensis (Fauchald) Australonereis ehlersi (Augener) * Privnospio cirrifera (Wiren) Ficopomiatis enigmaticus (Fauvel) Boccardia chilensis Blake & Woodwick Cepitella capitata (Fabricius) Capiiellides spp. Fabriciinae * Questidae Gastropods Hydrobia buccinoides (Quoy & Gaiman} Salmator fragilis (Lamatck) * Tafea rufilabris (Adams) Bivalyes Notospisula trigonella (Lamarck) Arthritica semen (Menke) Soletellina donaciaides. Reeve Chironomid Eplhiydrid Insects Tanytarsus barbitarsis Freeman Ephydrella sp- ' This population was identified as Megamphapus sp. in Geddes & Butler (1984) and Kangas & Geddes (1984), but is more properly assigned to this multi-genus group, which is in need of tevision (J. L. Barnard pers, comm.). Megamphopus sp. 15 used elsewhere in this paper for brevity. ? This population was identified as C. pseudoerythraensis Hutchings in Geddes & Butler (1984), but has been synonymized with C. aeguisetis (Augener) (Hutchings & Glassby 1985). polychaetes Cerutonéréis weguisetis and Fica- Ppomatus enigmaticus, and the gastropod Hydrobia buccinoides. The daminants in the benthic samples were Capitella capitata and Paracoraphium with the bivalves Notospisula trigoneHa and Arthritica semen and the polychaetes Nephtys australiensis and Prionaspio cirrifera common, At Stations 7 and 9 high salinities (54-740) in March 1983 restricted the fauna so that only Cuapitella captieta, dipterans and the hardyhead Atherinosoma microstome occurred at Station 9, and thesé plus Sulinator fragilis and Hydrobia buccinoides at Station 7 (Fig, 3). By December 1983 after salinities at Station 7 had fallen below 50°co in October, Paracorophium, Megamphopus and Capitellides were present and this last was also collected from Station 9, When salinities dropped sharply in March 1984 Ficopomatus enigmaticus, the fabriciine polychaetes, Arthritica semen and Pseudogobius olorum were collected from Station 7, and then Melita zeplanica, Ceratonereis aequisetis and Notospisula trigonella appeared in June and Prionospio cirrifera, Macrabrachiunm Intermedium and Tateq rufilabris appeared Jater. Thus by October 1984 almost all of the common estuarine-lagoonal species that occur in the Coorong had colonized Station 7. The same pattern occutred at Station 9 except that colonization was generally later and Melita zeylanica, Tatea rufilabris and Macrobrachium intermedium were not found. When salinities rose from December 1984 to Mareh 1985 many species disappeared from Stations 7 and 9 (Fig. 3). None of the common esluarine-lagoonal inverte- brates of the North Lagoon were collected from the South Lagoon. Here, the macroinvertebrate fauna was very restricted, comprising only the chironomid Taawtarsus barbitarsis, the ephydrid Ephydrella, other dipteran larvae, the isopod Hal/oniscus, searler and ostracods including Diacypris compacta. ITS M,C, GEDDES Metin sevlorice Paracoraphiam Vt arcane Mecomnphopus Caraaner eis ceqoiiel!: —_— Pranespia cirnterc Copitelia woptdta Ficopomars eatgmoticus Copiteiides sop Fodric now bydrabie Aucoinedes _ Tateg nistiigbris hoa Sain ator tragiis Notasoiswa Ieonelia Arthihed semen ———en._ Athorinzame mecrastama — Prevdegdéivs alorum + Mecrebrochram intermedium — Jonytorsus hartitarsis —— Fphyareila sp. ADOT TOM rai Bs (hu, Vr v NFOLRT;ASANGIERANSUASORDUTWA {253 1954 _ Morecorophwin of sacwvorum S-arjon J Megomphopus — ; = Cerchangrins néguisens _ $name HIPPO. Pripaasgia currtsee Fxopdmatus esrigmarious Comjelhdes spp Fabriaiince Hyorobia burcinaides + Sgnnatee fragilis Nerespisiia tigonetict Artartica semen Atherinosoma imicrostana Pseudegohius alorum + — Tanytorsus borbitarsss + Eptiydreiia sp. BOTTOM TUF + 4 Od er ert SEMAN ISM SONTIPMAMUI AS ONDIFMA SBS jyaq Fig, 3. Surtace and bottom salinities (TDS °/ao) and the occurrence of macroinverlebrates and fish at Stations 7 and 9 in the North Lagoon from Murch 1983 16 March 1985. Tanviarsus. harhitarsis was easily the dominant littoral and benthic animal and it occurred tiroughout the South Lagoon on most occasions although with high salinities in March 1984 (Fig. 4) and March and April 1985 (Fig. 4) it did not occur al Stations 6S er 7S. At Stations 2S to 3S the abundance of 7) barhjtarsis was seasonal with highest numbers if summer (D, Paton pers..comm,), Six fish species were collected in the North Lagoon (Table 1). The small mouthed hardyhead, Atherinosoma microstama, and the blue spot goby, Psendosobius olorum, wete the ones mast commonly collected by hand net. A. microstoma was distributed throughout the North Lagoon while P. olorum was testricted to more northerly areas until mid 1984 when salinities fell (Fig. 3). The other four species were collected only occasionally. ACTS me > buicher! - Alcrionerta forse? Peevcaanritis orwall’ Atherimasomg WUCTES HNO. Tanytorsus barhitarsrs Ruppie fufieraso — | 7 2 oc ny Ses xe Apri! BS a ae a 4 ——5__+ -24{ or Sa 1S 6 O5 636 & OF ~ e = = q ; = O° © é3 fe) ‘i £ é = # 1 4 : z e 2 # % 2 4 v Sa Fig, 4, Longitudinal salimty profiles and ihe distribution of biota in the South Lagoon during a low salinity peviod in spring (September-Ocrober) 1984 and.a high salinity period in autumn (March-April) 1985, A much more complete fish sampling program was. conducted in the North Lagoon of the Coorong during 1984 by David Hall of the S. Aust. Dept of Fisheries. The common species in. his catches, along with those in the present study comprise a complete list of the common fish occurring in che Coorong in 1984 (Table 2), They include freshwater species presumably washed in with the River Murray flow, marine species thal usc the Coorong as a nursety-growing aréa, and species that generally complete their life cycles in the estuarine-lagnonal system. The hardyhead, A. mucrostoma, was the only fish that persisted in the South Lagoon. Hardyheads occurred in large numbers throughout the South Lagoon in winter, spring and early summer. Increasing salinities in late summer and autumn restricted their southerly distnbution so that only a few specimens were collected at Station 7S in March 1985 when the salinity was 149%/o0, and they were still rare in April 1985 when the salinity had fallen to 100°%co (Fig, 4), In late winter and spring 1984 when salinities fell as Juw as 35°00, congolli (Pseudaphritis urvill), black bream (Acanthopagrus bulcheri) and yellow-eye mullet (Aldrichetta forstert) also occurred in the South Lagoon (Fig. 4). Yellow-eye mullet and black bream were caught by professional fishermen in the northern section of the South Lagoon in August, September and October 1984 and recreational catches of mullet were recorded as. tar south as Sale Creek (D. Hall pers. comm.), No catches of congolli, black bream or ycllow-cye mullet were recorded in July or November when TDS was around or above 70°%oa, COBRONG BIOLOGY ANIT RIVER MURRAY FLOW {73 Discussion The high River Murray outflows frou tuly- November 1983 had little inumediate impact an the salinities in the North and South Lagoons, In December 1983 salintlies were-as high as 6D°/oo at the south end of the North Lagoon and above 30°o0 ty the South Lacoon. The major drop in salinities in rhe North Lagoon occurred between December 1983 and Murch 1984, resulting in salinities below 30°%oo throughout the lagoon, During tus perlad outflows from the barrages wore moderate. Thus mixing of fresti water soulhwards in the Coorong is not simply controlled by River Murray Flow but other factors such as sea levels, lagoon levels, wind direction and evaporation are probably Involved (Nove 1975}. Freshening of the South Lagoan eccurred in the latter half of 1984 so that In September-October salinities were 50- WM, These salinities were still well above those recorded in November 1975 (30-40°%o0) following @ period of yery heavy River Murray flow in 1973 and up lo 1975 (Geddes & Butler 1984), The River Murray flow produced significant effecls upon the Ruppia populations in 1983 and 1984, In the North Lagoon, Ruppia megacarpa, a species which usually reproduces vegetatively and sets little seed (Brock §982), lowered profusely in October 1983 after the first heavy outflows from the River Murray and the slight fall in salinity. In the South Lagoon, Ruppia tuberosa became abundant in 1984 and thick and extensive beds of lowering plants were observed in October- December 1984. This followed a drop in salinity to §5-70%w along the South Lagoon in September 1984, This abundance of R. rvberosa contrasted with Its scarcity during 1982, when salinities were Benerally above XP /ie (Geddes & Butler 1984), and supports observations made by others (Delroy e7 ai. 1965'+ Womersley 1975: Paton 1982+} chat growth of R, ruberosa is inhibited at salinities above Lwice Seawater, The minor dilution of the North Lagoon during 1983 did not produce any changes in the distri- bution of macroinvertebrates, However, with the marked salinity fall in March 1984, most species extended their distributions southwards although there was a Jaz period with must species nat Occurring at the mosi suutherly station until June, ' Delory, L. B., Macrow, PM. & Sorrell, J. B. (1965) The foud of warerfow! (Anadidae) in sult water habirars of Sourh Australia, Unpublished reporr of Fisheries and Fauna Conservation Department of South Australia, * Paton, P, (1982) Biotn of the Coorong. South Australian Department af Environment and Planning, Nov. 1962. A.DIEP. 5$ (inputlished), No members of the estuarine-lagooual imacro- invertebrale fauna were collected In the Sourh Lagoon although salinities there were within their tolerance Jimits in September-Detober 1984, Presumably longer periods at moderate salinily are mecessary lor the establishment of the estuarine- Jagoonal fauna in the South Lagoon. The “sale Jake" association of dipterans, ostracods, Halanisens searieé and Alherinasomea nricrosioma persisted. in the South Lagoon throughout 1983 and 1984, The more estuarine conditions i 1983-84 did iho see any significant increase in the number of spevie's of macroinvertebrares inthe North Lagoon. Only one lurther polychaete, Prionasplo cirrifera, anc one further gastropod, 7atea rajfilabris, were collected. Prinnoespio sp. is a commonly encountered polychaete in the Leschenaalt and Peet- Harvey estuaries in south-western Australia (E, P, Hodgkin pers. comm.) and Prionespio virrifera is common in many estuaries On the south eust Austrahan coast, especially where there is considerable freshwater inpul or eulruphicalion (Rainer & Fitzhardinge 1981; Collett ey af 1984}. Tatea rufilubris is a hydrobiid found in southern Australian estuaries (Ponder pers, comm.)- Thus, even during periods of River Murray flow and moderale salinities, lhe number of species in the Coorong (23 species of macroinvertebrates) was much lower than those recorded in some other Australian estuaries (Rainer & Pitzhardinge (98); Geddes & Butler 1984), River Murray flow and the changed salinity pattern brought about changes in the fish fauna and the distribucions of particular specics. The freshwater species, Cyprinus carpie, Nemeatalosa erebj and Philypnodon grandiceps, occurred in the North Lagoon along with the matine and estuaiine fish, The three freshwater species presumably were washed in with the River Murray flow, but kirge populations of N. erehi persisted alone (he entire length of the North Lagoon for considerable periods in 1983-84, Three &pecies previously restricted to the North Lagoon, Pxeudaphritis uevilli, Acanthepagrus butcheri, and Aldrichettu forsteri, entered the South Lagoon for a brief period in August-October 1984 when sallnities were below 70%oo. The disttibutions of these commercial fishes seem to respond rapidly ta the establishment of favourable salinities, although catch per unit effort data suggest that only small numbers of fish were present (D. Hall pers, comm,), The fish fauna of the Coorong, like that of the invertebrates, is very restricted campared fo thal in other estuaries (Pollard 1984). This is mustly cue ta the minor represenration of marine fish in che Coorong. OF the 17 common species ( lable 2), only five pre marine species that use the Coorony 18 M. C. GEDDES Tasi_e 2. Common fisk in the North Lagoon of the Coorong during 1984. Species are grouped according ta their habitatas follows: estuarine — can. complete lifecycte in the Caorang; marine — generally reproduce at sea; freshwater — generally reproduce in fresh water, Family Species nume ESTUARINE Atherinidac ' atherinasoma microstoma (Giinther)* Gobiidae Pseudouobins olorum (Sauvage) Arenogobius bifrenaius (Kucr) Callogobius mucosus (Ginther) Bowichyilae ' Pseudophritis -arvilll (Valenciennes)* Sparidac Acanthopagrus buteheri (Munro) Bothilae Rhombosolea tupirina (Ginther) Hemiramphidae Hyporhamphus regularus (Gunther) Engraulidac * Engrautis australis (Shaw) MARINE Setaenidae Arpyosomus hololeptdatus (Lacépéde) Mugilidae Aldrichetta forsteri (Valenciennes) Clupeidae * Sardinopy neopilchardus (Steindachner) Galaxndae 4 Gulaxlus maculatus (Senyns) FRESHWATER Clupetdae Nematalose evebi (Gunther) Eleotridae Philypnodon grandiceps (Krett) Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpia (L.innenus) Common name Smal mouthed hardyhead Blue-spot goby Bridled goby Sculptured goby Congalli Black bream Greenback flounder River garfish Southern anchovy Mulloway Yellow-eye mullet Australian pilchard Common galaxias Bony bream Big-headed gudgeon European carp ' These, species can breed in tresh water (Lloyd unpublished). * Breeds in estuaries as far as is known. * Breeds at sca as far as is known, 4 Breeds in estuaries but larvae then spend time al sea before returning to estuary of fresh water (Pollard 1971}. lagoons as 4 nursery-growing area, while there are perhaps nine species thal are resident within the syste. A similar, but not so severe, restriction of usage by marine specics has been noted for the Peel- Harvey system (Potter ef a/, 1983) and the Swan- Avon estuary (Prince & Potter 1983) in Western Australia. These authors suggest that the presence of a narrow channel and of extensive peripheral bays within the estuaries, make these systerns conducive to an estuarine mode of life. Conversely these same factors make it difficult for marine fish to move in and out of the estuarics. ‘he extreme salinity Mluctuations in (he Coorong may also limit lish diversity. Hypersalinity can be a major luctor limiting fish distribution within estuarine-lagoonal systems. Only six fish species occurred in Hamelin Pool, the hypersaline (~54%oo) region of Shark Bay (Lenanton 1977), and while most species in South African estuaries-lagoons could tolerate salinities up to $5°%eo, only a few could tolerate salinities up to: 70%0 (Hill 1981). A similar dimunition of fist fauna between 55 and 70"%/oa appears to occur in the Coorong, The most tolerant species in fhe Shark Bay aod South African studies included members of the Atherinidae, the Mugilidae and the Sparidae, families which also include the most salt tolerant species in the Coorong. Considenng the effects of salinity on the distributions of fishes within the Coorong, it appears that under the present hydro- logical and salinity regimes the fish faunas will sometimes be restricted in the southern end of the North Lagoon and on most occasions only the highly tolerant Athkerinosume microstoma will occur in the South Lagoon, The effects of the River Murray flow of 1983-84 on salinity patterns and rhe distribution of biota in the Coorong were short-lived, Following the barrage closure in December 1984, salinities quickly rose to 36-70%e0 in the North Lagoon and 80-140%50 in the South Lagoon by March 1985, This is an almost identical salinity pattern to that of March 1983 afer a period of extended barrage closure. It seems that consistently high River Murray flows are needed to maintain an estuarine-marine situation in the North Lageon and moderately hypermarine conditions in the South Lagoon of the Coorong. COORONG BIOLOGY AND RIVER MURRAY FLOW 141 Acknowledgments Thanks to Helen Vanderwoude, David Paton, Greg Powell and Julie Francis for help in the field and the laboratory and the following people for identifying specimens; Pat Hutchings (polychaetes), Jerry Barnard (amphipods), Winston Ponder (gastropods) and Lance Lloyd and David Hall (fish). David Paton and David Hall also allowed access to unpublished data. The Engineering and Water Supply Department provided unpublished data on outflow from the River Murray Barrages and the South Australian Fisheries Department provided data on fish species and disiribulion, Thanks to Sandra Lawson for typing the manu- scnpt, to Ruth Evans for the artwork and to the Zoology Department, University of Adelaide for support. References Brock, M. A, (!982) Biology of the salinity tolerant genus Ruppia L, in saline Jakes in South Australia. II. Population ecology and reproductive biglogy. Aquat. Bot. 13, 249-268. CouiceTT, L. C., AuTcHmas, P. A, Gras, P. J, & Coins, A. J. (1984) A comparative study of the macro-benthic fauna of Posidonia australis seagrass meadows in New South Wales. Aquat. Ror, 18, 111-134. Geopes, M. C. (1984) Limnology of Lake Alexandrina, River Murray, South Ausiralia, and the effects of nutrients and light on the phytoplankton. use J. Mar. Freshwat, Res. 35, 399-415, & Butter, A. J. (1984) Physicochemical and biological studies on the Coorong lagoons, South Australia, and the effect of salinity on (he distribution of the macrobenthos. Trans. R. Soe. S$, Aust. 108, 51-62. Hii, B. J. (1981) Adaptations to‘temperature and salinity stress in South African estuaries, Ch. 11, pp, 187-197, In J. A, Day (Ed.) “Estuarine Ecotogy”. (Balkema, Rotterdam). HurtcHinas, P. A. & Giasuy, C. J, (1985) Addirional nereidids {Polychacta) from eastern Avistralia, together with a redescription of Nammanerets quadraticeps (Gay) and the synonymising of Ceratonereis pseudoery- thraeensis Hutchings & Turvey with C. aeguisetis (Augener), Rec, Aust, Mus. 37(2), 101-110, Kanaas, M. L. & Gepprs, M. C. (1984) The effects of salinity on the distribution of amphipods i the Coorong, South Australia, in relation to their salinity tolerance, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 108, 139-145. LenanTon, R. ©. J. (1977) Fishes from the hypersaline waters of the stromatolile zone of Shark Bay, Western Australia. Copeia (1977), 387-390. Noyt, B. J. (1975) The Coorong. Publ. No. 39, 131 pp. (Department of Adult Education, University of Adelaide). POLLARD, D. A. (1971) The biology of a landlocked form of the normally catadromous salmoniform fish Galaxtas maculatus, 1, Life cycle and origin, Aust, J Mar Freshwat. Res. 22, 91-123, (1984) A review-of ecological siudies on sea-grass fish communities, with particular reference to recent studies in Australia. Aquat Bol. 18, 3-42. Porver, I. C., Loweracan, N, R, LRNANTON, R. Cb, Curysta, P. J. & Grant, C. J. (1983) Abundance, distribution and age structure of fish populations in a Western Australian estuary. J. Zool, Lond. 200, 21-50. Prince, J. D. & Potter, 1. C. (1983) Life-cycle duration, growth and spawning times of five species of Atherini- dae (Teleostel) found in a Western Australian estuary. Aust, J. Mar, Freshwar. Res. 34, 247-301, Rainer, S&S. & FitzHarpince, R, C, (1981) Benthic communities in an estuary with periodic deoxygenation, thid. 32, 277-343. Womers.ey, H, B. S. (1975) The plants. Ch. 7. Jn J. Noye (Ed.) “The Coorong”, Publ, No. 39 (Department of Adult Education, University of Adelaide), SALINA BED INSTABILITY AND GEODETIC STUDIES AT LAKE EYRE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA by J, A. DULHUNTY* Surmary DuLaustyY, J. A, (1987) Salina hed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia. Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust 1V1(4), 183-188, 30 November, 1987. Horizontal compressional forces in saltcrusts of Lake Eyre cause fracturing with overthrusing in chin crusts oF marginal areas, and warping or buckling in central areas where crusts are thicker and stronger, Uneonsolidated Holucene sediments adjust by deformation to warping of overlying saltcrusts and the true equilibrium level of the lakebed surface is elevated or depressed, When the lake is filled salicrusts are dissalverd and deforming pressures are released, allowing the surtace of the sediments to return towards equilibrium level under gravity, Claims that any one place, in any one bay, is the lowest place in Australia, are doubtful, A more appropriate concept may be that the lowest landsurfaces on the Australian continent are in the southern bays of Lake Eyre North. Kry Worbs; Lake Eyre, salterusts, lateral forces, cverthrusting, warping. Introduction Lake Eyre ts a Jarge arid ephemeral terniinal lake Uonns 1955; Bonython 1955, 1956; Dulhunty R. 1975, 1984, 1986; Dulhunty JA. 1977, 1978, 1982: Allan ev af. 1986; Callen & Wells 1986), It is the sump of an internal drainage basin, consisting mostly of semiarid and arid country covering almost one sixth of the Australian continent, River courses draining the Lake Eyre Basin seldom carry flowing waler as far as the lake, as it is mostly lost to evaporation in desert country of low relief through which it must pass. Small amounts of water which do reach the lake, at intervals of 2 to 3 years, cover only parts of the bed and usually dey up in less than one year, Infrequent major fillings, once in 25 to 50 years, cover the whole of the bed to depths of § to 10 m,-and may require 4 to 6 years io. dry up (Bye ef al, 1978; Dulhuntry R, 1984; Allan 1985}, Lake Eyre lies in the most arid region of Australia, with an average annual rainfall of less than 127 mm, maximum summer temperarures up ‘to #lPC (Price 1955), and an annual evaporation rate of about 2.5 m (Bonython 1955; Penman 1955). The purpose of this paper is to record evidence of lakebed instability or warping of saltcrusts and deformation of Holocene sedimenis in the salina arca of Lake Eyre North, and its significance in peodetic studies and the concept of the lowest place an the Australian continent. Saltcrusts Saltcrusts up to about 30. em in thickness occur in the three southern bays ol’ Lake Eyre North, * Department of Geology and Geophysics, Universitv ol Sydney, N.SW. 2006. where final evaporation of brines takes place. The salt has been transported into Lake Eyre. dissolved in riverwater aud groundwater, after the lake became terminal following the onset of late Pleistocene aridity which has persisted through Holocene to the present day (Bowler 1978; Dulhunty J. A, 1982). When sufficient water enters the salina area during major fillings, pre-existing saltcrusts are dissolved; new sediments are deposited, and finally, with evaporation of water, salt is reformed into new crusts (Dulbunty J, A. 1982), Three generations of gsaltcrusts have been tecorded at Lake Eyre, The first occurred prior to the [949-50 filling (Madigan 1930); the second occurred between the 1949-50 and 1974 fillings (Dulhunty J. A. 1974, Dulhunty R. 1975; Bonython 1956; Johns 1963), and the third formed after the water of the 1974 filling dried up in about 1979 (Dulhunty R, 1984). In addition to the three recorded crusts, a long series OF prehistoric saltcrusts of gradually increasing volume, must have existed between major fillings in fate Pleistocene and Holocene times. In 1972 @ survey of saltcrust thicknesses was carried out by Dulhunty over Madigan Gulf and Jackboot ard Belt Bays, The publication of results (Dulhunty J. A. 1974) included records of crust thicknesses measured previously in Madigan Gulf by Madigan (1930); Bonython (1956), and the South Australian Geological Survey (Johns 1963). Differences in salt thicknesses measured at different times, in the same places in Madigan Gulf, were also recorded and discussed. Levelling surveys of thé lakebed surface at the base of the saltcrust in Madigan Gulf were made in 1954 by Bonython (1956); in 1969 by the South Rd JA. DULHUNTY Australian Fands Department (Simmons 1969)! and in 1972 by Dulhunty J. A. (1974). The upper surface af rhe sediments at the base of the saltcrust is regarded as the present stratigraphical suriace of (he lakebed (Bonython 1956; Dulhunty J. A. 1974). The overlying salterusts arc removed perindically by solution during major fillings, and when teformed after evaporation of water, they occupy a younger statigraphical horizon. Therefore salt- crusts cannot be regarded as specific strata, ar dated as such, Differences in level values of the lakebed surface at different times in the same places over a total period of 18 years emerged from the three above surveys during the life of the one saltcrust, When results of both lakebed levelling and salt- crust thickness surveys were considered in relation to ime and place, it was evident that there had been “normal” changes 1 thickness which occur as crusts nature, Yesulting in migration of salt from higher marginal areas 10 lower central regions of the shallow saucer-shaped bottoms of the bays, as described by Bonython (1956), In addition, however, there appeared to be evidence of anvther lactor Which had influenced changes in crust thickness and fakebed surface levels during the life of the crast hetween [he 1949-50 and 1974 fillings. This operated independently al “normal” thickness changes in marginal and central positions, It elevated Or depressed relatively small areas of salicrust and Underlying lakebed surface, which lead to thinning or thickening of the crust respectively, by migration of salt as illustrated in Pig. 2- Lakebed instability Subsequent research between 1978 and 1983, during the formation of a new saltcrust following the drying up of the 1974 filling, has provided a clearer understanding of the factors mvalved in what may now he described as lakebed instability. A series of lakebed profiles hased on results of crust thicknesses and lakebed surface levels, has been consinicied in Fig. 1 to illustrate lakebed instabilicy within a limited area in (he central region of Madigan Gulf. Section LA af Tig, 1 is a map showing puints A lo J at which it was possible lo compare crust thicknesses and lakebed surface levels at different times during the life of the crus! fron about 195] to 1974, helween the 1949-50 and 1974 fillings of the lake. Section 1B of Fig. 1 shows twa lakebed profiles along the line ABCDEFG with sall- crust thicknesst's and Jakebed surface levels based on surveys by Bonython (1956) in 1954 when the 1Simmons, P RB (1969) Measurement of tesr range for Iuser ARP at Lake Eyre, South Australia Pands Dopartment, Adelalde (unpublished), crust Was about | year old, and Dulhunty (1974) in 1972 when it was About 19 years old. The dif, ferences in formes of the profiles show the amounts of change in lakebed surface levels between the two surveys. Also, crust thicknesses indicated by S values along the profiles show the amounts Of change in crust thicknesses which had occurred between the two surveys. Section tC of Fig. | shows lakebed profiles along the line 1/13, in 1954 and 1972. Section 1D of Fig. | shows three profiles with level values along IHG. Two of these have crust thicknesses indicated by 5 values based on surveys in 1954 and 1972, The chled profile withoue crust thicknesses in Section 1D, is hased on the level survey by che Sourh Australian Lands Department in 1969, during which na crust thicknesses were reported. However, the relatively Yow level value of this profile in 1969, in relation wo the higher values of earlier and Jater surveys. indicates the complex nature of changes in level values that had occurred teiween 1954 and (972, Where salicrust and lakebed surlace rise Over an upward buckle, the crust becomes thinner by trans- fer of salt to a Jowee area such as a nearby down- ward buckle as illustrated in Pig- 2, B and C. Conversely, when the crust and lakebed surface sink over a downward buckle, the crust thickens by iransfer of salt from a nearby higher area, As well as thickness changes due to buckling, and super iinposed upon rhein, “normal” wansfers of sale frou higher marginal areas to lawér central areas, take place during the life of the crust, Thus thicknesses in a buckled arca are the net resutt of boeh factors. In the buckled areas ilustnited in Figure | there are 8 points at which lakebed surface levels and crust thicknesses. were hoth determined by Boaython in 1954 and Duthunty in 1972, Of these & points, aver the perind of FS years, 34AB & () went up and crust thinned and 4 (GHI& J) went. down and enust thickened. At only | point (D) had the net crust Ihickness not conformed to thinning with rise and thickening with fall, At this poimt addition of salt due to some other factor such 8s mignition from marginal to cenwal areas, or a nearby rise on an upward buckle, mush have heen greater than loss of sale due to rise in Jakebed surface level. It is now concluded that lateral compressional forces, generated in sattemuists as they marure, are responsible for lakebed instability, Evidenve of the operation of horizonta) compressional forces in thin and relatively weak saltcrusts up to about 10 em thick, in marginal areas, is seen in extensive fracturing of the crust with overthrust movement, illustrated hy photographs in Fig. $. The berzontal displavement associated with overihrusting on individual fractures is as much 30 cm in same places, but wsually less than 1S em, There is a great SALINA STUDIES AT LAKE EYRE 185 MAP CENTRAL AREA MADIGAN GULF Ben IN LAKE EYRE NORTH CAMPBELL SHOWING LEVEL SURVEY POINTS NSULA HUNT PENI 1 ey > =) ___ HORIZ. SCALE re) Salt 31cm DULHUNTY 1972 elow SL. Aust. Hgt, Dtm. Oo e 1 Salt 27.9.,, $27-9 §27-9 $279 0 2 HORIZ. SCALE Salt 28cm DULHUNTY 1972 BONYTHON 1954 J iy 2 4km §22 HON 1954 HORIZ. SCALE BONYTHON 195 23 $23 $42 s Oo DULHUNTY 1972 Salt33.cm $35 tt LANDS DEPT. 1969 H G FIG. 1D caxeseo proFies Fig. | Lakebed surface profiles and saltcrust thickness along lines in central Madigan Gulf of Lake Eyre North. 186 I, A, BULHUNTY EEO IMENTS “Tavexteo SALT AMD SURFACE OF BED SEDIMENTS TELUTM WZ eg ee 5 SAU TRANSFER 6Y [one ION pal som NING DEPOSIT AND DEPOSITION Nig. 2. A — diagranumatic WMustration of surface of unconsolidated Holocene sediments beneath salicrust. B— buckling of salicrust and underlying sediments by lateral compressional! farces. C — sali transfer From higher to lower place by solution and redeposition of salt giving thinning and thickening of crust deal of fracturing in all marginal areas surrounding the principal sheets of saltcrust, as well as in small areas formed in washouts which occur in tiver estuaries and form walerholes after Mowing ceases (Wopfner H. (982, pers. comm). In central areas of the main saltsheets, where nae 2 | sf SEs O23 vos S329 3 sw = 4 Ezoa aoa ie Bo aa = Bem £75 cls c Reg TZ2 rot — nad C te CESTODE FAMILY HORNED TTELLIDAE 199 division uf the bothridium, to be due to intraspecific variation, and noted thar contracted specimens are mote likely to have @ medium sub-division of the bothvidia, Southwell’s (1929) cowclusiuns are considered justified since if specimens are examined unstamed using incident light, there is a prominent, media longitudinal ridge in each bothridium, which becomes virtually invisible when the speci- mens are cleared, Hornell (1992) also stated that the length of “proboscis hooks" differed between the Iwo specics, though no measurements were given in etthec of the original descriptions Marked differences occur in hook size and shape ona single tentacle, and hence such comparisons are useless if the posilion of the hooks being compared is not clearly specified. Hornell’s (1912) specimens of f! annuidalet were taken froin Stegastenia fasciatwnr (Hermann, 1783) (syn, 3, ngrinwen (Gmelin, 1789}), as were those of Yamaguti 1/934) and the new specimens described herein, The material examined by Southwell (1929) included specimens from S. fasciatum rom Sri Lanka (BMNH 1977 11.14.46) as well as speamens fron) Guteocerdo cuvier (Peron & Le Sueur, 1822) isyn, Gi wretions (Faber, 1829) and G. tigrinus Mueller & Heale, (839) from Sri Lanka (BMNH 1977.LL.14 32-35) and specimens from a host identified on the label simply as 7rygen sp. (BMNH L977.01,14.9 aid 1977.11, 14, 21-24) bur identified in the text of his paper as Dasybenes sp. All specimens clearly belong to a single species, with a wide host range, We therefore support Southiwell'’s (1929) conclusion that 7) niacreporus and 7) annandalei are conspecific though material trom Himanture uarnak is needed to confirm this view. Yamaguti (1954) appear to have overlooked this synonymy ht his redescription of T; wnaendale’, and hence the correct combination for his new genus becomes Hornetliella macropera (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb. nov. (syn. 4, annandalei (Hornell, 1912) Yamaguri, 1954). Hornejlielia palasoorani Zaidi & Khan, 1976 is the only other nominal member of the genus, The spevies was said lo.differ from H. micropora only in the size of the cirrus sac (Zaidi & Khan 1976). However, the description is very poor arid itis clear fron the drawings thal it does not belong to the gens Hornellielia, is systematic position cannot be determined and it is considered fneertae sedis, the description given herein continms most of Yamaeuti's (1954) observations, except for the single seminal vesicle which appears, from his description, to be external ro the virrus sae bue whivh in faet, is inlermal (see Fig. 3). The artnuture, desertbed Here for the First time, presents several unique featuses. The large Falcifori hooks of the basal armature are similur w species of Gramoriyachus Rudolphi, [819 and Malirole (Pollfus, 1935} Also, the external surface of the metabasal armature bears what we have described as a double chainette of hooks which are similar in form (o those of the principal rows, The hooks ol the chainette are well separated from and opposite to the alternating principal rows as Occurs in genera such as Lacistorhynchus Pintnes, 1913 and Caliiterraraynchus Pintner, (934. All of che hooks are hollow and are not accompanied by satellite hooks or by intercalating rows of hooks Although a4 poecifoacanihous type of hook atrangement fiiting the orderly arrangement found in a chainette, it could also be interpreted as a “hand” of hooks such as is found on the external surface of the tentacles of species Molola and Grilloria (see Dolifis 1942). However, such bands of hooks in poectloacanth trypanorhynchs {reguently shove little or no orderly linear arrangement of their elcmenrs and the haoks may vary both in size and in form, We therefore prefer ts consider the hook arrangemenc seen in Hornelfiglig as a modified chainette. A double chainetie with hooks in a tandem position, acours in Lacistarkynchas and Eulaciste- rhynchus Subhapradha, 1957 (Lacistorhynchidac), in Callitetrarhynchus (Dasyrhynchidaes, Gymno- fhunchus (Gymnorhynchidae) and some species of Dusprkvnichus Pintner, 1928 {Dasyrhynchidae). Simple chainettes with hooks in a single row oceur in FYaviceps Cuvier, 1817 (Dasyrhynchidae), Hely- siockyachus Pinner, 1913 (Pierobothnidae}, Afixo- digma Dailey & Vogelbein, 1982 (Mixodigmatidae) and in same species of Dasyrhiyrcius, No genus described to date has a chainette composed of pairs of hooks in tandem, and the structure seen in Hernellietia is unique among the Trypanorhyncha_ Yamaguti (1954) erected a new Family and genus for the species hased primarily on the presence of a unigue, hermaphroditic vesicle, which be chd not iNustrate. Yamuguti's description is correct, and both cirrus and vagina join a large, thick-walled vesicle armed with sagiltate spines The vesicle leads, via a highly muscular hermaphroditic duct, to the geniial atrium, A fully everted circus was not observed but the hermaphroditic duct appears to be éyersible and the vesicle is capahle of being partially protcuded through the duct, with the characteristic sagittate spines being visible on the external surface (Fig, 5) Althougl) the vesicle appears to be unique, a union of male and female ducts within the “cirrus sac” |=hermaphrodiue pouch of Yamaeguti 41954)) oeeurs in Lectsre- rAynchus (see Dollfus 1942) hut in the latier case there is no armed vesicle, merely a simple hermaphroditic duct referred to as the “gentlal atrium by Doilfus (1942) because Ihe “arriwin" by 200 &. A. CAMPBELL & |. BEVERIDGE everted first, followed by the cirrus. A similar mechanism of evagination may operate in A. niacropora. We consider the terminology used by Yamaguti (1954) of hermaphroditic duct. and herma- phroditic vesicle preferable to that used by Dollfus (1942) for Lacistorhynchus tenuis. Yamaguti (1954) erected the family Hornellielli- dae based on the preserice of an hermaphroditic vesicle, testes anterior to the “cirrus sac”, presence of paired lappets around the genital atrium, a series of muscular rings in the tentacle sheaths and circumcortical vitelline follicles which formed a band posterior to the ovary. Of these characters, the muscular rings of the tentacle shcaths were not visible in our specimens, and we doubt whether such precise distribution of the testes and vitellaria will prove to be family characters. However, the armature is unique in that each pair of hooks in the chainette is contributed by a single, principal row, in alternating fashion. Furthermore, the hooks of the chainette are similar in shape to those of the principal rows instead of being markedly different, On the basis of its armature and the herma- phroditic vesicle we consider that the Hornelliellidac is valid and that it is most closely related to the poeciloacanthous families Lacistorhynchidae Guiart, 1927 and Gymnorhynchidae Dollfus, 1935. A redefinition is given below, Hornelliellidae Yamaguti, 1954. Hornelliella Yamaguti, 1954, Scolex elongate, acraspedote; two oval bothridia each with median longitudinal ridge. Metabasal armature poeciloacanthous, chainette of two rows of large paired hooks; intercalary hooks absent; distinctive basal armature present; no basal swelling. Tentacle sheaths coiled; prebulbar organ absent; retractor muscle originates in anterior third of bulb, Pars postbulbosa absent. Genital pores marginal, irregularly alternate. Testes numerous, scattered, anterior to genital pore; internal seminal vesicle present; male and female ducts unite to form armed hermaphroditic vesicle; genital pore sur- rounded by lappets. Vitellaria follicular, circum- cortical, pre and post-ovanian. Uterus simple, median, tubular; preformed uterine pore present. Parasites of sharks and rays. Acknowledgments Thanks are due to B. G. Robertson for collecting the specimens, and to Dr D, Gibson (BMNHB) for lending specimens. This project was supported financially by the Australian Biological Resources Survey. References Dor.rus, R. P. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les Tétra- rhynques du Muséum de Paris. Arch. mus. nat, Hist. nat, Paris, 6° sér. 19, 1-466. Hornet, J. (1912) New cestodes from Indian fishes. Rec. Ind, Mus. 7, 198-204, plates IX, X. SOUTHWELL, T. (1929) A monograph of cestodes of the order Trypanorhyncha from Ceylon and India, Part 1, Spolia Zeyl, V5, 169-312. Yamacuti, 5. (1954) Parasitic worms mainly from Celebes, Part 6. Cestodes of fishes, Acta Med. Okavama 8, 353-374, plates I, 11. ZarpL, D, A, & KHAN, D. (1976) Cestodes. of fishes from Pakistan. Biologia 22(2), 157-179. NEW RECORDS OF UPEROLEZA (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA WITH SUPPLEMENTARY OSTEOLOGICAL DATA ON UPEROLEIA MICROMELES Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION NEW RECORDS OF UPEROLEIA (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA WITH SUPPLEMENTARY OSTEOLOGICAL DATA ON UPEROLEIA MICROMELES Upereleia Gray, 1842 comprises 23 speeies! of which ten o¢cur in Western Australia: two from the Pilbara and eight from the Kimberley Division, Recently sianificant range extensions al two species inio W.A. have been discovered. Uperoleia trachyderma Tier, Davies & Martin, 1981 On 13..1987 we collected LU! Irachyderma during heavy thunderstorms on the irrigation flats of the Ord River Scheme at Kununurra (WAM R96781, 8.5 kin NNE Kununurra, at the junction of Ivanhoe and Research Stations Rds). ‘his represents an addition to the fauna ot WA, The species was collected on self mulching grey cracking clay.* U. trachyderma is the only member of the genus ta be associated with a particular soil type, and all previously collected specimens have this fidelity, Self-mulching grey cracking clays are distributed disjunctly throughenut W.A., the N-T. and Qld;* those on the Barkly, Tableland are considered to have evolved in stv.? Distribution along current drainage patterns would explain the presence.of the species‘on the Georyina River and at Lawn Hill in Qld! but the occurrence of the Species at Newry Station in the far northwest of the NJ) and at Kununurra remains an enigma, Two other vertebrates havé comparable disjunct disteybutions on grey cracking clays: the monitor baranis spercert’ and the planigale Planigale ingrami\®* while two specics of bird, the flock pigeon Histrigphups Aisteionice and the red-chested quail Turnix pyrrothorax, have theic centres of abundance on these soils. Perhaps jhe question of the origins of the Barkly Tableland soils sliould be examined in the hight of the endemicity of the associared fauna. An additional species of Uperoleia has been recorded in W.A.* A specimen of 1) mivromeles was collected by A. A, Burbidge and P. JS. Fuller on 25.iv.1979, 1 km S Stafford; Bore (22°22'S, 127°24'E) (WAM R64073), Previously known only fron) {he Tanami Sanctuary, NT. the species is unusual in 4 number of niarphological and ostcologica!l features. Re-examination of the paratype alizarin has enabled the clarification of same osteological features not included in the original description! Jiere we redefine the species and report these fealures. Uperoleia micromeles Tyler, Davies & Martin, 198) Definition: A relatively large species (@ 27 mm, 9 9 24-31] mm 5-V) of gross habitus; maxillary teeth present ap vestiges; narrowly exposcd frontoparietal tontanctie; short, fattened unweébbed toes; internarial span greater than cye to naris distance; carpus of six elements; itial crest present. Advertisement call not known. Osteology: Uiunr with small dorsal crest (Fig. 1). Dorsal prominence very large, mesa-shaped. Dorsal promberance laleral; pubis caleitied, Carpus of six elements. ©. radiale larger than ©. ulnare. These elements articulate proximally with G. radiautna, with each other on their proximomedial border, with large transversely elongated O. centrale postaxiale distally. 0. radiale articulates laterally with O. centralé preaxiale. ae SP, Ao — mR | 7 Fig. 1 Lateral view of the pelvis of Upercleia micrameles (Paratype): O, centrale pastaxiale articulates distally with bases of O. metacarpi UI, IV and V; small flange extends proximally from. lateropraximal comer (Fig. 2). O. centrale prexiale articulates laterally with O. radiale, distally with ©. centrale postaxiale and carpal elements of O. distale carpale 2.and 3, laterally with basal prepoltical element. Three distal tarsal clements. Lateral element largest, lies at base of O, metatarsus If], extending laterally to articulate with medioproximal side of base of ©. metalarsus 1, medially to base of O. metatarsus 1]. Medial element lies at base of Q. metatarsus I, articulates with QO, centrale prehallucis, Distal prehallical element long, elliptic, extending for approximately 2/3 the length of ©, metatarsus | (Fig. 2), 1, | 4 Bal f Biz. 241A) Palmar view of the carpus and (B) plantar view of the tarsus of Uperaleia micromeles (Paratype). 202 Comparison with other species: Uperoleia micromeles is a functionally edentate species (the teeth are vestigial) with a poorly exposed frontoparietal fontanelle. This species is unique amongst Uperoleia in a number of features: presence of vestigial teeth; a broad snout (E-N/ IN 0.83-0.90!!); anteromedial extensions to the nasals; and the presence of a moderately developed ilial crest. We thank Michael J. Tyler for reading the manuscript, John and Judy Caratti for hospitality in Kununurra, and Chris Done and the W.A. Department of Conservation and Land Management for field assistance, This work was supported by research funds from the Departments of Zoology, Universities of Adelaide and Melbourne. \Davies, M., McDonald, K. R. & Corben, C. (1986) Proc. R. Soe, Vict. 98, 147-188. 2Northcote, K. H., Hubble, G. D., Isbell, R. F, Thompson, C. H. & Bettenay, E, (1975) “A description of Australian Soils,” (CSTRO, Melbourne). 3Davies, M. (1987) Taxonomy and systematics of the genus Uperoleia Gray, 1842 (Anura: Leptodactylidae). Ph.D. thesis, University of Adelaide. Unpubl. 4Northcote, K. H. Pers. comm. Tyler, M. J., Watson, G. F, & Davies, M. (1983) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 107(4), 243-245. 6Tyler, M. J. & Davies, M. (1986) “Frogs of the Northern Territory.” (Conservation Commission of the N-T., Alice Springs). 7Pengilley, R. (1981) Aust. J. Herp. 1, 23-26. 8Parker, S. A. (1973) Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(11), 1-57. °Andrew, D. L. & Setile, G. A. (1982) pp. 311-24 Jn M. Archer (Ed.) “Carnivorous Marsupials.” (R. Zool. Soc. N,SW., Sydney). 10Parker, S, A, Pers. comm. 'lTyler, M. J., Davies, M. & Martin, A. A. (1981) Aus. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 79, 1-64. MARGARET DAVIES, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001, GRAEME F. WATSON, Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Vic. 3052 and CHRISTOPHER A. MILLER, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide. AUSTRALIAN PLANT NEMATODES: LONGIDORUS MICOLETZKY, 1922 AND PARA LONGIDORUS SIDDIQI, HOOPER & KHAN, 1963 (NEMATODA: DORYLAIMIDA) Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION AUSTRALIAN PLANT NEMATODES: LONG/DORUS MICOLETZKY, 1922 AND PARALONGIDORUS SIDDIQI, HOOPER & KHAN, 1963 (NEMATODA: DORYLAIMIDA) Ina comtinuing study of the distribution and laxonomy of plant parasitic nematodes associated with naturally occurring native vegetation, spesies of Curu/onagidoeus and Longidorus were identified. The distribution of both these genera in Alistratia is poorly known. All records here are from areas Gt natural vegetation, many of which are National Parks (NP), Conservation Parks (CP) and Stale Forests (SF) (excluding Plows redsata and other planted forests). Nematode specimens are held in rhe Waite Insri- tuic Nematode Collection (WINC). Measurements are fram specimens mounted in glyceral. The genus Lonaiderus has been recorded from three locuboms around Sydney (NS SAV)" and from Charleville, Qld? bur npne js identified to species, Soil samples collecied fram four localities in South Australia contained speviniens Of Lomgiderus faniwha Clack, 1963, a New Zealand spovits, not previously recorded in Australia. The localities are all on the Fleuricu Peninsula, sourh of Adelaide, in Eucolyivus L'Hér,, forest at Mt Compass, Kyeerna CP and Spring Mount CP, and wn area of mallee ut Myponga CP. Apart from a more posterior guiding ring (52-37 pm from anterior end), South Australian speeinens arc similar in most respects lo the type population. Small numbers of males were cotfected from each locality except Spring Mount. Three species of Purglongidorus have been recorded in Australia. Two of these, P evcalypti Pisher, 1964 and # saechar! Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, (963 have been idemlified by the aulhory, from bus{land soils, A euca/ypii has only previously been necarded Irom the type locality (S. Aust.)) and three localities in N.SW.! Specimens of P evedlypt) have been Wentified from mare than 35 dilferemt Ineulities, in all States of mainland Australia. Most of the localities are Eucalypius woodland or mallee. rarely torest, none Irom rainforest. Soil samples have betn collected from 24 sites, within 14 separate greas of rain- forest (totalling (76 soil samples) in exstern Qld, and NSW, No species of Paraloneldorus have been recovered from Uiese soils. fomales of Hardiongidaras eucalypi{ were swudied, and the marphometnes of specimens from eight lovalines are elven in Table b, The specimens are similar to the vriginal description, with minor differences in tail length and shane. The papillac near the amphid apertures, a peculiar- Hy of (Mis species, ace clearly visible in mest specimens. There ale seme clifYerences between measurements of specimens fram differing lavalities, The $, Aust, specimens ate similar to those from the type lecality, The Qld ypeciens are shofter (han those from S. Aust. and also have a shyrter styler and a more unleriorly situated guiding ring. Some specimens trom Marne Valley 1S. Aust.) and Mt Topper (N.SM.) have a slightly more pusteriorly situ- ated vulya. One female specimen, identified tram Dengarra (WAL) Las an untoually short stylet (127 pm) but is similar in other respects to f% excalypti. The messurements given here considerably extend the range for This species, Localities from which # eucalppti were collected are 48 follows: S. Aust: Guileys to the vast and west of Northern Minders Ranges, in association with Evcalypius cumuldulensis Dehnh; mid-north, associated with Liaulypius woodland and mallee; frequeul on sandy sous associated with Fucalypius woodland and mallee, including: Saudy Creek CP (neat Gawler); Ferrics McDonald €P (near Murray Bridge); Marne Valley CP (near Swan Reach): Aldinga Serb (Adelaide cowl). Vie, Sunraysia district, associated with Eucalypius comuldilensis oy mallee; Eucalyptus woodland at Victoria Valley, Grampian Mountains, NSW: Sunraysia district, north-castern State Terests including M1 Topper SF; Sacks Creck SFS Nundle SF, Unumyar SP; Beaury SP, Old: Eveaiypies woodland west of Mt Garnett (north Old: brigalow asseciatian, Thangool (near Biloclay: Cosuerina ditterefis Salish, fuulside rainforest area) Eungella NP near Mackay); malice and mutpa, Charleville NT Bucwlvpius woodland with tall perential arasses, Katherine. HAs Buedyeres calaphylla R.Br west af Narrham, E& erythrocorys UT. Muell., south of Dongarra (near Geraldton), The male of # evcalypr/ has or be desecibed, One male has been collected from S. Aust. and qne from W.A., which are described here. Measwrements (5. Aaist. male, n = ib - 3 S8 mm, a ~ M27 p0 = 8.2; ¢ — 128; odonmtostyle ~ 106.4 pms adoniophore = 49,5 pms total stylet = 155.9 am; guiding ring 43.4 ym [rom antetior end; T = 63.4; spicules = 43.4 pm (tivasured wlong curvature): lateral guiding icces 14,7 pms tail = 43.5 pm, (WA. male on = Lb = 539mm - 12L%¢ - 223 ec = 135: odoninstyle - IDL2 ym; oadantophore = 46.8 pin; total srylee = 144.0 pin; guiding ring 34,9 am from anterior end; T — 48.0; spicules 56.3 am), lateral guiding pieces LI1 pm; tail ~ 44.03 pm. Neserlotiag: Body ventrally Curyed whien relaxed (Fig. LA), more strungly curved in posterior region than fernales, Anterior region similar ta temales, with offset lips region (Fig. (BC), papillae near amnphid apertures and stirrup shape! amphids. Odontostyle shorter rhan females fram type populaiion. Hemizonicd 3.8-6,8 por long, Cinnas! rather obsetire. Spicules arcuate, lateral guiding pieyes slightly cutved. In the S. Aust. specimen, supplements consisting of ay adanal pair, unequal distances from the nus, with a venrra-median scri¢s of fourteen. If the W.A, specimen there aré thirteen ventro-median. supplements, The most anterior supplemeiy is $5.1-95,2 pm from anus (mewured along curvature), Tail rounded-conoisl terminus slighty bulbous in buth specimens (Fig. 1D, 2). Localities: (8. Aust.) Collected fram Aldinga Serub, S. Aust, in December 198] by (he author Uhts site is law ‘pus JOWAIUe WOI] Aus BuIpins Jo aoueisip = “VST = Us atwest (ir-2€) (ET) (Zrt-971) fhTT-301) (Gr-Br) (E66) (g-9P) (9¢I-SszD = (€8t-1z1) ('s-1°9) f CIN) 16£ Tl POE! ST Lge TIP cup 9 TEL 0°6L1 os auLayyey D‘ap6Z 9E-ZE TE-O'T LBI-IST —IST-6€L_—OS-LB SS Sh-EE 9S-€p Z9I-p8 ss QUZ-LZT BOB Z ete QS1Z 6E-f€ TI-Vl 91I-L6 08-89 OS-6r =. ZE-TE Or-OF 001-66 Opl-6El = G E-BE TZ ee C-VLIZ (Ib-€s) (€1-0'1) (671-101) (6-99) (TS=SP) (hE-62) (t¢-9€) (601-%6) —(IST-SED) Ce b-s'f) gy (PIO) ‘qa ‘worz = ese etl TSI 3'r8 8b rte gr L'66 S'Trl £0'F yoosuryy, q ‘weiz (zp-se) (e'T-O°1) « (GpI-zzI) (TEI-€01) (€S-6h) (Sh-88) (9S-9€) (€pi-971) (L61-FLT) (6°S-9°F) i CAYS'N) B°8t VI $'8El oEIT Vis Str User SSEL Orel ps jaddoy, 1 166 AL6 (€b-6€) (191-91) «(ZTT-86) — 6b-Lb) (6-94) (pp-8E) (Z9I-OS1) (OLZ-161) (h9-9"S) t (isny °S) 406 = -G'0P x01 9'6FT 0°01 S'8P z'or 6th bpst £°861 19 yaarD Apueg : : . ; , . ; : fer ; Casny °S) asit = FOE 60 6 P81 €'S0T 6 iP gir 8°05 g6rl 9007 99°¢ 1 gnisg eauipry A‘acte (6p-1g) (1-01) (zLI-€01) Ozt-€6) = (zs-eb) (Th-S) (09-€P) (ipl-O€1) (O0Z-E8T) (6's-8"F) OL (ysny °S) azige SBE rll O'8E1 0°601 00s 6 8E arAs sSel 8° L8T £z'S AgeA auseyy eer _ (IST-111) (BET-SOT) (6-9) (ZP-6E) (¢s-8P) (ISt-€€1) 2 0T'9-08'F gy ‘207 adap O'9EL 0'6IT 6 LY 66 g's OOP zLs Cysny *S) BuoID0D (uu) (ur) (un) (uu?) (ut) (mur) ONIM ye a 2 eB A 1d aroydowwopg = ayAyso}wopO TBIAIS TI u Aye07} ‘sainyv20] auiu woif Wdsjeons sniopisuojeeg fO Sodjausoydsopy “| ATVI, D Fig. 1. Paralongidorus euculypti—male. A—relaxed body posture; B, C—lip region; D—posterior region; E-tail. Rar seales: A = 1 mm, B-E = 20 ym, lying, sandy soil with Eucalyptus cumaldulensis and numerous Isolepis nodosa (Rotb,) R.Br. (Knobby Club- Rush) WINC: 176A, (W.A.) Male and juveniles collected from dam reserve at ‘The Humps”, Hyden, W,A,, by P. Orr and P. Laidlaw in September 1986. Caswarinad sp. dominant, with associated Acacia sp, Eucalyptus sp. Santalum acuminatum (R.Br) A.D.C. and tussock grasses, WINC 332A. ' McLeod, R. W. (1979) Science Bulletin 87, 48 pp. Dept Ap. N.S.W- > Khair, G. T. (1987) List of plant parasitic nematodes of Australia (3rd Edn) Canberra, Dept of Primary Industry. 156 pp. 3 Fisher, J. M. (1964) Nematolopica 10, 464-470. 205 Paralongidorus sacchari, first described from north Qld and India‘ and also recorded fram FijiS has not been recorded elsewhere in Australia. Specimens have been identified from two localities in S, Aust, and are morphologically similar to the original description, but differ in same measurements. Black Rock CP, females (a = LO). L = 3.7-5.5 mm; c = 100-141; co = 1.1-1,3; V = 47-52; odontostyle = 119-134 pm; odontophore = 36-60 um; total stylet = 162-19) pm; guiding ring 32-37 ym from anterior end: tail — 30 44 pm. Locality. Black Oak, Casuarina cristata ssp. pauper (P. Muell, ex Miq) L. Johnson and Blue Bush, Maireana sedifolia (F. Mucll), P, G, Wilson association at Black Rock CP (near Orroroo) S. Aust. Females and juveniles collected in 1974. WINC 59-63. Martins Well, females (n = 3). I, = 3.7-4.8 mm; c¢ = 109-157; c = 1.0-1.2; V = 48-50; odontostyle = 115-130 um; odontophore = 38-62 gm; total stylet = 154-192 pm; guiding ring 35-383 wm trom anterior end; tail = 30-35 pITL, Locality: 118 ktm south-east of Blinman, towards Martins Well (ouiside northern Flinders Ranges), from gully mar- gin. Associated vegetation includes Eucalyptus camaldulensis and EB, interfexta R. T. Baker, and Ptilpius spp. Females and juveniles collected in 1973. WINC. 29 A, D. Sincere thanks to people who collected soil, in particu- lar; J. A. Simpson, Forestry Commission of N.SW., R.G. Silcock, Dept of Primary Industries, Qld, M, H, Andrew, CSIRO Division of Tropical Crops and Patures, N-T., J. H. Warcup and P. McGee of the Waite Institute, P. Laidlaw and P. Orr, Adelaide. Thanks also to the 8, Aust. and Qld National Parks and Wildlife Services, $. Aust. Planning Commission and the Forests Commission of Victoria for co-operation with soil sampling in their reserves, ‘Technical assistance by P, Fuhlbohm is gratefully acknowledged. This work was partially funded by a grant from the Burcau of Flora and Fauna, 4 Siddiqi, M. R,, Hooper, D. J. & Khan, BE. (1963) Nematologica 9, 7-4. > Orton Williams, K, J, (1980) Plant parasitic nematodes of the Pacific, Tech. Report Vol. 8. 192 pp. Commonwealth Inst. Helminthology, England, FRANCOISL REAY, Department of Plant Patholovy, Waite Agricultural Research Institute (University of Adctaide), Glen Osmond, 8. Aust. 5064. YABBIES AT DALHOUSIE SPRINGS, NORTHERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA: MORPHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE FOR LONG TERM ISOLATION Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION YABRIES AT DALHOUSIE SPRINGS, NORTHERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA: MORPHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE FOR LONG TERM ISOLATION This paper stems from a comprehensive morphological analysis of the taxonomy of the @estrucor group of the genus Cherax,'* Since the specimens from Dalhousie Springs proved to be morphologically distinct from all other specimens examined, they are given special consideration here, Dalhousie Springs are u series of over 60 active mound springs distributed (throughout an area of about 60 km*4, 160 km NE of Oodnadatta in the far north of South Australia? While located within the Lake Byre Drainage division, they are isolated from the major waterways and lakes of central Adstralia. Morphological analyses included both bivariate (analysis of covariance) and :multivariate (principal components analysis) techniques? On the basis ot tity metric and multistate characters, the specimens from Dalhousic Springs are closest to C. destructor, which is the only other species of Cherax ty be found in central Australia.? Of these characters, the Dalhousie Springs specimens could be distinguished sratisiigally from C. destructor by iheir relatively broad arcola (the distance between the branchincardiac groaves), short thorax, and Shert vostuim, and to a lesser cxtent by relatively Jarge chelae and broad rostrum.’ These characters are iWusttared in Fig, 1, The Dalhousie Springs spevimens are separated nrost conspicuously frome. desiructor by their relatively broad areola. The relationship between areola width and ocular- carapace length for the Dathousle Springs specimens (a), C. albidus (b) and C. destructor (c) is shown in Fig. 2. The data for Dalhousie Springs specimens represent collections from several mound Springs. These data were tog-itansformed to linearize the allometric relationship of areola width with ocular-varapace length, Analysis of covariance indicated that the elevations of these regression lines are significantly different (F497 =6)1.), p<.0,001), A pesteriori comparison of the elevations using Tukey's Tes!” indicated that the differences between each pair of lines are statistically significant (p<0.05), with the Dalhousic Springs specimens having the broadest aveolac and C. destructor having the narrowest. lgalhousie Springs are thought to have formed during the lale Pliocene-early Pleistocene and Ure surrounding atea hay been substantially dry sinve the late Tertiary.’ However, in modern times, flood waters from the creeks near the springs would have provided a connection between the springs and the Finke river system via spring run-off during particularly wet years.’ Tt has been suggested that these canditions may have occurred nurnerous times in the past 1000 years and possibly more Frequently during the Pleistocene wher the springs niay have been ata ictatively lower elevation.’ In the hzht of these suggestions, it is interesting that these populations have maintained their morphological integrity, probably in the face of repeated invasion by C destrucrar. One explanation for this may be that rhe yabbies of Dalhousie Springs may have developed pliysiplogical tolerance of the high, relatively constant tumperiture to which they are eaposed, Invading C. destructor may not be ahte to survive +—— TGL hig, 1, Cephalothoracic measurements distinguisling the Dalhousie Springs yabbies from arher specimens of C. deytruvior, TCL, total-carapace length; OCL, aculur- carapace length; TL, thorax tength; RW, rostron. widit; AW, areala width. Rostrum length was calculated as the difference between TCL and OCL. and reproduce under chese conditions. Ecological isolation af populations hetween which there are no geopraphical barrienm has been described tor some species of Garnmnartes which inhwhit regions with differing salinities.* Individuals from different populations of some “species” were 50 specialized that they could not survive and reproduce at any common salinity. On the basis of zoogeographic evidence not connected with Dalhousie Springs, | have previgusly postulated that ¢. destructor arose as a result of increased selection for drought tolerance during the late Teruary-Pleistocene phase of increasing aridity and that it arose from a previously widespread “C. albidus-like!! ancestov,'? This latter species is now restricted to southwestern Victoria and (he extreme southeast of South Australia. The similarity of the Dalhousie Springs specimens to ¢! alhidus, wlth respect 1o relative areola width is, therefore, particularly siznificant. Mound springs also have been sugyested as providing refuges: for aquatic fauna LNUAW tant 26 Za 2.0 32 34 3.6 3.8 LATOCL mimi Fig, 2. Lines of best Jit for the log-log regressions of areola width on oculat-cvarapace length. a, Dalhousie Springs in=75); h, C. albidus (n=526, <. C. destructor (n=900). All regressions ate statistically significant (p<0.001). The circles indicate the positions of individuals from Dalhousie Springs. dunng periods of wiereased aridity.? An association between dreola width and the environment has been noted for cambarid species, wide arcolae being largely restricted to highly oxygenaled Jotic habitats and narrow areolar being more common on crayfish inhabiting waters of lower oxygen concentrations,” This association was related to the fact that a lengthening and narrowing of the areola will result in a concomitant enlargement in the gill chamber? We wight therefore predict thar 2 drougit- adupled spevies (ie. C. destructor) would have a relatively narrow angola, ASC. des{reector populauans inhabiting the cooler. wetter areas of central Victoria and scatheasterm New Soulh Wales do nol show any broadening of the areata, !* this relationship (if it applies lo parastacids) ts not & proxinoal ore Although the Spring water lemperatures are high, dissolved oxygen levels are generally high ti saturated m most springs, except in the immediate vicinily of the vent,” The permanent water of the mound springs would, therefore, buffer the crayfish fron: che effects of undity and subsequent selecrian for drought tolerance, For further interpretation of the pattern of morphological variation, it would be interesting to Know wherher there has been gene flow between the Dalliousie Springs crayfish and typical C destructor. Future investigation using other methods (c.g. immunological techniques} may help 1a larity the relationships between the Dalhousie Springs populations, CQ destructor and C albiadus- Although these specimens are murplioloyically very distinct from the other C destructor specitnens, their taxonomic statusis far from clyar, The possability that their distinetive morphology is environmerstally induced must be considered, The Dalhousic mound springs represent an exireme environment. Spring watet temperatures at the source vary from 29°C ta 44°C, the hotter springs betrg in the north. While summer water temperatures may reach these levels in Gther parts of central Australia, che Spring water (emperatires are constant throughout the year it least at ihe source. These springs rarely Naw more thad 1S km from their source due Ww the high evaporation rate (2500 msn /annum), "1s the unusual morphology of the Dathousi¢ Springs. specimens is environmentally induced, some indication of morphological similarity with other central Australian populations might be expected_ However, with respect to the chatacters which distinguish the Spring specimens, yabbies from other nocthern Sauih Australian, southern Northern Territory and southwest Queensland localities are eloser to southeast Australian specimens,!* A further indication of the extreme environment at Dalhousie Springs is the presence of berried females of very small carapace lengths. | have examined berried females of tolal carapace length (TCL) 23.4 inm (OCL 19.8 mim) and 24.3 mm (OCL 20.6 mm) fram this locality Previous field studies have recorded miaimum total carapace Jengths (TCLs) for bertied females of 31- 45 mro," although berried females of total carapace length o& small as 26 mm have been revorded from Lake Eucumbene in southeastern N.SW.'" The Dalhousie Springs specimens therefore represent the smallest. berried fernales of “Ct desrructor™ yet recorded. The size at which crusiaacans reach sexual maturity in the field has been Sugpested to be a guuge of (he influence of the environment on the performance of the papulation,'® A further complication is the possibility of recent introductions. Yabbies were first recorded from the Springs in May 1984 when they were collected using wire-mesh box raps for fst!" However, bo Cherak were collected on previous visitzin July/August. 1968, November, 1969, and May, 1974 using the same raps in the same area. When collecting vabbies, hawever, itis nor unusual to have markedly different trapping success at different times. It has also been nated that locals inthe mid-north of South Australia, at least as far north as Godnadatta, have introduced yabbies into their dams.!? Given that the morphulogy of the Dalhousie Springs crayfish is so distinet from all other C desiructer populations examined,'* it is most untikely that they are the resule of recent introductions by man While the frequency and extent of past aquatic connec- tions between ihe Dalhousie Springs and surrounding drainage systems are not known, conditions Tavouring speciation of other taxa have existed since there are two endemic fish species, the Dalhousie catfish (Neosilurus spt und the Dathousle hardyhead (Careracephulay dalhousensis) whict cannol survive al waler lemaperatures much less than 20°C.'§920 Dalhousie Springs alse contains endemic snails {family| Hydoobiidae) and amphinods.° The cause of the unique morphology of the Dalhousic Springs specimens (Le. genetic or envirtinenental) may be solved by the rearing of young under conitollod conditions The replication of this procedure with *pood" C destructor would serve.as a centrol Without this further evidenue, however, firm txonomic conclusions are nul justified, 1 am indebted to Dr Sam Lake for his constructive critigism and suggestions: My thanks also go 1 Dr bin Bayly and Michael Barry for thet comments on this manuscript. ' Sokal, A. (1986) Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Zoology, Monash Lniversily, Victoria. (Linpublished), q {in presay J. Invertebrate Taxenanyy, 3 Harris, C. R. (1985) In J. Greenslade, L. Joseph & A. Reeves (eds) “South Australia’s Mound Springs”. (Nature Conservation Society of South Australia Inc. Adelaide). 4 Riek, E. F. (1969) Aust. J. Zool. 17, 855-918. 5 Zar, + H. (1974) “Biostatistical Analysis” (Prentice- Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.). ® Krieg, G. W. (1985) Dalhousie, South Australia, 1:250 000 Geological Series — Sheet SA/53-11 Explana- tory Notes. (Geological Survey of South Australia), personal communication, 8 5 Kolding, S. (1985) Marine Biology 89, 249-255. 9 Ponder, W. (1986) Zn P. De Deckker & W. D. Williams (eds) “Limnology in Australia”. (CSIRO-Dr W. Junk ip Publishers, Melbourne). '" Hobbs, H. H. Jr. (1958) Q. J. Fla Acad. Sci. 21, 71-91. ua (1969) Jn P. C, Holt (ed) “The Distributional! History af the Biota of the Southern Appalachians. Pt 1 Invertebrates”, (Research Division Monograph 1. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Blacksburg, Virginia). 2 Williams, A. F. (1974) Sampling and measurement of Great Artesian Basin, Mound Springs, South Australia, 209 Progress Report. 1. Dalhousie Springs. Department of Mines, South Australia. Report 74/204. '3 Lake, PS. & Sokol, A. (1986) The ecology of the yabby Cherax destructor Clark (Crustacea: Decapoda: Parastacidae) and its potential as a sentinel animal for mercury and lead pollution, Australian Water Resources Council, Technical Paper No. 87. ‘4 Faragher, R. A. (1983) Aust. J, Mar. Freshwater Res. Is22! 407-417. ‘5 Wenner, A. M., Fusaro, C. & Oaten, A. (1972) Can. J. Zool. 52, 1095-1106. i 7 Clover, C. J. M. personal communication, 1, Zeidler, W. personal communication. 5 Wwantsoff, W. & Glover, C, J. M. (1974) Aust. Zool. 18, 88-98. '9 Glover, C. J. M. (1982) In W. R. Barker & P. J. M. Greenslade (eds) “Evolution of the flora and fauna of arid Australia”, (Peacock Publications, Frewville, South Australia.) 20 Merrick, J. R. & Schmida, G, E. (1984) Australian Freshwater Fishes, (Griffin Press Limited, Adelaide). ANTHONY SOKOL, Department of Zoology, Monash University, Clayton, Vic, 3168. MIDDLE EOCENE AGE OF THE MEGAFOSSIL FLORA AT GOLDEN GROVE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: PRELIMINARY REPORT, AND COMPARISON WITH THE MASLIN BAY FLORA Summary BRIEF COMMUNICATION MIDDLE EOCENE AGE OF THE MEGAFOSSIL FLORA AT GOLDEN GROVE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: PRELIMINARY REPORT, AND COMPARISON WITH THE MASLIN BAY FLORA A clay lens exposed during mining operations in » Monier Golden Grove sand pit contains abundant remains of leaves, pollen and spores, Evaluation of all the Tossils continues but preliminary results of the mezalosuils are now available’. This note presents the preliminary results of a palynqological examination of two samples fram Golden Grove and two others from the Jeal-bearing beds at Maslin Ray2 4 The latter saniples were examined In order to determine whether che two sites are correlative, A more extensive treatment of the palynofloras from Golden Grove will be given following analyses of borehole saraples of the glay leds obtained dunte a recent drilling programme in the Golden Grove area’. Detailed records of the palynofloras are held m the Biostratigraphy Bronch, Department of Mines and Fnergy, South Australia. All samples produced diverse: well preserved palynotloras in which pollen of Nothofuyidites spp., Haloragacidites horrisii (Couper) Harris 1971, the pymnosperms, the Preteaceae and spores: from the cryptogams are very common. No one group, however, is @ Very dominant part of the assemblage.as is usually expected, say, of Hualeragacidites Aarrisii and Nothojagidites spp. in Tertiary palynofloras. The samples are alsa rich in their diversity of triporate, Iricolpate and tricolporate pollen produced by the angiosperms. One sumple from Golden Grove contained an unusually high frequency of tricalporate pollen, in particular that assigned ta Rhoipites sphaerica (Cookson) Pocknalt & Crosbie 1982. In general, however, the composition of the assemblages from cact site is similar. In southern Australia two palynological zones have been erecyed for the Tertiary in the Gippsland and Souch Ausiralian aveas (Fig. J) In the Harcis zonation, palynofloras from Golden Grove and Maslin Bay can he assigned to rhe R pachypolus Zone, This derermination \5 made on the hasis of the presence of Norhafasidites asperus (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973 and N. falcaius (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973, the first occurrence of which marks the base of the Zone, as well as (he common occurrence of the zonal species together with frequent Norhofagidites spp. and Proteacidites spp., particularly P. Kepiensis Harris 1972, 2 reticulatus Cookson 1980 and P symphyonemaides Cookson 1950°. Trifites tuberculi- formis Cookson 1947 and Matonispuritey ornamentatix (Cookson) Stover & Partridge 1973 are rare, and THorites magnificus Cookson 1950 is absent; The firsr occurrence of the latter species is used to mark the top of the P pachypolus Zone, The palynotioras are also correlatives of the lower Nothofozidites asperus Zone in the Gippsland sequences (Fig. 1), thus supporting the conclusion drawn above. The base of fhe Zone is marked by the first appearance of a number of species which are present in the palynofloras inchiding: Foventriletes bajteus Partridge 1973, Gerimerri- volporites gesfus Partridge 1973, Gathanipallis hassensis Staver 1973, Nothofasidites axperus (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973, N._faledtus (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973, PALYNOLOGICAL ZONES GIPPSLAND BASIN | SGUTH AUSTRALIA (After 9,10) Aller Bt) PALYNOLOGICAL ZONES Unnamed urt Triporapaliensies bellus Cyolheocidiles onnulate Proreacid|tes fubercuiatus Nothotagidites Prateacidjles pachypolus OSPErUs Praleacidites confragosus Prot asperopolus Malvocipe iis diversus arthateichus Gombierina edwards | Lygistepollenites balmei Tricaiplres Jongus Tricolpires longus Fig. |. Tertiary palynological zones in southern Anstralia, N, vansteenisi (Cookson) Stover & Byans 1973, Peripore- pollenites vesicus Partridge 1973, Rheipites unzurium (Patttidge) Pocknall & Crosbie 1982, Augulatisporites trophus Partridge 1973, Tricolpites simarus Partridge 1973, T thomasii Cookson & Pike 1954 and Tricolporites leuros Partridge 197390. A number of species whose upper range terminates within theJower NV, asperus Zone are also present including 22 Anacolosidites acutullus Cookson & Pike 1954, A. Iuteaides Cookson-& Pike 1954, A. sectus Partridge 1973, Dryptopollenires semilunatus Stover 1973, Proteacidijes dlveolatus Stover 1973, PB asperopolus Stover & Evans 1973, P. incurvaius Cookson 1950, PB kopiensis Harris 1972, PF. pachypolus Cookson & Pike 1954, P tenuiexinus Stover 1973, Palycolpites reticulatus Couper 196), Rhoipites sphaerica and Verrucosisporites cristatus Part- ridge 1973. Palynofloras previously recovered from the Maslin Bay leaf beds were believed to have been correlative with the older Proteacicdites confragosus Zone, although in the light of Jater work they were reassigned to the Profeucidites pachypolus Zone®'*, The data presented in the present note not only support the latter conclusion bur alsa show that the palynofloras from Maslin Bay and Golden Grove are correlative. Thus the Golden Grove and Maslin Bay clay lenses and plant megafossils are Middle Eocene in age, as are the fossil floras from the Maslin Bay site. The palynological zonations and the age determination indicate that the sand deposit at Golden Grove is a correlative of the North Maslin Sands. The palynofloras found at Golden Grove appeat to be more diverse than the macrofloral assemblages’. At least 134 taxa can be recognized in the palynoflora, of which 115 can be ascribed to established form yenera or species, and a further 19 species of unknown affinity. This is to be expected, however, because the pollen and spores. are IChristephel, D. C, & Greenwood, D, R, (1987) Trans. R, Soc. 5. Aust. JIL, 155-162. 2Blackburn, D. T. (1981) Alcheringa 5, 9-28. 3Chrigtuphel, B.C. (1981) Jn Keast, A. (Ed.), “Ecological biogeography of Australia” (W. Junk, The Hague). & Biackburn, D. T. (1978) Alcheringa 2, 4, 31h-319. SLange, R. T. (1970) N. Jb, Geol. Palaont, Mh. 8, 486-490. 'bMeGowran, B., Harris, W. K. & Lindsay, J. M. (1970) N. Jb. Geol. Palaont. Mh, 8, 481-485, 7Pept. Min. Ener, §. Aust, (1986) Ja Miner, Ind. Quart. 43, 30-31. representative of the regional vegetation and may have: been transported considerable distances to the site. The macrofossils, on the other hand, were derived in close proximity to the site of deposition and provide evidence of the local vegetation, Moreover, the sediments in which the macrofossils occur are very finely laminated clay and sill with no current bedding to indicate that the leaves could have been brought from some distance away by streams. Pollen and spores from a number of plant geneva recorded at Golden Grove are well represented in the palynofloras, Proteaceous pollen is common and diverse, including pollen of Banksia Linnaeus f, and Grevillea R. Brown ex R.. A, Salishury, as.is pollen from the family Podocarpacege, inchiding three species of Pkylloctadus L. C. Rich, one of Dacrydiun Solander, three of Podocarpus L’Herit ex’ Pers, and one Microcachrys F. Hooker. The Myrtaceae are common and at least four species of pollen can be recognized, including pollen with affinities ta Euca/yvprus L’Herit. Although spores of the eryptogams form only small proportion of the assemblage, they are diverse and include two specics of Lygodiym Linnaeus f. type spores and two others with probable affinities to the genus. Lthank J. M. Lindsay, W. V. Preiss, W. K. Harris and C, B, Foster for their comments on the manusertipr, This disenssion is published with the permission of the Nitector-General, Department of Mines & Energy. ‘Harris, W. K. (1971) Jr Wopfner, H, & Douglas, J, G. (Eds). The Orway Basin of Southeastern Australia, Spec, Bull. geol. ‘Survs. 5. Aust. & Vict. 67-67. *Stover, L. E. & Partridge, A. D. (1973) Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 85, 237-286. 0 & -——— (1982) Palynology 6, 69-95. il Truswell, £. M..& Harris, W. K. (1982) Jn Barker, W. S. & Greenslade, P. f, M, (Eds), “Evolution of the flora and fauna of arid Australia” (Peacock Publications, Adelaide) pp. 67-76. '2Harris, W, &. (1985), Ja Lindsay, J. M, (Fd,) “Stratigraphy, Palacontology, Malacolopy. Papers in honour of Dr Nell Ludbrook”. Spec. Publ. Dept. Mir. Enet, 5, Aust, 5, 133-144. NEVILLE F, ALLEY, Department of Mines and Pnergy, South Australia, P-O. Box 151, Eastwood, 5. Aust. 5003. ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA LIEUTENANT-GENERAL SIR DONALD DUNSTAN, K.B.E., C.B. OFFICERS FOR 1987-88 President: T. D. SCOTT, M.Sc., Dip.Ed. Vice-Presidents: M. J. TYLER, M.Sc. G. M. E. MAYO, B.Ag.Sc., Ph.D., D.Univ. Secretary: Treasurer: G. A. CROOK, B.Sc. C. B. WELLS, E.D., M.Ag.Sc. Editor: Assistant Editor: M. DAVIES, M.Sc., Ph.D. K. H. NORTHCOTE, B.Ag.Sc., D.Ag.Sc. Librarian: N. P. McCKELLAR-STEWART Programme Secretary: B.Sc., Dip.Lib. D. J. WILLIAMS Membership Secretary: Minute Secretary: P. M. THOMAS, M.Sc. Members of Council: R. V. SOUTHCOTT, M.D., D.Sc., DIM&H N. A. LOCKET, M.A., B.M., B.Ch., Ph.D., DO. B. J. COOPER, B.Sc., Ph.D. R. H. FISHER, E.D., A.A. S. C. MCKILLUP, B.Sc., Ph.D. Printed by Graphic Services Pty Ltd, 516-518 Grand Junction Road, Northfield, S.A. 5085